2024 Annual Report i 2024 Annual Report CEO Letter Dear Shareholders: I am proud to report that 2024 was another year of considerable progress for Wells Fargo on multiple fronts. We produced stronger financial results than the prior year, we executed well on our strategic priorities, and we are moving forward with excitement. Our earnings, earnings per share, and return on tangible common equity grew, we improved how we serve customers and are seeing growth from investments we have made over the last several years, we maintained a strong balance sheet while returning $25 billion of capital to shareholders, and we made significant progress on our risk and control work. If I think back to the beginning of 2024, there was considerable uncertainty regarding how the economy would evolve through the year. Inflation was high, many economists gave a low probability to a “soft landing,” and many were concerned that the economy could end up in recession. As a company, we were careful about how and where we extended credit, but we did not scale back investments in our infrastructure or investments for the future. As the year evolved, we saw strength and resiliency among our customers, though businesses were tentative about growing their inventories and pursuing M&A. Fast forward to today, and inflation is lower, unemployment is low, and our customers continue to be resilient. All said, we are pleased with how we have navigated these circumstances. Our belief remains that we have one of the most enviable financial services franchises in the world, and we are working to be one of the most well-respected, consistently growing financial institutions in the country with high risk-adjusted returns over multiple economic cycles. Financial performance and earnings capacity Our results were solid in 2024 as Wells Fargo generated $19.7 billion in net income, $5.37 per diluted share, and 13.4% return on tangible common equity.1 Our 11% increase in diluted earnings per share was driven by 15% fee-based revenue growth, lower expenses, good credit performance, and 7% fewer diluted common shares. Revenues benefited from our concerted efforts to increase fee-based revenue – which we have been pursuing so our performance is less sensitive to the interest rate environment and net interest income. We began investing several years ago in our core businesses and we are seeing the benefits in increased accounts, balances, market share, and revenues. In total, revenue was relatively stable from the previous year as fee-based revenue growth largely offset an expected decline in net interest income. It is also important to note that this non-interest revenue growth was diversified, with each of our operating segments growing from a year ago. Investment banking fees grew 62%, investment advisory fees grew 13%, trading revenues grew 10%, deposit-related fees grew 7%, and we had strong performance from our venture capital investments. We continued to take a disciplined approach to expense management, and as a result, expenses declined 2% from a year ago. We have achieved over $12 billion in gross expense savings over the past four years, and this has enabled us to both reduce total expenses and invest part of those savings to make us better and stronger. Although since 2019 we have spent significantly more on our risk and control work, increased spend on technology, and made significant investments to expand our businesses, our expenses declined from $58.2 billion in 2019 to $54.6 billion in 2024. Our headcount declined from 272,000 in 2019 to 218,000 at the end of 2024. When we do our annual and long-term planning, we talk about efficiency and investment separately. We look for ways to do more with less and eliminate unnecessary processes that take up time and resources, but do not add value. But we also spend considerable time looking for places to invest to build a stronger, higher-returning, and faster-growing company. It should go without saying at this point that we are spending what’s necessary to support our risk and control environment and will continue to do so. In addition, as we increase spending to strengthen and grow the company, we continue to believe we have opportunities to get more efficient. 1 Return on tangible common equity (ROTCE) is a non-GAAP financial measure. For additional information, including a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures, see the "Financial Review - Capital Management - Tangible Common Equity" section in this Report. ii ii We maintained our strong credit discipline in 2024, and this has been a core strength of Wells Fargo for decades. We look to extend credit to support our clients and communities but seek to do it prudently and adjust our standards based on the risks we see. Credit card charge-offs continued to normalize to a higher level in line with our expectations, we continued to have net recoveries in our home lending portfolio, and auto charge-offs decreased. Commercial & Industrial loan charge-offs grew, and office-related commercial real estate charge-offs increased, as we expected. All in all, credit performance was in line with our expectations and, other than large office properties, is still performing quite well. Overall, our provision for credit losses declined as the increase in charge-offs was more than offset by a reduction in our allowance for credit losses. In our loan portfolios, we saw similar trends in 2024 that we saw in 2023. We took modest credit-tightening actions in 2023 and early 2024 that slowed growth in our consumer portfolios, but we saw good growth in credit card balances driven by the continued strong acceptance of our new card products. Loan demand from our Commercial Banking and Corporate and Investment Banking (CIB) clients continued to remain weak. Overall, average loans outstanding declined in 2024. We saw strong deposit growth in most of our businesses, which enabled us to reduce higher-cost treasury deposits. CIB average deposits grew by 18% between the end of 2023 and the end of 2024, Wealth and Investment Management by 16%, Commercial Banking by 13%, and Consumer Banking and Lending deposits were relatively stable. Overall, average deposits were relatively stable from a year ago, but we were pleased with the change in mix. Our balance sheet and capital levels remained strong, and we continued to return a significant amount of capital to shareholders. We increased our quarterly common stock dividend from $0.35 per share to $0.40 per share and repurchased approximately $20 billion of common stock, up 64% from a year ago. In total, we returned $25 billion to shareholders in 2024. We have been actively returning excess capital over the past five years, and as a result, average common shares outstanding have decreased by 21% since fourth quarter 2019. Our transformation I believe that Wells Fargo has one of the most enviable financial services franchises in the world and that we have the opportunity once again to be the most enviable bank in the country. Respect comes from having strong support from a broad set of stakeholders, but it also means being a company that produces industry-leading, sustainable growth and returns. We are working hard to achieve these lofty goals. Over the past five years, we have reset the company’s priorities, refreshed management, and changed how we manage the company. Since 2019, every person on the Operating Committee is either new to the company or new to their role. Together, we have instilled new management disciplines and reassessed the company’s legacy strategies, resulting in significant changes to our business and the way we operate. We are much different today than we were five years ago, and we will continue to move forward with a sense of urgency to continue our transformation. Importance of our risk and control work As I have said many times before, our top priority is to build a risk and control framework that is appropriate for a bank of our size and complexity. Our expectations match those of others. Our customers expect us to run the company with high standards, and as a highly regulated financial institution, our regulators do as well. We have prioritized this work, changed the company’s historical approach to managing it, and we are successfully moving forward to satisfy our obligations. I, along with our senior leadership team, are accountable for the work, and we manage it closely. We have added approximately 10,000 people across numerous risk- and control-related groups and spent approximately $2.5 billion more in 2024 than in 2018 in those areas. We review our work in detail regularly, and the progress that we have seen has led to my increasing confidence through the years that we will complete the plans we have in place. But what matters is that our regulators perform their own validation of our work, conclude it is done to their satisfaction, and close outstanding enforcement actions. To that point, as of March 1, 2025, our regulators have closed 10 consent orders since 2019, including one in 2024 and four in early 2025. While all enforcement actions are important, several that have closed recently have particular significance. Early last year, the OCC terminated a consent order it issued in 2016 regarding sales practices. Its closure was an important milestone given its significance and was confirmation that we operate much differently today. It put us in a position to move forward in our consumer businesses differently than we could when this order was still in place. iii iii 2024 Annual Report Additionally, earlier this year, the Federal Reserve closed two longstanding consent orders, both dating back to 2011. Enforcement actions should not be open for this long, but the fact they are closed is a clear indication of how differently Wells Fargo is managed today compared with the past. Our accomplishments here are due to the incredible work of thousands and thousands of people at Wells Fargo who have worked tirelessly for years, and I want to thank everyone involved for the sacrifices they made to get us to this point. While we have more to do, I’m incredibly proud of what we have accomplished and, again, am confident that we will complete our work. Business simplification and earnings profile We have made many changes to our business strategy that enable us to do a better job serving our clients and customers and that have improved our earnings profile. Our returns are higher, and we are starting to see faster growth in many of our businesses. This, and the fact that we have become less reliant on net interest income as the investments we have made have increased our fee-based income are a result, in part, of our decisions and the actions we took. After I arrived, we evaluated our businesses and sold or scaled back several that we determined not to be strategically important going forward, or where the financial dynamics were no longer attractive. This included selling our asset management business, Corporate Trust Services business, and student lending portfolio; exiting the international wealth management segment and direct Auto business; selling approximately $2 billion of private equity investments in certain Norwest Equity Partners and Norwest Mezzanine Partners funds; and making other changes. I should note that some of the decisions were easier than others. Most reduced our revenues in the shorter term, but we made these decisions because we believed that our revenues and returns would be higher in the longer term as a result. We viewed some of these businesses as incapable of providing adequate returns through economic cycles, and we saw some as no longer priorities for Wells Fargo. We believe being able to invest resources elsewhere will prove more valuable. Business strategy and investments We have made significant investments in our five core businesses over the past several years, and we are seeing results. Consumer Lending We have reoriented our Consumer Lending business by significantly reducing the size of our Home Lending franchise and increasing our investment in credit cards. We also see opportunities to expand our Auto Lending franchise and are doing so modestly. Home Lending remains important as we seek to serve the financial needs of our customers, but we are working to simplify it so we can compete effectively and serve our core client base well while producing adequate returns across different economic cycles. Given the reputational risks as well as capital requirements and supervisory expectations of large banks, we have concluded that we can still effectively serve our core customers and have higher risk-adjusted returns at a much smaller scale. We are pleased with the repositioning of our business, and while our earnings and returns in Home Lending have improved from several years ago, the business is not yet contributing to our earnings and returns as it should. We have reduced overall headcount by 47% and the amount of third-party mortgage loans serviced by 28% since our change in strategy. We have reduced our origination overhead, and, while total overhead remains too high, we expect that our continued focus on efficiencies should continue to raise the level of profitability and returns. We believe that having a larger credit card business is important strategically for us. These products provide core lending and payments capabilities for consumers and small businesses. We have the scale and relationships necessary for a high-returning growth business, and we have seen that play out over the past several years as we have increased our investments in our cards franchise. Since 2021 we have rolled out a total of 11 new cards, including four new consumer cards and a new small business card in 2024. Our new product offerings continued to be well-received by both existing customers and customers new to Wells Fargo, with over 2.4 million new credit card accounts opened in 2024. Importantly, we’ve done this while maintaining our credit standards. I am proud of what we have accomplished in a relatively short period of time, but we also have continued opportunities to improve our customer service and introduce a stronger platform for our affluent and Wealth and Investment Management customers, which should continue to benefit our business. iv Our financial results in cards have played out as we have modeled, with receivables growth, spend, and credit results performing as expected. Assuming this continues, we expect this business to become a more meaningful contributor to increasing growth and returns in the future. Though a much smaller business, we are pursuing some exciting opportunities in Auto Lending. We have been clear that we are focused on returns before growth in this business but believe there are attractive opportunities in front of us. In 2024, we announced a multi-year co-branded agreement to be the preferred purchase financing provider for Volkswagen and Audi brands in the United States, starting in the first half of this year. We have also been building out our analytical capabilities so that we can lend more broadly across the credit spectrum, which should increase returns in the business. Corporate and Investment Banking Wells Fargo has always had a significant business serving large corporate clients. Decades ago, we built this business locally, serving companies based on where we had a physical presence. We provided loans using our balance sheet and helped clients manage their cash with our payments and liquidity products. Our growing size and enhanced capabilities enabled us to support them as they grew and as their needs became more sizeable and complex. These growing needs and the development of the public markets were the reasons we started building underwriting and trading capabilities. We can now use both our balance sheet and access to the public and private markets to provide the most efficient financing solutions for our clients. A strong securities underwriting franchise needs to be supported with market making, which is why we are building these capabilities in tandem. Our relationships with corporates as well as asset managers enable us to build a client-focused trading business as our clients look to trade for their customers or manage their risks. As we have become a broader and deeper provider of financing, trading and cash management for our corporate and institutional clients, we have become a trusted advisor and have been building a fee-based advisory business as part of our broader expansion. I say all of this to make the point that our desire to grow our Corporate and Investment Banking (CIB) business is driven by our clients’ needs and our opportunity to add more value to the great relationships we have built over decades. We believe that doing so in a disciplined way will be additive to our strategic and financial goals and will enable us to build deeper and broader client relationships as well as a faster-growing and higher-returning business. We must always look at where we have competitive advantages to serve our clients better than others, and there remains significant opportunity in CIB. We continued to make investments in talent and technology in CIB in 2024 to support our objectives. We have added more than 75 senior hires to CIB since 2019. Many of these are in key coverage and product groups within Banking and Markets, and our revenue and share in many important sectors are increasing as a result. We remain excited about our ability to continue to profitably grow our share. In Markets, we have grown our U.S. market share, including in credit trading, commodities, and our equity cash and derivatives businesses. We also continue to make steady progress in growing our foreign exchange (FX) business with strong growth in both our institutional client base and volumes in 2024. FX clients approximately doubled between 2021 and 2024, and FX revenues grew by approximately $300 million over the same time period. With added capabilities in prime brokerage, futures, equity derivatives, and electronic trading, we now can serve the vast majority of U.S. institutional client needs. We also grew our U.S. market share in Investment Banking, with share gains in debt and equity capital markets and increased revenue in our advisory business in 2024. Investment Banking fees in 2024 were $2.7 billion, up from $1.6 billion a year earlier. Contributing to our growth in investment banking revenue is CIB’s increasing leadership of marquee deals. One particularly notable transaction was the Quikrete Companies’ $11.5 billion acquisition of Summit Materials, announced in November 2024. Wells Fargo acted as exclusive financial advisor to Quikrete and was the sole underwriter on a financing package totaling $10.7 billion at announcement. The underwritten financing is one of the largest non-investment grade commitments ever made by one bank, and the transaction, which was completed in February 2025, represents the largest cash acquisition ever in the U.S. construction materials sector. The deal was a result not only of Wells Fargo’s resources and capabilities, but of the decades-long relationship we have had with Quikrete. It represents two competitive advantages that we will continue to build on: the scale and resources that Wells Fargo can provide to our clients, which is matched by few others in the U.S., and the trusted relationships that we as a company have built with clients of all sizes, from middle market companies to much larger public corporations. v 2024 Annual Report We enter 2025 with a solid pipeline in both advisory and capital markets, although market conditions can always change. Finally, our Commercial Real Estate (CRE) business remains an important part of CIB. CRE has been a core strength of Wells Fargo for decades and we believe real estate will continue to be an important source of attractive loans on a risk-adjusted basis, as well as provide opportunities in cash management and capital markets. Most asset classes within CRE have performed well, with the outlier being large office properties. Office fundamentals have not changed significantly from last year, and we still expect office losses to be lumpy as we continue to actively work with our clients. At the same time, our CRE business has a diverse portfolio across real estate sectors, and we are proactively managing our portfolio. We review it frequently and in detail, and we will continue to do so in 2025. We are on a journey to be a top corporate and investment bank. We are mindful that many have failed trying to do so, and we have learned from others’ failures. We have competitive advantages that others do not, including decades-long, deep relationships with large corporates and middle-market companies, a complete product set, significant existing credit exposure, strong risk disciplines, and, as one of the largest and most profitable global financial institutions, the capacity and resilience to support our clients and invest in our business through cycles. We intend to grow CIB by promoting and hiring the best talent who share our values, and we will pursue high-quality business while exercising strong risk management. Consumer, Small and Business Banking We have a great business here, with a breadth and depth of products and capabilities only a few can offer. After several years protecting our market share as we focused on satisfying the requirements of our consent orders, we are starting to take actions that have just begun to generate growth and increase customer engagement in our Consumer, Small and Business Banking (CSBB) segment. We had growth in net checking accounts in 2024 and importantly, most of that growth came in the form of more valuable primary checking accounts. We had over 10 billion debit card transactions last year, up 2% from a year ago, the highest annual volume in our history. We also have an important small business banking platform, which we continue to strengthen. We accelerated our efforts to refurbish our branches, completing 730 in 2024. We continued to make enhancements to our mobile app, including making it significantly easier to open accounts. In the fourth quarter, over 40% of consumer checking accounts were opened digitally. We grew mobile active customers by 1.5 million in 2024, up 5% from a year ago. Our customers are also increasingly using Zelle, and we had over 1 billion Zelle transactions in 2024, up 22% from a year ago. We introduced Wells Fargo Premier several years ago to better serve our affluent clients, and we are starting to see some early benefits from the enhancements we have made. We increased the number of Premier bankers by 8% and branch-based financial advisors by 5% from a year ago, with a focus on increasing the number of bankers and advisors in top locations. We have enhanced our customer relationship management capabilities for our bankers and advisors. This has increased collaboration, driving $23 billion in net asset flows into the Wealth and Investment Management Premier channel last year. Deposit and investment balances for Premier clients grew steadily throughout the year and increased approximately 10% from a year ago. This remains a significant area of opportunity for us. Wealth and Investment Management Our Wealth and Investment Management (WIM) business is a great asset for the company, and we are making great progress. We believe the position we have, with over 11,000 financial advisors, paired with the investments we are making in technological tools, will become even more important as investment options become increasingly complex and more people accumulate wealth. WIM’s multi-channel offering is a differentiator for the business. We offer a traditional Wells Fargo Advisors-branded option for advisors; a bank-based channel which allows customers in our nationwide bank branches to forge a relationship with an advisor; and independent channels comprised of Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network and First Clearing, our clearing and custody services for broker-dealers and registered investment advisors. Like our CSBB segment, our size and these multiple platforms offer us breadth and scale that few others in the U.S. can match. It goes without saying that to properly serve clients, access to a full suite of investment products as well as deposit and lending products will become increasingly relevant over time. We are investing in these products, and our ability to distribute them at scale across multiple channels is an important competitive advantage that we have built on and will continue to. vi In 2024, we continued hiring high-quality financial advisors, substantially improved retention and increased our focus on serving independent advisors. We are seen as one of the most attractive platforms in the industry and have been able to draw some great teams from competitors. In addition, we delivered new deposit and lending capabilities last year and continued to improve the advisor and client experience, including the digital experience. These actions, along with strong markets and a high-performing group of financial advisors, contributed to a 13% increase in investment advisory and other asset-based fees in WIM year over year. Commercial Banking We have a great competitive position in our Commercial Banking business, with top or near-top share in many of our products. For example, 12% of middle-market companies consider us their lead banking provider, and we led 30% of syndicated asset-based lending volume in 2024. In 2024, we added over 60 relationship managers and business development officers in underpenetrated and growth markets to drive new client acquisition and future revenue growth, and we expect to hire even more in 2025. We created a strategic partnership with Centerbridge Partners and introduced Overland Advisors to better serve our Commercial Banking customers with a direct lending product. We have targeted our investment banking capabilities toward our Commercial Banking clients. We are still early in these efforts, but we are starting to see results. For example, our investment banking market share with our Commercial Banking clients increased by approximately 150 basis points in 2024, which includes helping some clients access the capital markets for the first time. Additionally, we have been working closely with our clients to support their M&A activity, driving higher M&A-related revenue. The opportunity remains significant. Policy and regulatory landscape We are encouraged that the new Administration has signaled a more business-friendly approach to policy and regulation, and we are hopeful that this should benefit the economy and our clients. We hear directly from our clients that they themselves are encouraged. They talk of the time it has taken to get business permits of all types, and the lack of certainty around getting approval for M&A deals they have been seeking. In fact, they point to past comments from the heads of regulatory bodies whom they believed were sending messages not to pursue business combinations, whether supported or not by the law. Though some clients are cautious as they watch the ongoing implementation of new tariffs, others are less impacted and moving forward with more aggressive plans to grow. In addition to benefiting from the growing strength of our clients, we are hopeful that the new Administration’s policies will allow us to do more to help our clients expand, and to help the communities where we operate grow, as the government relooks at regulation and supervision. To be clear, we believe in strong, appropriate regulation. But we also believe that regulations, interpretations of laws and regulations, and supervisory practices have gone beyond what is appropriate, and that regulation and oversight have inhibited banks’ abilities to provide support for their clients. We believe revisions can take place that would allow us and others to provide more credit and more liquidity to the markets without taking outsized risk. I also want to note that changes to bank regulation have driven a significant amount of lending, payments and deposits outside of the banking system. For instance, in home mortgages, 83% of agency originations as of December 2024 were with non-banks. That’s a dramatic shift from years ago and especially notable given the generally weaker capital and liquidity positions maintained by non-bank mortgage providers compared with banks. Similar shifts to non-banks have occurred in payments, acquisition finance and other banking services over the past several decades. Private capital from and innovation by non-banks can be helpful and additive to the health and risks of the U.S. financial system, but the financial system would benefit from stepping back and evaluating the benefits and risks of having so many of these activities conducted by entities who are subject to a very different level of regulation and supervision than banks are. vii 2024 Annual Report Our management team and operating as one Wells Fargo I am lucky to be part of a great management team that works tirelessly, with a constant focus on our customers. Wells Fargo’s success is driven by the superior knowledge, character, work ethic, and discipline of this team. They put the company first, not themselves, and they understand that the competitive advantages we have in the market come in part from bringing all the pieces of Wells Fargo to our clients. We work together to determine the right strategies, hire and retain the best talent, execute day in and day out, and do business in a way that a broad set of stakeholders can be proud of. You are lucky to have an outstanding Operating Committee that sweats the results and drives the outcomes that this company deserves. They are experts in their areas but recognize the value of working as a team. They are all passionate about winning but want to win the right way. They want to build a culture that we are proud of – where we truly value each other, where we serve our customers and clients at high standards, and where a broad set of stakeholders hold us in high regard. The same is true for everyone who works at Wells Fargo, not just the Operating Committee. It is so true that it is all about the team, and I am thankful to everyone who comes in every day and works to achieve our goals. We are working together more than ever, and the power in working as one company to deliver all of Wells Fargo to our clients is huge. Looking forward To conclude, I will say what I have said in prior years: while I am proud of what we have accomplished, I feel more excited about our future. The United States is the largest and most attractive financial services market in the world. Wells Fargo has a top-three position in most of our businesses. Where we aren’t top three, we have the opportunity to be. We are proving that our strategies are working and producing higher growth and returns. 2024 was an important year as our regulators recognized that we completed significant amounts of our required work, and the company produced strong results with improving strong fundamentals. I’m excited about the momentum we’re building and all that we can accomplish together in 2025 and beyond. Charles W. Scharf Chief Executive Officer Wells Fargo & Company March 7, 2025 Our Performance $ and shares outstanding in millions, except per share amounts 2024 2023 2022 SELECTED INCOME STATEMENT DATA Total revenue $ 82,296 82,597 74,368 Noninterest expense 54,598 55,562 57,205 Pre-tax pre-provision profit1 27,698 27,035 17,163 Provision for credit losses2 4,334 5,399 1,534 Wells Fargo net income 19,722 19,142 13,677 Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock 18,606 17,982 12,562 COMMON SHARE DATA Diluted earnings per common share 5.37 4.83 3.27 Dividends declared per common share 1.50 1.30 1.10 Common shares outstanding 3,288.9 3,598.9 3,833.8 Average common shares outstanding 3,426.1 3,688.3 3,805.2 Diluted average common shares outstanding 3,467.6 3,720.4 3,837.0 Book value per common share3 $ 48.85 46.25 41.98 Tangible book value per common share3, 4 41.24 39.23 34.98 SELECTED EQUITY DATA (PERIOD-END) Total equity 181,066 187,443 182,213 Common stockholders’ equity 160,656 166,444 160,952 Tangible common equity4 135,628 141,193 134,090 PERFORMANCE RATIOS Return on average assets (ROA)5 1.03 % 1.02 0.72 Return on average equity (ROE)6 11.4 11.0 7.8 Return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE)4 13.4 13.1 9.3 Efficiency ratio7 66 67 77 SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA (AVERAGE) Loans $ 915,376 943,916 929,820 Assets 1,916,697 1,885,475 1,894,303 Deposits 1,345,915 1,346,282 1,424,269 SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA (PERIOD-END) Debt securities 519,131 490,458 496,808 Loans 912,745 936,682 955,871 Allowance for credit losses for loans 14,636 15,088 13,609 Assets 1,929,845 1,932,468 1,881,020 Deposits 1,371,804 1,358,173 1,383,985 OTHER METRICS (PERIOD-END) Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio8 11.07 % 11.43 10.60 Market capitalization $ 231,015 177,136 158,298 Headcount (#) 217,502 225,869 238,698 1. Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) is total revenue less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle. 2. Includes provision for credit losses for loans, debt securities, and other financial assets. 3. Book value per common share is common stockholders’ equity divided by common shares outstanding. Tangible book value per common share is tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding. 4. Tangible common equity, tangible book value per common share, and return on average tangible common equity are non-GAAP financial measures. For additional information, including a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures, see the “Financial Review – Capital Management – Tangible Common Equity” section in this Report. 5. Represents Wells Fargo net income divided by average assets. 6. Represents Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock divided by average common stockholders’ equity. 7. The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income). 8. Represents our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio calculated under the Standardized Approach, which is our binding CET1 ratio. For additional information, see the “Financial Review – Capital Management” section and Note 26 (Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions) to Financial Statements in this Report. Wells Fargo & Company 2024 Financial Report Financial Review 2 Overview 6 Earnings Performance 24 Balance Sheet Analysis 27 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 28 Risk Management 49 Capital Management 55 Regulation and Supervision 56 Critical Accounting Policies 60 Current Accounting Developments 61 Forward-Looking Statements 63 Risk Factors Controls and Procedures 77 Disclosure Controls and Procedures 77 Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 77 Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 78 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (KPMG LLP, Charlotte, NC, Auditor Firm ID: 185) Financial Statements 79 Consolidated Statement of Income 80 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 81 Consolidated Balance Sheet 82 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 83 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Notes to Financial Statements 84 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 96 2 Trading Activities 97 3 Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities 103 4 Equity Securities 105 5 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses 120 6 Mortgage Banking Activities 122 7 Intangible Assets and Other Assets 123 8 Leasing Activity 124 9 Deposits 125 10 Long-Term Debt 127 11 Preferred Stock 128 12 Common Stock and Stock Plans 130 13 Legal Actions 132 14 Derivatives 138 15 Fair Value Measurements 148 16 Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities 154 17 Guarantees and Other Commitments 157 18 Securities Financing Activities 159 19 Pledged Assets and Collateral 160 20 Operating Segments 163 21 Revenue and Expenses 166 22 Employee Benefits 170 23 Income Taxes 172 24 Earnings and Dividends Per Common Share 173 25 Other Comprehensive Income 175 26 Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions 177 27 Parent-Only Financial Statements 179 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 183 Quarterly Financial Data 184 Glossary of Acronyms Wells Fargo & Company 1 This Annual Report, including the Financial Review and the Financial Statements and related Notes, contains forward-looking statements, which may include forecasts of our financial results and condition, expectations for our operations and business, and our assumptions for those forecasts and expectations. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements due to several factors. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements are described in this Report, including in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section, and in the “Risk Factors” and “Regulation and Supervision” sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 (2024 Form 10-K). When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us” in this Report, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to the “Parent,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company. See the “Glossary of Acronyms” for definitions of terms used throughout this Report. Financial Review Overview Wells Fargo & Company is a leading financial services company that has approximately $1.9 trillion in assets. We provide a diversified set of banking, investment and mortgage products and services, as well as consumer and commercial finance, through our four reportable operating segments: Consumer Banking and Lending, Commercial Banking, Corporate and Investment Banking, and Wealth and Investment Management. Wells Fargo ranked No. 34 on Fortune’s 2024 rankings of America’s largest corporations. We ranked fourth in assets and third in the market value of our common stock among all U.S. banks at December 31, 2024. Wells Fargo’s top priority remains building a risk and control infrastructure appropriate for its size and complexity. The Company is subject to a number of consent orders and other regulatory actions, some of which are described below. These regulatory actions may require the Company, among other things, to undertake certain changes to its business, operations, products and services, and risk management practices. While we still have work to do and have not yet satisfied certain aspects of these regulatory actions, the Company is committed to devoting the resources necessary to operate with strong business practices and controls, maintain the highest level of integrity, and have an appropriate culture in place. For additional information regarding the risks related to regulatory actions, see the “Risk Factors” section in this Report. Federal Reserve Board Consent Order Regarding Governance Oversight and Compliance and Operational Risk Management On February 2, 2018, the Company entered into a consent order with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB). As required by the consent order, the Company’s Board of Directors (Board) submitted to the FRB a plan to further enhance the Board’s governance and oversight of the Company, and the Company submitted to the FRB a plan to further improve the Company’s compliance and operational risk management program. The Company continues to engage with the FRB as the Company works to address the consent order provisions. The consent order also requires the Company, following the FRB’s acceptance and approval of the plans and the Company’s adoption and implementation of the plans, to complete an initial third-party review of the enhancements and improvements provided for in the plans. Until this third-party review is complete and the plans are adopted and implemented to the satisfaction of the FRB, the Company’s total consolidated assets as defined under the consent order will be limited to the level as of December 31, 2017. Compliance with this asset cap is measured on a two-quarter daily average basis to allow for management of temporary fluctuations. After removal of the asset cap, a second third-party review must also be conducted to assess the efficacy and sustainability of the enhancements and improvements. Consent Orders with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and Office of the Comptroller of the Currency Regarding Compliance Risk Management Program On April 20, 2018, the Company entered into consent orders with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) requiring the Company to enhance its compliance risk management program and its management of customer remediation activities. On February 13, 2025, the Company announced the OCC had terminated its consent order. Consent Order with the OCC Regarding Loss Mitigation Activities On September 9, 2021, the Company entered into a consent order with the OCC requiring the Company to improve the execution, risk management, and oversight of loss mitigation activities in its Home Lending business. Consent Order with the CFPB Regarding Automobile Lending, Consumer Deposit Accounts, and Mortgage Lending On December 20, 2022, the Company entered into a consent order with the CFPB that the Company announced was terminated on January 28, 2025. Formal Agreement with the OCC Regarding Anti-Money Laundering and Sanctions Risk Management Practices On September 12, 2024, the Company announced that Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. entered into a formal agreement with the OCC requiring the bank to enhance its anti-money laundering and sanctions risk management practices. Customer Remediation Activities Customer remediation activities are associated with our efforts to identify areas or instances where customers may have experienced financial harm and provide remediation as appropriate. We have accrued for the probable and estimable costs related to our customer remediation activities, which amounts may change based on additional facts and information, as well as ongoing reviews and communications with our regulators. We had $236 million and $819 million of accrued liabilities for customer remediation activities as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 2 Wells Fargo & Company Recent Developments Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Special Assessment In November 2023, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) finalized a rule to recover losses to the FDIC deposit insurance fund as a result of bank failures in the first half of 2023. Under the rule, the FDIC will collect a special assessment based on an insured depository institution’s estimated amount of uninsured deposits. Upon the FDIC’s finalization of the rule, we expensed an estimated amount of our special assessment of $1.9 billion (pre-tax) in fourth quarter 2023. During 2024, the FDIC provided updates on losses to the deposit insurance fund, which resulted in an additional expense of $243 million (pre-tax) for the year ended December 31, 2024, for the estimated amount of the special assessment. We expect the ultimate amount of the special assessment may continue to change as the FDIC determines the actual net losses to the deposit insurance fund. Overdraft Fees Rule In December 2024, the CFPB issued a final rule addressing overdraft fees that provides the following three options for banks with more than $10 billion in assets when charging an overdraft fee: charge no more than a five-dollar fee, charge a fee that covers no more than a bank’s costs or losses related to an overdraft, or treat the overdraft as a loan. The rule becomes effective October 1, 2025, but is pending third-party litigation challenging the rule. Additionally, the status of certain proposed and enacted rules and regulations is uncertain based on directions given to the CFPB and other agencies. If the rule becomes effective in its current form, we would expect a significant reduction to our fees for overdraft services, which are included in deposit-related fees. Debit Card Interchange Fees Proposal On October 25, 2023, the FRB issued a proposed rule that would reduce the amount of debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers. In addition, the proposed rule would allow for an update to the debit card interchange fee cap every other year based on an analysis of certain costs incurred by debit card issuers. We expect a significant reduction to our debit card interchange fees, which are included in card fees, if the rule is adopted as currently proposed. Financial Performance In 2024, we generated $19.7 billion of net income and diluted EPS of $5.37, compared with $19.1 billion of net income and diluted EPS of $4.83 in 2023. Financial performance for 2024, compared with 2023, included the following: • total revenue decreased due to lower net interest income, partially offset by higher noninterest income; • noninterest expense decreased due to lower expense for the FDIC special assessment, and lower professional and outside services expense, partially offset by higher technology, telecommunications and equipment expense and higher operating losses; • average loans decreased driven by declines in our commercial and consumer loan portfolios; and • average deposits decreased driven by a decline in our noninterest-bearing deposits, partially offset by an increase in our interest-bearing deposits. Capital and Liquidity We maintained a strong capital and liquidity position in 2024, which included the following: • our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio was 11.07% under the Standardized Approach (our binding ratio), which continued to exceed the regulatory minimum and buffers of 9.80%; • our total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC) as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets was 24.83%, compared with the regulatory minimum of 21.50%; and • our liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) was 125%, which continued to exceed the regulatory minimum of 100%. See the “Capital Management” and the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Liquidity Risk and Funding” sections in this Report for additional information regarding our capital and liquidity, including the calculation of our regulatory capital and liquidity amounts. Credit Quality Credit quality reflected the following: • The allowance for credit losses (ACL) for loans of $14.6 billion at December 31, 2024, decreased $452 million from December 31, 2023. • Our provision for credit losses for loans was $4.3 billion in 2024, compared with $5.4 billion in 2023, reflecting an increase in net loan charge-offs which was more than offset by the change in allowance for credit losses for loans driven by decreases across most loan portfolios, partially offset by increases for credit card loans. • The allowance coverage for total loans was 1.60% at December 31, 2024, compared with 1.61% at December 31, 2023. • Commercial portfolio net loan charge-offs were $1.5 billion, or 29 basis points of average commercial loans, in 2024, compared with net loan charge-offs of $923 million, or 17 basis points, in 2023, due to higher losses, primarily in our commercial real estate portfolio driven by the office property type. • Consumer portfolio net loan charge-offs were $3.2 billion, or 85 basis points of average consumer loans, in 2024, compared with net loan charge-offs of $2.5 billion, or 65 basis points, in 2023, due to higher losses in our credit card portfolio driven by higher loan balances, partially offset by lower losses in our auto portfolio. • Nonperforming assets (NPAs) of $7.9 billion at December 31, 2024, decreased $507 million, or 6%, from December 31, 2023, driven by a decrease in commercial real estate and residential mortgage nonaccrual loans, partially offset by an increase in commercial and industrial nonaccrual loans. NPAs represented 0.87% of total loans at December 31, 2024. • Criticized loans in the commercial portfolio were $35.7 billion at December 31, 2024, compared with $33.0 billion at December 31, 2023, primarily driven by increases in criticized commercial and industrial loans. Wells Fargo & Company 3 Table 1 presents a three-year summary of selected financial data and Table 2 presents selected ratios and per common share data. Table 1: Summary of Selected Financial Data Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share amounts) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Income statement Net interest income $ 47,676 52,375 (4,699) (9) % $ 44,950 7,425 17 % Noninterest income 34,620 30,222 4,398 15 29,418 804 3 Total revenue 82,296 82,597 (301) — 74,368 8,229 11 Net charge-offs 4,759 3,450 1,309 38 1,609 1,841 114 Change in the allowance for credit losses (425) 1,949 (2,374) NM (75) 2,024 NM Provision for credit losses (1) 4,334 5,399 (1,065) (20) 1,534 3,865 252 Noninterest expense 54,598 55,562 (964) (2) 57,205 (1,643) (3) Income tax expense 3,399 2,607 792 30 2,251 356 16 Wells Fargo net income 19,722 19,142 580 3 13,677 5,465 40 Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock 18,606 17,982 624 3 12,562 5,420 43 Earnings per common share 5.43 4.88 0.55 11 3.30 1.58 48 Diluted earnings per common share 5.37 4.83 0.54 11 3.27 1.56 48 Dividends declared per common share 1.50 1.30 0.20 15 1.10 0.20 18 Balance sheet (period-end) Debt securities 519,131 490,458 28,673 6 496,808 (6,350) (1) Loans 912,745 936,682 (23,937) (3) 955,871 (19,189) (2) Allowance for credit losses for loans 14,636 15,088 (452) (3) 13,609 1,479 11 Equity securities 60,644 57,336 3,308 6 64,414 (7,078) (11) Assets 1,929,845 1,932,468 (2,623) — 1,881,020 51,448 3 Deposits 1,371,804 1,358,173 13,631 1 1,383,985 (25,812) (2) Long-term debt 173,078 207,588 (34,510) (17) 174,870 32,718 19 Common stockholders’ equity 160,656 166,444 (5,788) (3) 160,952 5,492 3 Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity 179,120 185,735 (6,615) (4) 180,227 5,508 3 Total equity 181,066 187,443 (6,377) (3) 182,213 5,230 3 NM – Not meaningful (1) Includes provision for credit losses for loans, debt securities, and other financial assets. Overview (continued) 4 Wells Fargo & Company Table 2: Ratios and Per Common Share Data Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 Performance ratios Return on average assets (ROA) (1) 1.03% 1.02 0.72 Return on average equity (ROE) (2) 11.4 11.0 7.8 Return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE) (3) 13.4 13.1 9.3 Efficiency ratio (4) 66 67 77 Capital and other metrics (5) Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity to assets 8.32 8.61 8.56 Total equity to assets 9.38 9.70 9.69 Risk-based capital ratios and components: Standardized Approach: Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) 11.07 11.43 10.60 Tier 1 capital 12.57 12.98 12.11 Total capital 15.18 15.67 14.82 Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (in billions) $ 1,216.1 1,231.7 1,259.9 Advanced Approach: Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) 12.40% 12.63 12.00 Tier 1 capital 14.09 14.34 13.72 Total capital 16.08 16.40 15.94 Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (in billions) $ 1,085.0 1,114.3 1,112.3 Tier 1 leverage ratio 8.08% 8.50 8.26 Supplementary Leverage Ratio (SLR) 6.74 7.09 6.86 Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) Ratio (6) 24.83 25.05 23.27 Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) (7) 125 125 122 Average balances: Average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity to average assets 8.54 8.67 8.53 Average total equity to average assets 9.59 9.80 9.67 Per common share data Dividend payout ratio (8) 27.9 26.9 33.6 Book value (9) $ 48.85 46.25 41.98 (1) Represents Wells Fargo net income divided by average assets. (2) Represents Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock divided by average common stockholders’ equity. (3) Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure and represents total equity less preferred equity, noncontrolling interests, goodwill, certain identifiable intangible assets (other than mortgage servicing rights) and goodwill and other intangibles on investments in consolidated portfolio companies, net of applicable deferred taxes. The methodology of determining tangible common equity may differ among companies. Management believes that return on average tangible common equity, which utilizes tangible common equity, is a useful financial measure because it enables management, investors, and others to assess the Company’s use of equity. For additional information, including a corresponding reconciliation to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) financial measures, see the “Capital Management – Tangible Common Equity” section in this Report. (4) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income). (5) See the “Capital Management” section and Note 26 (Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information. (6) Represents TLAC divided by risk-weighted assets (RWAs), which is our binding TLAC ratio, determined by using the greater of RWAs under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. (7) Represents average high-quality liquid assets divided by average projected net cash outflows, as each is defined under the LCR rule. (8) Dividend payout ratio is dividends declared per common share as a percentage of diluted earnings per common share. (9) Book value per common share is common stockholders’ equity divided by common shares outstanding. Wells Fargo & Company 5 Earnings Performance Wells Fargo net income for 2024 was $19.7 billion ($5.37 diluted EPS), compared with $19.1 billion ($4.83 diluted EPS) in 2023. Net income increased in 2024, compared with 2023, predominantly due to a $4.4 billion increase in noninterest income, a $1.1 billion decrease in provision for credit losses, and a $1.0 billion decrease in noninterest expense, partially offset by a $4.7 billion decrease in net interest income and a $792 million increase in income tax expense. For a discussion of our 2023 financial results, compared with 2022, see the “Earnings Performance” section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. Net Interest Income Net interest income is the interest earned on debt securities, loans (including yield-related loan fees) and other interest- earning assets minus the interest paid on deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. The net interest margin is the average yield on earning assets minus the average interest rate paid for deposits and our other sources of funding. Net interest income and the net interest margin in any one period can be significantly affected by a variety of factors including the mix and overall size of our earning assets portfolio and the cost of funding those assets. In addition, variable sources of interest income, such as loan fees, periodic dividends, and collection of interest on nonaccrual loans, can fluctuate from period to period. Net interest income and net interest margin decreased in 2024, compared with 2023, driven by the impact of higher interest rates on interest-bearing liabilities, including a deposit mix shift to interest-bearing deposits, as well as lower loan balances, partially offset by higher interest rates on interest- earning assets. Table 3 presents the individual components of net interest income and net interest margin. Net interest income and net interest margin are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in Table 3 to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax- exempt loans and debt and equity securities. The calculation for taxable-equivalent basis was based on a federal statutory tax rate of 21%. 6 Wells Fargo & Company Table 3: Average Balances, Yields and Rates Paid (Taxable-Equivalent Basis) (1) Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 ($ in millions) Average balance Interest income/ expense Average interest rates Average balance Interest income/ expense Average interest rates Average balance Interest income/ expense Interest rates Assets Interest-earning deposits with banks $ 189,261 9,182 4.85% $ 149,401 6,973 4.67% $ 145,802 2,245 1.54 % Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements 79,128 4,021 5.08 69,878 3,374 4.83 62,137 859 1.38 Debt securities: Trading debt securities 121,398 5,051 4.16 104,588 3,805 3.64 91,515 2,490 2.72 Available-for-sale debt securities 154,866 6,592 4.26 142,743 5,365 3.76 141,404 3,167 2.24 Held-to-maturity debt securities 254,048 6,623 2.61 275,441 7,246 2.63 296,540 6,480 2.19 Total debt securities 530,312 18,266 3.44 522,772 16,416 3.14 529,459 12,137 2.29 Loans held for sale (2) 6,794 491 7.23 5,762 363 6.29 13,900 513 3.69 Loans: Commercial and industrial – U.S. 307,909 21,742 7.06 307,953 20,941 6.80 291,996 11,293 3.87 Commercial and industrial – Non-U.S. 64,803 4,630 7.14 74,410 5,043 6.78 80,033 2,681 3.35 Commercial real estate 144,763 9,879 6.82 153,761 10,210 6.64 152,814 5,965 3.91 Lease financing 16,428 914 5.56 15,386 749 4.87 14,555 607 4.17 Total commercial loans 533,903 37,165 6.96 551,510 36,943 6.70 539,398 20,546 3.81 Residential mortgage 255,027 9,316 3.65 264,931 9,313 3.51 264,688 8,641 3.27 Credit card 53,665 6,858 12.78 48,202 6,246 12.96 41,275 4,752 11.51 Auto 44,535 2,291 5.14 51,116 2,415 4.72 55,429 2,366 4.27 Other consumer 28,246 2,379 8.42 28,157 2,349 8.34 29,030 1,489 5.13 Total consumer loans 381,473 20,844 5.46 392,406 20,323 5.18 390,422 17,248 4.42 Total loans (2) 915,376 58,009 6.34 943,916 57,266 6.07 929,820 37,794 4.06 Equity securities 26,105 678 2.60 25,920 683 2.63 30,575 708 2.31 Other interest-earning assets 9,219 469 5.08 9,638 463 4.80 13,275 204 1.54 Total interest-earning assets $ 1,756,195 91,116 5.19% $ 1,727,287 85,538 4.95% $ 1,724,968 54,460 3.16 % Cash and due from banks 28,193 — 27,463 — 25,817 — Goodwill 25,172 — 25,173 — 25,177 — Other noninterest-earning assets 107,137 — 105,552 — 118,341 — Total noninterest-earning assets $ 160,502 — 158,188 — 169,335 — Total assets $ 1,916,697 91,116 1,885,475 85,538 1,894,303 54,460 Liabilities Deposits: Demand deposits $ 448,689 10,258 2.29% $ 418,542 6,947 1.66% $ 432,745 1,356 0.31 % Savings deposits 353,916 4,527 1.28 376,233 2,723 0.72 433,415 406 0.09 Time deposits 171,622 8,758 5.10 132,492 6,215 4.69 33,148 449 1.36 Deposits in non-U.S. offices 19,309 739 3.83 19,278 618 3.21 19,191 138 0.72 Total interest-bearing deposits 993,536 24,282 2.44 946,545 16,503 1.74 918,499 2,349 0.26 Short-term borrowings: Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase 91,363 4,766 5.22 65,696 3,313 5.04 24,553 407 1.66 Other short-term borrowings 13,849 544 3.93 15,337 535 3.49 15,257 175 1.15 Total short-term borrowings 105,212 5,310 5.05 81,033 3,848 4.75 39,810 582 1.46 Long-term debt 184,551 12,463 6.75 180,464 11,572 6.41 157,742 5,505 3.49 Other interest-bearing liabilities 34,608 1,045 3.02 32,950 820 2.49 34,126 638 1.87 Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 1,317,907 43,100 3.27% $ 1,240,992 32,743 2.64% $ 1,150,177 9,074 0.79 % Noninterest-bearing deposits 352,379 — 399,737 — 505,770 — Other noninterest-bearing liabilities 62,532 — 59,886 — 55,189 — Total noninterest-bearing liabilities $ 414,911 — 459,623 — 560,959 — Total liabilities $ 1,732,818 43,100 1,700,615 32,743 1,711,136 9,074 Total equity 183,879 — 184,860 — 183,167 — Total liabilities and equity $ 1,916,697 43,100 1,885,475 32,743 1,894,303 9,074 Interest rate spread on a taxable-equivalent basis (3) 1.92% 2.31% 2.37 % Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (3) $ 48,016 2.73% $ 52,795 3.06% $ 45,386 2.63 % (1) The average balance amounts represent amortized costs, except for certain held-to-maturity (HTM) debt securities, which exclude unamortized basis adjustments related to the transfer of those securities from available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities. Amortized cost amounts exclude any valuation allowances and unrealized gains or losses, which are included in other noninterest-earning assets and other noninterest-bearing liabilities. The average interest rates are based on interest income or expense amounts for the period and are annualized. Interest rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories. (2) Nonaccrual loans and any related income are included in their respective loan categories. (3) Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments of $340 million, $420 million, and $436 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, predominantly related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and securities. Wells Fargo & Company 7 Table 4 allocates the changes in net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis to changes in either average balances or average rates for both interest-earning assets and interest- bearing liabilities. Because of the numerous simultaneous volume and rate changes during any period, it is not possible to precisely allocate such changes between volume and rate. For this table, changes that are not solely due to either volume or rate are allocated to these categories on a pro-rata basis based on the absolute value of the change due to average volume and average rate. Table 4: Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income Year ended December 31, 2024 vs. 2023 2023 vs. 2022 (in millions) Volume Rate Total Volume Rate Total Increase (decrease) in interest income: Interest-earning deposits with banks $ 1,930 279 2,209 56 4,672 4,728 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements 465 182 647 120 2,395 2,515 Debt securities: Trading debt securities 660 586 1,246 391 924 1,315 Available-for-sale debt securities 478 749 1,227 30 2,168 2,198 Held-to-maturity debt securities (568) (55) (623) (482) 1,248 766 Total debt securities 570 1,280 1,850 (61) 4,340 4,279 Loans held for sale 70 58 128 (396) 246 (150) Loans: Commercial and industrial – U.S. (3) 804 801 650 8,998 9,648 Commercial and industrial – Non-U.S. (672) 259 (413) (200) 2,562 2,362 Commercial real estate (605) 274 (331) 37 4,208 4,245 Lease financing 54 111 165 36 106 142 Total commercial loans (1,226) 1,448 222 523 15,874 16,397 Residential mortgage (358) 361 3 8 664 672 Credit card 700 (88) 612 854 640 1,494 Auto (328) 204 (124) (191) 240 49 Other consumer 7 23 30 (46) 906 860 Total consumer loans 21 500 521 625 2,450 3,075 Total loans (1,205) 1,948 743 1,148 18,324 19,472 Equity securities 4 (9) (5) (116) 91 (25) Other interest-earning assets (20) 26 6 (70) 329 259 Total increase in interest income $ 1,814 3,764 5,578 681 30,397 31,078 Increase (decrease) in interest expense: Deposits: Demand deposits $ 528 2,783 3,311 (46) 5,637 5,591 Savings deposits (171) 1,975 1,804 (58) 2,375 2,317 Time deposits 1,962 581 2,543 3,173 2,593 5,766 Deposits in non-U.S. offices 1 120 121 1 479 480 Total interest-bearing deposits 2,320 5,459 7,779 3,070 11,084 14,154 Short-term borrowings: Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase 1,332 121 1,453 1,312 1,594 2,906 Other short-term borrowings (55) 64 9 1 359 360 Total short-term borrowings 1,277 185 1,462 1,313 1,953 3,266 Long-term debt 266 625 891 891 5,176 6,067 Other interest-bearing liabilities 43 182 225 (23) 205 182 Total increase (decrease) in interest expense 3,906 6,451 10,357 5,251 18,418 23,669 Increase (decrease) in net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis $ (2,092) (2,687) (4,779) (4,570) 11,979 7,409 Earnings Performance (continued) 8 Wells Fargo & Company Noninterest Income Table 5: Noninterest Income Year ended December 31, ($ in millions) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Deposit-related fees $ 5,015 4,694 321 7 % $ 5,316 (622) (12) % Lending-related fees 1,500 1,446 54 4 1,397 49 4 Investment advisory and other asset-based fees 9,775 8,670 1,105 13 9,004 (334) (4) Commissions and brokerage services fees 2,521 2,375 146 6 2,242 133 6 Investment banking fees 2,665 1,649 1,016 62 1,439 210 15 Card fees 4,342 4,256 86 2 4,355 (99) (2) Mortgage banking 1,047 829 218 26 1,383 (554) (40) Net gains from trading activities 5,284 4,799 485 10 2,116 2,683 127 Net gains (losses) from debt securities (920) 10 (930) NM 151 (141) (93) Net gains (losses) from equity securities 1,070 (441) 1,511 343 (806) 365 45 Lease income 1,231 1,237 (6) — 1,269 (32) (3) Other 1,090 698 392 56 1,552 (854) (55) Total $ 34,620 30,222 4,398 15 $ 29,418 804 3 NM – Not meaningful Full year 2024 vs. full year 2023 Deposit-related fees increased reflecting higher treasury management fees on commercial accounts driven by increased transaction service volumes and repricing. Investment advisory and other asset-based fees increased driven by higher asset-based fees reflecting higher market valuations. Fees from the majority of Wealth and Investment Management (WIM) advisory assets are based on a percentage of the market value of the assets at the beginning of the quarter. For additional information on certain client investment assets, see the “Earnings Performance – Operating Segment Results – Wealth and Investment Management – WIM Advisory Assets” section in this Report. Commissions and brokerage services fees increased driven by higher brokerage transaction activity, partially offset by lower other brokerage service fees. Investment banking fees increased due to higher debt and equity underwriting fees and higher advisory fees driven by increased activity. Mortgage banking increased due to: • higher net gains on mortgage loan originations/sales related to increased commercial mortgage loan securitization sales volumes; and • higher income from net hedge results related to mortgage servicing rights (MSR) valuations. Net gains from trading activities increased driven by higher revenue in foreign exchange and structured products, partially offset by losses related to our implementation of a change to incorporate funding valuation adjustments (FVA) for our derivatives. Net gains (losses) from debt securities decreased driven by losses related to a repositioning of our investment portfolio. Net gains (losses) from equity securities increased driven by: • higher realized and unrealized gains on equity securities from our venture capital investments; and • lower impairment of equity securities from our venture capital investments. Other income increased driven by impacts related to the expanded use of the proportional amortization method of accounting for renewable energy tax credit investments, which reclassified the amortization of the investment cost from other noninterest income to income tax expense. For additional information on our adoption in first quarter 2024 of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2023-02 – Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. Wells Fargo & Company 9 Noninterest Expense Table 6: Noninterest Expense Year ended December 31, ($ in millions) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Personnel $ 35,729 35,829 (100) —% $ 34,340 1,489 4% Technology, telecommunications and equipment 4,583 3,920 663 17 3,375 545 16 Occupancy 3,052 2,884 168 6 2,881 3 — Operating losses (1) 1,757 1,183 574 49 6,984 (5,801) (83) Professional and outside services 4,607 5,085 (478) (9) 5,188 (103) (2) Leases (2) 633 697 (64) (9) 750 (53) (7) Advertising and promotion 869 812 57 7 505 307 61 Other 3,368 5,152 (1,784) (35) 3,182 1,970 62 Total $ 54,598 55,562 (964) (2) $ 57,205 (1,643) (3) (1) Includes expenses for legal actions of $290 million, $179 million, and $3.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, and expenses for customer remediation activities of $722 million, $207 million, and $2.7 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. (2) Represents expenses for assets we lease to customers. Full year 2024 vs. full year 2023 Personnel expense decreased slightly due to lower severance expense and the impact of efficiency initiatives, partially offset by higher revenue-related compensation expense driven by higher fees in our Wealth and Investment Management business. For additional information on personnel expense, see Note 21 (Revenue and Expenses) to Financial Statements in this Report. Technology, telecommunications and equipment expense increased due to higher expense for the amortization of internally developed software and higher expense for software maintenance and licenses. Operating losses increased driven by higher expense for customer remediation activities related to the further refinement of the remediation costs for historical mortgage lending and other consumer products matters, and higher expense for legal actions. For additional information on customer remediation activities, see the “Overview” section above. For additional information on operating losses, see Note 21 (Revenue and Expenses) to Financial Statements in this Report. Professional and outside services expense decreased driven by lower expense for consulting projects related to our risk and control work, as well as efficiency initiatives to reduce our spending on consultants and contractors. Other expense decreased reflecting lower expense for the FDIC special assessment. For additional information on the FDIC’s special assessment, see Note 21 (Revenue and Expenses) to Financial Statements in this Report. Income Tax Expense Table 7: Income Tax Expense Year ended December 31, ($ in millions) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Income before income tax expense $ 23,364 21,636 1,728 8% $ 15,629 6,007 38% Income tax expense 3,399 2,607 792 30 2,251 356 16 Effective income tax rate (1) 14.7% 12.0 14.1% (1) Represents (i) Income tax expense (benefit) divided by (ii) Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) less Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests. The increase in the effective income tax rate for 2024, compared with 2023, was driven by higher pre-tax income and the impacts related to the adoption of ASU 2023-02 in first quarter 2024 for our renewable energy tax credit investments, which reclassified the amortization of the investment cost from other noninterest income to income tax expense. For additional information on our adoption of ASU 2023-02 – Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. For additional information on income taxes, see Note 23 (Income Taxes) to Financial Statements in this Report. Earnings Performance (continued) 10 Wells Fargo & Company Operating Segment Results Our management reporting is organized into four reportable operating segments: Consumer Banking and Lending; Commercial Banking; Corporate and Investment Banking; and Wealth and Investment Management. All other business activities that are not included in the reportable operating segments have been included in Corporate. For additional information, see Table 8 below. We define our reportable operating segments by type of product and customer segment, and their results are based on our management reporting process. The management reporting process measures the performance of the reportable operating segments based on the Company’s management structure, and the results are regularly reviewed with our Chief Executive Officer and relevant senior management. The management reporting process is based on U.S. GAAP and includes specific adjustments, such as funds transfer pricing for asset/liability management, shared revenue and expenses, and taxable-equivalent adjustments to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt sources, which allows management to assess performance consistently across the operating segments. Funds Transfer Pricing. Corporate treasury manages a funds transfer pricing methodology that considers interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and other product characteristics. Operating segments pay a funding charge for their assets and receive a funding credit for their deposits, both of which are included in net interest income. The net impact of the funding charges or credits is recognized in corporate treasury. Revenue Sharing and Expense Allocations. When lines of business jointly serve customers, the line of business that is responsible for providing the product or service recognizes revenue or expense with a referral fee paid or an allocation of cost to the other line of business based on established internal revenue-sharing agreements. When a line of business uses a service provided by another line of business, expense is generally allocated based on the cost and use of the service provided. Enterprise functions, such as operations, technology, and risk management, are included in Corporate with an allocation of their applicable costs to the reportable operating segments based on the level of support provided by the enterprise function. We periodically assess and update our revenue sharing and expense allocation methodologies. Taxable-Equivalent Adjustments. Taxable-equivalent adjustments related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and debt securities are included in net interest income, while taxable- equivalent adjustments related to income tax credits for affordable housing and renewable energy investments are included in noninterest income, in each case with corresponding impacts to income tax expense (benefit). Adjustments are included in Corporate, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking and are eliminated to reconcile to the Company’s consolidated financial results. Allocated Capital. Reportable operating segments are allocated capital under a risk-sensitive framework that is primarily based on aspects of our regulatory capital requirements, and the assumptions and methodologies used to allocate capital are periodically assessed and updated. Management believes that return on allocated capital is a useful financial measure because it enables management, investors, and others to assess a reportable operating segment’s use of capital. Selected Metrics. We present certain financial and nonfinancial metrics that management uses when evaluating reportable operating segment results. Management believes that these metrics are useful to investors and others to assess the performance, customer growth, and trends of reportable operating segments or lines of business. Table 8: Management Reporting Structure Wells Fargo & Company Consumer Banking and Lending • Consumer, Small and Business Banking • Home Lending • Credit Card • Auto • Personal Lending Commercial Banking • Middle Market Banking • Asset-Based Lending and Leasing Corporate and Investment Banking • Banking • Commercial Real Estate • Markets Wealth and Investment Management • Wells Fargo Advisors • The Private Bank Corporate • Corporate Treasury • Enterprise Functions • Investment Portfolio • Venture capital and private equity investments • Non-strategic businesses Wells Fargo & Company 11 Table 9 and the following discussion present our results by reportable operating segment. For additional information, see Note 20 (Operating Segments) to Financial Statements in this Report. Table 9: Operating Segment Results – Highlights (in millions) Consumer Banking and Lending Commercial Banking Corporate and Investment Banking Wealth and Investment Management Corporate (1) Reconciling Items (2) Consolidated Company Year ended December 31, 2024 Net interest income $ 28,303 9,096 7,935 3,473 (791) (340) 47,676 Noninterest income 7,898 3,682 11,409 11,963 1,129 (1,461) 34,620 Total revenue 36,201 12,778 19,344 15,436 338 (1,801) 82,296 Provision for credit losses 3,561 290 521 (22) (16) — 4,334 Noninterest expense 23,274 6,190 9,029 12,884 3,221 — 54,598 Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) 9,366 6,298 9,794 2,574 (2,867) (1,801) 23,364 Income tax expense (benefit) 2,357 1,599 2,456 672 (1,884) (1,801) 3,399 Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests 7,009 4,699 7,338 1,902 (983) — 19,965 Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests — 10 — — 233 — 243 Net income (loss) $ 7,009 4,689 7,338 1,902 (1,216) — 19,722 Year ended December 31, 2023 Net interest income $ 30,185 10,034 9,498 3,966 (888) (420) 52,375 Noninterest income 7,734 3,415 9,693 10,725 431 (1,776) 30,222 Total revenue 37,919 13,449 19,191 14,691 (457) (2,196) 82,597 Provision for credit losses 3,299 75 2,007 6 12 — 5,399 Noninterest expense 24,024 6,555 8,618 12,064 4,301 — 55,562 Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) 10,596 6,819 8,566 2,621 (4,770) (2,196) 21,636 Income tax expense (benefit) 2,657 1,704 2,140 657 (2,355) (2,196) 2,607 Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests 7,939 5,115 6,426 1,964 (2,415) — 19,029 Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests — 11 — — (124) — (113) Net income (loss) $ 7,939 5,104 6,426 1,964 (2,291) — 19,142 Year ended December 31, 2022 Net interest income $ 27,044 7,289 8,733 3,927 (1,607) (436) 44,950 Noninterest income 8,766 3,631 6,509 10,895 1,192 (1,575) 29,418 Total revenue 35,810 10,920 15,242 14,822 (415) (2,011) 74,368 Provision for credit losses 2,276 (534) (185) (25) 2 — 1,534 Noninterest expense 26,277 6,058 7,560 11,613 5,697 — 57,205 Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) 7,257 5,396 7,867 3,234 (6,114) (2,011) 15,629 Income tax expense (benefit) 1,816 1,366 1,989 812 (1,721) (2,011) 2,251 Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests 5,441 4,030 5,878 2,422 (4,393) — 13,378 Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests — 12 — — (311) — (299) Net income (loss) $ 5,441 4,018 5,878 2,422 (4,082) — 13,677 Earnings Performance (continued) (1) All other business activities that are not included in the reportable operating segments have been included in Corporate. For additional information, see the “Corporate” section below. (2) Taxable-equivalent adjustments related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and debt securities are included in net interest income, while taxable-equivalent adjustments related to income tax credits for affordable housing and renewable energy investments are included in noninterest income, in each case with corresponding impacts to income tax expense (benefit). Adjustments are included in Corporate, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking and are eliminated to reconcile to the Company’s consolidated financial results. 12 Wells Fargo & Company Consumer Banking and Lending offers diversified financial products and services for consumers and small businesses with annual sales generally up to $10 million. These financial products and services include checking and savings accounts, credit and debit cards, as well as home, auto, personal, and small business lending. Table 9a and Table 9b provide additional information for Consumer Banking and Lending. Table 9a: Consumer Banking and Lending – Income Statement and Selected Metrics Year ended December 31, ($ in millions, unless otherwise noted) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Income Statement Net interest income $ 28,303 30,185 (1,882) (6) % $ 27,044 3,141 12 % Noninterest income: Deposit-related fees 2,734 2,702 32 1 3,093 (391) (13) Card fees 4,076 3,967 109 3 4,067 (100) (2) Mortgage banking 650 512 138 27 1,100 (588) (53) Other 438 553 (115) (21) 506 47 9 Total noninterest income 7,898 7,734 164 2 8,766 (1,032) (12) Total revenue 36,201 37,919 (1,718) (5) 35,810 2,109 6 Net charge-offs 3,546 2,784 762 27 1,693 1,091 64 Change in the allowance for credit losses 15 515 (500) (97) 583 (68) (12) Provision for credit losses 3,561 3,299 262 8 2,276 1,023 45 Noninterest expense 23,274 24,024 (750) (3) 26,277 (2,253) (9) Income before income tax expense 9,366 10,596 (1,230) (12) 7,257 3,339 46 Income tax expense 2,357 2,657 (300) (11) 1,816 841 46 Net income $ 7,009 7,939 (930) (12) $ 5,441 2,498 46 Revenue by Line of Business Consumer, Small and Business Banking $ 24,510 25,922 (1,412) (5) $ 22,967 2,955 13 Consumer Lending: Home Lending 3,383 3,389 (6) — 4,221 (832) (20) Credit Card 5,908 5,809 99 2 5,725 84 1 Auto 1,118 1,464 (346) (24) 1,716 (252) (15) Personal Lending 1,282 1,335 (53) (4) 1,181 154 13 Total revenue $ 36,201 37,919 (1,718) (5) $ 35,810 2,109 6 Selected Metrics Consumer Banking and Lending: Return on allocated capital (1) 14.8% 17.5 10.8 % Efficiency ratio (2) 64 63 73 Retail bank branches (#, period-end) 4,177 4,311 (3) 4,598 (6) Digital active customers (# in millions, period-end) (3) 36.0 34.8 3 33.5 4 Mobile active customers (# in millions, period-end) (3) 31.4 29.9 5 28.3 6 Consumer, Small and Business Banking: Deposit spread (4) 2.5% 2.6 2.0 % Debit card purchase volume ($ in billions) (5) $ 507.5 492.8 14.7 3 $ 486.6 6.2 1 Debit card purchase transactions (# in millions) (5) 10,230 10,000 2 9,852 2 (continued on following page) Wells Fargo & Company 13 (continued from previous page) Year ended December 31, ($ in millions, unless otherwise noted) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Home Lending: Mortgage banking: Net servicing income $ 422 300 122 41% $ 368 (68) (18) % Net gains on mortgage loan originations/sales 228 212 16 8 732 (520) (71) Total mortgage banking $ 650 512 138 27 $ 1,100 (588) (53) Retail originations ($ in billions) $ 20.2 24.2 (4.0) (17) $ 64.3 (40.1) (62) % of originations held for sale (HFS) 40.6% 44.6 52.5 % Third-party mortgage loans serviced ($ in billions, period- end) (6) $ 486.9 559.7 (72.8) (13) $ 679.2 (119.5) (18) Mortgage servicing rights (MSR) carrying value (period-end) 6,844 7,468 (624) (8) 9,310 (1,842) (20) Ratio of MSR carrying value (period-end) to third-party mortgage loans serviced (period-end) (6) 1.41% 1.33 1.37 % Home lending loans 30+ days delinquency rate (period-end) (7)(8)(9) 0.29 0.32 0.31 Credit Card: Point of sale (POS) volume ($ in billions) $ 170.5 153.1 17.4 11 $ 135.9 17.2 13 New accounts (# in thousands) 2,429 2,566 (5) 2,247 14 Credit card loans 30+ days delinquency rate (period-end) (8)(9) 2.91% 2.80 2.00 % Credit card loans 90+ days delinquency rate (period-end) (8)(9) 1.51 1.41 0.96 Auto: Auto originations ($ in billions) $ 16.9 17.2 (0.3) (2) $ 23.1 (5.9) (26) Auto loans 30+ days delinquency rate (period-end) (8)(9) 2.31% 2.80 2.64 % Personal Lending: New volume ($ in billions) $ 10.1 11.9 (1.8) (15) $ 12.6 (0.7) (6) (1) Return on allocated capital is segment net income (loss) applicable to common stock divided by segment average allocated capital. Segment net income (loss) applicable to common stock is segment net income (loss) less allocated preferred stock dividends. (2) Efficiency ratio is segment noninterest expense divided by segment total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income). (3) Digital and mobile active customers is based on the number of consumer and small business customers who have logged on via a digital or mobile device, respectively, in the prior 90 days. Digital active customers includes both online and mobile customers. (4) Deposit spread is (i) the internal funds transfer pricing credit on segment deposits minus interest paid to customers for segment deposits, divided by (ii) average segment deposits. (5) Debit card purchase volume and transactions reflect combined activity for both consumer and business debit card purchases. (6) Excludes residential mortgage loans subserviced for others. (7) Excludes residential mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). (8) Excludes loans held for sale. (9) Delinquency balances exclude nonaccrual loans. Full year 2024 vs. full year 2023 Revenue decreased driven by lower net interest income due to lower deposit balances and lower loan balances. Provision for credit losses reflected an increase in net charge- offs driven by credit card loans. Noninterest expense decreased due to: • lower personnel expense driven by lower severance expense and the impact of efficiency initiatives; • lower professional and outside services expense driven by the impact of efficiency initiatives; and • lower operating costs; partially offset by: • higher operating losses. Earnings Performance (continued) 14 Wells Fargo & Company Table 9b: Consumer Banking and Lending – Balance Sheet Year ended December 31, ($ in millions) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Selected Balance Sheet Data (average) Loans by Line of Business: Consumer, Small and Business Banking $ 6,292 6,740 (448) (7) % $ 7,895 (1,155) (15) % Consumer Lending: Home Lending 210,972 219,601 (8,629) (4) 219,157 444 — Credit Card 48,322 42,894 5,428 13 36,388 6,506 18 Auto 45,048 51,689 (6,641) (13) 55,994 (4,305) (8) Personal Lending 14,529 14,996 (467) (3) 12,999 1,997 15 Total loans $ 325,163 335,920 (10,757) (3) $ 332,433 3,487 1 Total deposits 774,660 811,091 (36,431) (4) 883,130 (72,039) (8) Allocated capital 45,500 44,000 1,500 3 48,000 (4,000) (8) Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end) Loans by Line of Business: Consumer, Small and Business Banking $ 6,256 6,735 (479) (7) $ 7,411 (676) (9) Consumer Lending: Home Lending 207,022 215,823 (8,801) (4) 223,525 (7,702) (3) Credit Card 50,992 46,735 4,257 9 40,768 5,967 15 Auto 42,914 48,283 (5,369) (11) 54,281 (5,998) (11) Personal Lending 14,246 15,291 (1,045) (7) 14,544 747 5 Total loans $ 321,430 332,867 (11,437) (3) $ 340,529 (7,662) (2) Total deposits 783,490 782,309 1,181 — 859,695 (77,386) (9) Full year 2024 vs. full year 2023 Total loans (average and period-end) decreased due to: • a decline in loan balances in our Home Lending business reflecting our more focused strategy for Home Lending, including paydowns of legacy residential mortgage loans; and • a decline in loan balances in our Auto business as paydowns exceeded originations reflecting our actions related to credit tightening; partially offset by: • an increase in loan balances in our Credit Card business due to higher point of sale volume and the impact of new product launches. Total deposits (average) decreased driven by customer migration to higher yielding deposit products. Wells Fargo & Company 15 Commercial Banking provides financial solutions to private, family owned and certain public companies. Products and services include banking and credit products across multiple industry sectors and municipalities, secured lending and lease products, and treasury management. Table 9c and Table 9d provide additional information for Commercial Banking. Table 9c: Commercial Banking – Income Statement and Selected Metrics Year ended December 31, ($ in millions) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Income Statement Net interest income $ 9,096 10,034 (938) (9) % $ 7,289 2,745 38 % Noninterest income: Deposit-related fees 1,180 998 182 18 1,131 (133) (12) Lending-related fees 555 531 24 5 491 40 8 Lease income 532 644 (112) (17) 710 (66) (9) Other 1,415 1,242 173 14 1,299 (57) (4) Total noninterest income 3,682 3,415 267 8 3,631 (216) (6) Total revenue 12,778 13,449 (671) (5) 10,920 2,529 23 Net charge-offs 333 96 237 247 4 92 NM Change in the allowance for credit losses (43) (21) (22) NM (538) 517 96 Provision for credit losses 290 75 215 287 (534) 609 114 Noninterest expense 6,190 6,555 (365) (6) 6,058 497 8 Income before income tax expense 6,298 6,819 (521) (8) 5,396 1,423 26 Income tax expense 1,599 1,704 (105) (6) 1,366 338 25 Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests 10 11 (1) (9) 12 (1) (8) Net income $ 4,689 5,104 (415) (8) $ 4,018 1,086 27 Revenue by Line of Business Middle Market Banking $ 8,562 8,762 (200) (2) $ 6,574 2,188 33 Asset-Based Lending and Leasing 4,216 4,687 (471) (10) 4,346 341 8 Total revenue $ 12,778 13,449 (671) (5) $ 10,920 2,529 23 Revenue by Product Lending and leasing $ 5,201 5,314 (113) (2) $ 5,253 61 1 Treasury management and payments 5,690 6,214 (524) (8) 4,483 1,731 39 Other 1,887 1,921 (34) (2) 1,184 737 62 Total revenue $ 12,778 13,449 (671) (5) $ 10,920 2,529 23 Selected Metrics Return on allocated capital 17.1% 19.1 19.7 % Efficiency ratio 48 49 55 NM – Not meaningful Full year 2024 vs. full year 2023 Revenue decreased driven by: • lower net interest income reflecting the impact of higher interest rates on deposit costs; partially offset by: • higher deposit-related fees reflecting higher treasury management fees on commercial accounts driven by increased transaction service volumes and repricing; and • higher other noninterest income related to renewable energy tax credit investments. Provision for credit losses reflected an increase in net charge- offs. Noninterest expense decreased due to lower personnel expense reflecting lower severance expense and the impact of efficiency initiatives. Earnings Performance (continued) 16 Wells Fargo & Company Table 9d: Commercial Banking – Balance Sheet Year ended December 31, ($ in millions) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Selected Balance Sheet Data (average) Loans: Commercial and industrial $ 162,827 164,062 (1,235) (1) % $ 147,379 16,683 11 % Commercial real estate 44,898 45,705 (807) (2) 45,130 575 1 Lease financing and other 15,332 14,335 997 7 13,523 812 6 Total loans $ 223,057 224,102 (1,045) — $ 206,032 18,070 9 Loans by Line of Business: Middle Market Banking $ 125,414 120,819 4,595 4 $ 114,634 6,185 5 Asset-Based Lending and Leasing 97,643 103,283 (5,640) (5) 91,398 11,885 13 Total loans $ 223,057 224,102 (1,045) — $ 206,032 18,070 9 Total deposits 172,129 165,235 6,894 4 186,079 (20,844) (11) Allocated capital 26,000 25,500 500 2 19,500 6,000 31 Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end) Loans: Commercial and industrial $ 163,464 163,797 (333) — $ 163,797 — — Commercial real estate 44,506 45,534 (1,028) (2) 45,816 (282) (1) Lease financing and other 15,348 15,443 (95) (1) 13,916 1,527 11 Total loans $ 223,318 224,774 (1,456) (1) $ 223,529 1,245 1 Loans by Line of Business: Middle Market Banking $ 126,877 118,482 8,395 7 $ 121,192 (2,710) (2) Asset-Based Lending and Leasing 96,441 106,292 (9,851) (9) 102,337 3,955 4 Total loans $ 223,318 224,774 (1,456) (1) $ 223,529 1,245 1 Total deposits 188,650 162,526 26,124 16 173,942 (11,416) (7) Full year 2024 vs. full year 2023 Total loans (average and period-end) decreased driven by lower loan demand reflecting the impact of a higher interest rate environment, partially offset by increased client working capital needs. Total deposits (average and period-end) increased driven by additions of deposits from new and existing customers. Wells Fargo & Company 17 Corporate and Investment Banking delivers a suite of capital markets, banking, and financial products and services to corporate, commercial real estate, government and institutional clients globally. Products and services include corporate banking, investment banking, treasury management, commercial real estate lending and servicing, equity and fixed income solutions as well as sales, trading, and research capabilities. In August 2024, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell the non-agency third-party servicing segment of our commercial mortgage servicing business, including the related mortgage servicing rights and servicer advances. We will continue to service agency and government-sponsored enterprise loans and loans held on our balance sheet. Table 9e and Table 9f provide additional information for Corporate and Investment Banking. Table 9e: Corporate and Investment Banking – Income Statement and Selected Metrics Year ended December 31, ($ in millions) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Income Statement Net interest income $ 7,935 9,498 (1,563) (16) % $ 8,733 765 9 % Noninterest income: Deposit-related fees 1,073 976 97 10 1,068 (92) (9) Lending-related fees 842 790 52 7 769 21 3 Investment banking fees 2,675 1,738 937 54 1,492 246 16 Net gains from trading activities 5,091 4,553 538 12 1,886 2,667 141 Other 1,728 1,636 92 6 1,294 342 26 Total noninterest income 11,409 9,693 1,716 18 6,509 3,184 49 Total revenue 19,344 19,191 153 1 15,242 3,949 26 Net charge-offs 909 581 328 56 (48) 629 NM Change in the allowance for credit losses (388) 1,426 (1,814) NM (137) 1,563 NM Provision for credit losses 521 2,007 (1,486) (74) (185) 2,192 NM Noninterest expense 9,029 8,618 411 5 7,560 1,058 14 Income before income tax expense 9,794 8,566 1,228 14 7,867 699 9 Income tax expense 2,456 2,140 316 15 1,989 151 8 Net income $ 7,338 6,426 912 14 $ 5,878 548 9 Revenue by Line of Business Banking: Lending $ 2,758 2,872 (114) (4) $ 2,222 650 29 Treasury Management and Payments 2,712 3,036 (324) (11) 2,369 667 28 Investment Banking 1,814 1,404 410 29 1,206 198 16 Total Banking 7,284 7,312 (28) — 5,797 1,515 26 Commercial Real Estate 5,144 5,311 (167) (3) 4,534 777 17 Markets: Fixed Income, Currencies, and Commodities (FICC) 5,093 4,688 405 9 3,660 1,028 28 Equities 1,789 1,809 (20) (1) 1,115 694 62 Credit Adjustment (CVA/DVA/FVA) and Other (1) (14) 65 (79) NM 20 45 225 Total Markets 6,868 6,562 306 5 4,795 1,767 37 Other 48 6 42 700 116 (110) (95) Total revenue $ 19,344 19,191 153 1 $ 15,242 3,949 26 Selected Metrics Return on allocated capital 15.7% 13.8 15.3 % Efficiency ratio 47 45 50 NM – Not meaningful (1) In fourth quarter 2024, we implemented a change to incorporate funding valuation adjustments (FVA) for our derivatives, which resulted in a loss of $85 million. Full year 2024 vs. full year 2023 Revenue increased driven by: • higher investment banking fees due to higher debt and equity underwriting fees and higher advisory fees driven by increased activity; and • higher net gains from trading activities driven by higher revenue in foreign exchange and structured products, partially offset by losses related to our implementation of a change to incorporate funding valuation adjustments (FVA) for our derivatives; partially offset by: • lower net interest income driven by higher deposit costs and lower loan balances. Provision for credit losses reflected a decrease in the allowance for credit losses driven by commercial real estate loans. Noninterest expense increased driven by higher operating costs, partially offset by the impact of efficiency initiatives. Earnings Performance (continued) 18 Wells Fargo & Company Table 9f: Corporate and Investment Banking – Balance Sheet Year ended December 31, ($ in millions) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Selected Balance Sheet Data (average) Loans: Commercial and industrial $ 183,792 191,602 (7,810) (4) % $ 198,424 (6,822) (3) % Commercial real estate 93,247 100,373 (7,126) (7) 98,560 1,813 2 Total loans $ 277,039 291,975 (14,936) (5) $ 296,984 (5,009) (2) Loans by Line of Business: Banking $ 87,318 95,783 (8,465) (9) $ 106,440 (10,657) (10) Commercial Real Estate 125,799 135,702 (9,903) (7) 133,719 1,983 1 Markets 63,922 60,490 3,432 6 56,825 3,665 6 Total loans $ 277,039 291,975 (14,936) (5) $ 296,984 (5,009) (2) Trading-related assets: Trading account securities $ 135,751 118,130 17,621 15 $ 112,213 5,917 5 Reverse repurchase agreements/securities borrowed 72,374 61,510 10,864 18 50,491 11,019 22 Derivative assets 18,883 18,636 247 1 27,421 (8,785) (32) Total trading-related assets $ 227,008 198,276 28,732 14 $ 190,125 8,151 4 Total assets 568,035 553,722 14,313 3 557,396 (3,674) (1) Total deposits 192,592 162,062 30,530 19 161,720 342 — Allocated capital 44,000 44,000 — — 36,000 8,000 22 Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end) Loans: Commercial and industrial $ 192,573 189,379 3,194 2 $ 196,529 (7,150) (4) Commercial real estate 86,107 98,053 (11,946) (12) 101,848 (3,795) (4) Total loans $ 278,680 287,432 (8,752) (3) $ 298,377 (10,945) (4) Loans by Line of Business: Banking $ 86,328 93,987 (7,659) (8) $ 101,183 (7,196) (7) Commercial Real Estate 117,213 131,968 (14,755) (11) 137,495 (5,527) (4) Markets 75,139 61,477 13,662 22 59,699 1,778 3 Total loans $ 278,680 287,432 (8,752) (3) $ 298,377 (10,945) (4) Trading-related assets: Trading account securities $ 142,727 115,562 27,165 24 $ 111,801 3,761 3 Reverse repurchase agreements/securities borrowed 96,470 63,614 32,856 52 55,407 8,207 15 Derivative assets 21,332 18,023 3,309 18 22,218 (4,195) (19) Total trading-related assets $ 260,529 197,199 63,330 32 $ 189,426 7,773 4 Total assets 597,278 547,203 50,075 9 550,177 (2,974) (1) Total deposits 212,948 185,142 27,806 15 157,217 27,925 18 Full year 2024 vs. full year 2023 Total loans (average and period-end) decreased due to loan payoffs exceeding originations and draws on existing accounts. Total trading-related assets (average and period-end) increased reflecting: • higher trading account securities driven by growth across all asset classes; and • an increased volume of reverse repurchase agreements. Total deposits (average and period-end) increased driven by additions of deposits from new and existing customers. Wells Fargo & Company 19 Wealth and Investment Management provides personalized wealth management, brokerage, financial planning, lending, private banking, trust and fiduciary products and services to affluent, high-net worth and ultra-high-net worth clients. We operate through financial advisors in our brokerage and wealth offices, consumer bank branches, independent offices, and digitally through WellsTrade® and Intuitive Investor®. Table 9g and Table 9h provide additional information for Wealth and Investment Management (WIM). Table 9g: Wealth and Investment Management Year ended December 31, ($ in millions, unless otherwise noted) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Income Statement Net interest income $ 3,473 3,966 (493) (12) % $ 3,927 39 1 % Noninterest income: Investment advisory and other asset-based fees 9,534 8,446 1,088 13 8,847 (401) (5) Commissions and brokerage services fees 2,153 2,058 95 5 1,931 127 7 Other 276 221 55 25 117 104 89 Total noninterest income 11,963 10,725 1,238 12 10,895 (170) (2) Total revenue 15,436 14,691 745 5 14,822 (131) (1) Net charge-offs (2) (1) (1) (100) (7) 6 86 Change in the allowance for credit losses (20) 7 (27) NM (18) 25 139 Provision for credit losses (22) 6 (28) NM (25) 31 124 Noninterest expense 12,884 12,064 820 7 11,613 451 4 Income before income tax expense 2,574 2,621 (47) (2) 3,234 (613) (19) Income tax expense 672 657 15 2 812 (155) (19) Net income $ 1,902 1,964 (62) (3) $ 2,422 (458) (19) Selected Metrics Return on allocated capital 28.3% 30.7 27.1 % Efficiency ratio 83 82 78 Client assets ($ in billions, period-end): Advisory assets $ 998 891 107 12 $ 797 94 12 Other brokerage assets and deposits 1,295 1,193 102 9 1,064 129 12 Total client assets $ 2,293 2,084 209 10 $ 1,861 223 12 Selected Balance Sheet Data (average) Total loans $ 83,005 82,755 250 — $ 85,228 (2,473) (3) Total deposits 107,689 112,069 (4,380) (4) 164,883 (52,814) (32) Allocated capital 6,500 6,250 250 4 8,750 (2,500) (29) Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end) Total loans $ 84,340 82,555 1,785 2 $ 84,273 (1,718) (2) Total deposits 127,008 103,902 23,106 22 138,760 (34,858) (25) NM- Not meaningful Full year 2024 vs. full year 2023 Revenue increased driven by: • higher investment advisory and other asset-based fees driven by higher asset-based fees reflecting higher market valuations; and • higher commissions and brokerage services fees driven by higher brokerage transaction activity, partially offset by lower other brokerage service fees; partially offset by: • lower net interest income driven by lower deposit balances, customers reallocating cash into higher yielding alternatives, and higher deposit costs reflecting the impact of increased pricing on sweep deposits in advisory brokerage accounts. Noninterest expense increased reflecting higher personnel expense driven by higher revenue-related compensation, partially offset by the impact of efficiency initiatives. Total deposits (period-end) increased driven by higher brokerage deposit balances. Earnings Performance (continued) 20 Wells Fargo & Company WIM Advisory Assets. In addition to transactional accounts, WIM offers advisory account relationships to brokerage customers. Fees from advisory accounts are based on a percentage of the market value of the assets as of the beginning of the quarter, which vary across the account types based on the distinct services provided, and are affected by investment performance as well as asset inflows and outflows. Advisory accounts include assets that are financial advisor-directed and separately managed by third-party managers as well as certain client-directed brokerage assets where we earn a fee for advisory and other services, but do not have investment discretion. WIM also manages personal trust and other assets for high net worth clients, with fee income earned based on a percentage of the market value of these assets. Table 9h presents advisory assets activity by WIM line of business. Management believes that advisory assets is a useful metric because it allows management, investors, and others to assess how changes in asset amounts may impact the generation of certain asset-based fees. For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the average fee rate by account type ranged from 50 to 120 basis points. Table 9h: WIM Advisory Assets Year ended (in billions) Balance, beginning of period Inflows (outflows), net (1) Market impact (2) Balance, end of period December 31, 2024 Client-directed (3) $ 185.3 (2.5) 22.9 205.7 Financial advisor-directed (4) 264.6 1.4 43.2 309.2 Separate accounts (5) 198.4 2.6 24.7 225.7 Mutual fund advisory (6) 83.3 (5.3) 7.7 85.7 Total Wells Fargo Advisors $ 731.6 (3.8) 98.5 826.3 The Private Bank (7) 159.5 (2.8) 14.7 171.4 Total WIM advisory assets $ 891.1 (6.6) 113.2 997.7 December 31, 2023 Client-directed (3) $ 165.2 (1.7) 21.8 185.3 Financial advisor-directed (4) 222.9 2.0 39.7 264.6 Separate accounts (5) 176.5 (2.4) 24.3 198.4 Mutual fund advisory (6) 78.6 (5.4) 10.1 83.3 Total Wells Fargo Advisors $ 643.2 (7.5) 95.9 731.6 The Private Bank (7) 153.6 (9.5) 15.4 159.5 Total WIM advisory assets $ 796.8 (17.0) 111.3 891.1 December 31, 2022 Client-directed (3) $ 205.6 (7.2) (33.2) 165.2 Financial advisor-directed (4) 255.5 (2.6) (30.0) 222.9 Separate accounts (5) 203.3 (1.9) (24.9) 176.5 Mutual fund advisory (6) 102.1 (6.3) (17.2) 78.6 Total Wells Fargo Advisors $ 766.5 (18.0) (105.3) 643.2 The Private Bank (7) 198.0 (19.7) (24.7) 153.6 Total WIM advisory assets $ 964.5 (37.7) (130.0) 796.8 (1) Inflows include new advisory account assets, contributions, dividends, and interest. Outflows include closed advisory account assets, withdrawals, and client management fees. (2) Market impact reflects gains and losses on portfolio investments. (3) Investment advice and other services are provided to the client, but decisions are made by the client and the fees earned are based on a percentage of the advisory account assets, not the number and size of transactions executed by the client. (4) Professionally managed portfolios with fees earned based on respective strategies and as a percentage of certain client assets. (5) Professional advisory portfolios managed by third-party asset managers. Fees are earned based on a percentage of certain client assets. (6) Program with portfolios constructed of load-waived, no-load, and institutional share class mutual funds. Fees are earned based on a percentage of certain client assets. (7) Discretionary and non-discretionary portfolios held in personal trusts, investment agency, or custody accounts with fees earned based on a percentage of client assets. Wells Fargo & Company 21 Corporate includes corporate treasury and enterprise functions, net of expense allocations, in support of the reportable operating segments (including funds transfer pricing, capital, and liquidity), as well as our investment portfolio and venture capital and private equity investments. Corporate also includes certain lines of business that management has determined are no longer consistent with the long-term strategic goals of the Company as well as results for previously divested businesses. Table 9i and Table 9j provide additional information for Corporate. Table 9i: Corporate – Income Statement Year ended December 31, ($ in millions) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Income Statement Net interest income $ (791) (888) 97 11 % $ (1,607) 719 45 % Noninterest income 1,129 431 698 162 1,192 (761) (64) Total revenue 338 (457) 795 174 (415) (42) (10) Net charge-offs (27) (10) (17) NM (33) 23 70 Change in the allowance for credit losses 11 22 (11) (50) 35 (13) (37) Provision for credit losses (16) 12 (28) NM 2 10 500 Noninterest expense 3,221 4,301 (1,080) (25) 5,697 (1,396) (25) Loss before income tax benefit (2,867) (4,770) 1,903 40 (6,114) 1,344 22 Income tax benefit (1,884) (2,355) 471 20 (1,721) (634) (37) Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests (1) 233 (124) 357 288 (311) 187 60 Net loss $ (1,216) (2,291) 1,075 47 $ (4,082) 1,791 44 NM – Not meaningful (1) Reflects results attributable to noncontrolling interests associated with our venture capital investments. Full year 2024 vs. full year 2023 Revenue increased driven by: • higher net gains from equity securities reflecting higher realized and unrealized gains on equity securities from our venture capital investments and lower impairment of equity securities; partially offset by: • higher net losses from debt securities related to a repositioning of our investment portfolio. Noninterest expense decreased reflecting: • lower expense for the FDIC special assessment. For additional information on the FDIC special assessment, see Note 21 (Revenue and Expenses) to Financial Statements in this Report; partially offset by: • higher operating losses due to higher expense for customer remediation activities. Corporate includes our rail car leasing business, which had long-lived operating lease assets, net of accumulated depreciation, of $4.5 billion and $4.6 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The average age of our rail cars is 22 years and the rail cars are typically leased to customers under short-term leases of 3 to 5 years. Our four largest concentrations, which represented 66% of our rail car fleet as of December 31, 2024, were rail cars used for the transportation of cement/sand, agricultural grain, plastics, and coal products. We may incur impairment charges based on changing economic and market conditions affecting the long-term demand and utility of specific types of rail cars. Our assumptions for impairment are sensitive to estimated utilization and rental rates as well as the estimated economic life of the leased asset. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 8 (Leasing Activity) to Financial Statements in this Report. Earnings Performance Wells Fargo & Company 22 (continued) Table 9j: Corporate – Balance Sheet Year ended December 31, ($ in millions) 2024 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 % Change 2024/ 2023 2022 $ Change 2023/ 2022 % Change 2023/ 2022 Selected Balance Sheet Data (average) Available-for-sale debt securities $ 138,983 123,542 15,441 12 % $ 124,308 (766) (1) % Held-to-maturity debt securities 246,577 267,672 (21,095) (8) 290,087 (22,415) (8) Equity securities 15,441 15,635 (194) (1) 15,695 (60) — Total assets 652,024 619,002 33,022 5 638,011 (19,009) (3) Total deposits 98,845 95,825 3,020 3 28,457 67,368 237 Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end) Available-for-sale debt securities $ 154,397 118,923 35,474 30 $ 102,669 16,254 16 Held-to-maturity debt securities 231,892 259,748 (27,856) (11) 294,141 (34,393) (12) Equity securities 15,437 15,810 (373) (2) 15,508 302 2 Total assets 633,799 674,075 (40,276) (6) 601,218 72,857 12 Total deposits 59,708 124,294 (64,586) (52) 54,371 69,923 129 Full year 2024 vs. full year 2023 Total assets (average) increased reflecting an increase in interest-earning deposits with banks that are managed by corporate treasury. Total assets (period-end) decreased reflecting a decrease in interest-earning deposits with banks that are managed by corporate treasury. Total deposits (period-end) decreased driven by maturities of certificates of deposit (CDs) issued by corporate treasury. 23 Wells Fargo & Company Balance Sheet Analysis At December 31, 2024, our assets totaled $1.93 trillion, down $2.6 billion from December 31, 2023. The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our consolidated balance sheet. See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for information on changes in our equity. Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities Table 10: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 ($ in millions) Amortized cost, net (1) Net unrealized gains (losses) Fair value Weighted average expected maturity (yrs) Amortized cost, net (1) Net unrealized gains (losses) Fair value Weighted average expected maturity (yrs) Available-for-sale (2) $ 170,607 (7,629) 162,978 7.2 $ 137,155 (6,707) 130,448 4.7 Held-to-maturity (3) 234,948 (41,169) 193,779 8.3 262,708 (35,392) 227,316 7.6 Total $ 405,555 (48,798) 356,757 n/a $ 399,863 (42,099) 357,764 n/a (1) Represents amortized cost of the securities, net of the allowance for credit losses of $34 million and $1 million related to available-for-sale debt securities and $95 million and $93 million related to held-to-maturity debt securities at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (2) Available-for-sale debt securities are carried on our consolidated balance sheet at fair value. (3) Held-to-maturity debt securities are carried on our consolidated balance sheet at amortized cost, net of the allowance for credit losses. Table 10 presents a summary of our portfolio of investments in available-for-sale (AFS) and held-to-maturity (HTM) debt securities. See Note 3 (Available-for-Sale and Held- to-Maturity Debt Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on AFS and HTM debt securities, including a summary of debt securities by security type, contractual maturities and weighted average yields. The size and composition of our AFS and HTM debt securities is dependent upon the Company’s liquidity and interest rate risk management objectives. The AFS debt securities portfolio can be used to meet funding needs that arise in the normal course of business or due to market stress. Changes in our interest rate risk profile may occur due to changes in overall economic or market conditions, which could influence loan origination demand, prepayment rates, or deposit balances and mix. In response, the AFS debt securities portfolio can be rebalanced to meet the Company’s interest rate risk management objectives. In addition to meeting liquidity and interest rate risk management objectives, the AFS and HTM debt securities portfolios may provide yield enhancement over other short-term assets. See the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” section in this Report for additional information on liquidity and interest rate risk. The AFS and HTM debt securities portfolios predominantly consist of liquid, high-quality U.S. Treasury and federal agency debt, and agency mortgage-backed securities (MBS). The portfolios also include securities issued by U.S. states and political subdivisions and highly rated collateralized loan obligations (CLOs). Debt securities are classified as HTM at the time of purchase or when transferred from the AFS debt securities portfolio. Our intent is to hold these securities to maturity and collect the contractual cash flows. The amortized cost, net of the allowance for credit losses, of the total AFS and HTM debt securities portfolio increased from December 31, 2023. Purchases of AFS debt securities were partially offset by paydowns and maturities of AFS and HTM debt securities, as well as sales of AFS debt securities. The total net unrealized losses on AFS and HTM debt securities increased from December 31, 2023, due to changes in interest rates, partially offset by the realization of losses related to a repositioning of our AFS debt securities portfolio. The repositioning included the sale of approximately $28.4 billion of AFS debt securities and reinvestment of the proceeds into AFS debt securities with higher yields. At December 31, 2024, 99% of the combined AFS and HTM debt securities portfolio was rated AA- or above. Ratings are based on external ratings where available and, where not available, based on internal credit grades. Wells Fargo & Company 24 Loan Portfolios Table 11 provides a summary of total outstanding loans by portfolio segment. Commercial loans decreased from December 31, 2023, due to a decline in the commercial real estate loan portfolio as paydowns exceeded originations and advances. Consumer loans decreased from December 31, 2023, driven by decreases in the residential mortgage and auto loan portfolios as paydowns exceeded originations, partially offset by an increase in credit card loans due to higher point of sale volume and the impact of new product launches. Table 11: Loan Portfolios ($ in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 $ Change % Change Commercial $ 534,159 547,427 (13,268) (2) % Consumer 378,586 389,255 (10,669) (3) Total loans $ 912,745 936,682 (23,937) (3) Average loan balances and a comparative detail of average loan balances is included in Table 3 under “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” earlier in this Report. Additional information on total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable is included in the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management” section in this Report. Period-end balances and other loan related information are in Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. Table 12 shows loan maturities based on contractually scheduled repayment timing and the distribution by changes in interest rates for loans with a contractual maturity greater than one year. Nonaccrual loans and loans with indeterminate maturities have been classified as maturing within one year. Table 12: Loan Maturities December 31, 2024 Loan maturities Loans maturing after one year (in millions) Within one year After one year through five years After five years through fifteen years After fifteen years Total Fixed interest rates Floating/ variable interest rates Commercial and industrial $ 136,093 218,532 24,581 2,035 381,241 28,120 217,028 Commercial real estate 60,395 60,744 13,888 1,478 136,505 16,821 59,289 Lease financing 3,679 10,744 1,958 32 16,413 12,649 85 Total commercial 200,167 290,020 40,427 3,545 534,159 57,590 276,402 Residential mortgage 9,903 29,901 86,501 123,964 250,269 170,410 69,956 Credit card 56,542 — — — 56,542 — — Auto 11,458 29,316 1,593 — 42,367 30,909 — Other consumer 24,913 4,404 73 18 29,408 3,899 596 Total consumer 102,816 63,621 88,167 123,982 378,586 205,218 70,552 Total loans $ 302,983 353,641 128,594 127,527 912,745 262,808 346,954 25 Wells Fargo & Company Deposits Deposits increased from December 31, 2023, reflecting: • growth in commercial deposits driven by additions of deposits from new and existing customers; and • growth in consumer deposits driven by higher brokerage deposits in WIM; partially offset by: • lower time deposits driven by maturities of CDs issued by corporate treasury. Table 13 provides additional information regarding deposit balances. Certain deposit balances, including noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing demand deposits, were impacted by efforts to align legacy products with current deposit product offerings. Information regarding the impact of deposits on net interest income and a comparison of average deposit balances is provided in the “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” section and Table 3 earlier in this Report. Our average deposit cost in fourth quarter 2024 increased to 1.73%, compared with 1.58% in fourth quarter 2023. Table 13: Deposits ($ in millions) Dec 31, 2024 % of total deposits Dec 31, 2023 % of total deposits $ Change % Change Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 383,616 28% $ 360,279 26% $ 23,337 6 % Interest-bearing demand deposits 473,738 35 436,908 32 36,830 8 Savings deposits 359,731 26 349,181 26 10,550 3 Time deposits 137,128 10 187,989 14 (50,861) (27) Interest-bearing deposits in non-U.S. offices 17,591 1 23,816 2 (6,225) (26) Total deposits $ 1,371,804 100% $ 1,358,173 100% $ 13,631 1 As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, total deposits that exceed FDIC insurance limits, or are otherwise uninsured, were estimated to be $550 billion and $505 billion, respectively. Estimated uninsured domestic deposits reflect amounts disclosed in the U.S. regulatory reports of our subsidiary banks, with adjustments for amounts related to consolidated subsidiaries. All non-U.S. deposits are treated for these purposes as uninsured. Table 14 presents the contractual maturities of estimated time deposits that exceed FDIC insurance limits, or are otherwise uninsured. All non-U.S. time deposits are uninsured. Table 14: Uninsured Time Deposits by Maturity (in millions) Three months or less After three months through six months After six months through twelve months After twelve months Total December 31, 2024 Domestic time deposits $ 13,114 3,213 1,069 526 17,922 Non-U.S. time deposits 1,967 530 253 — 2,750 Total $ 15,081 3,743 1,322 526 20,672 Balance Sheet Analysis (continued) Wells Fargo & Company 26 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements In the ordinary course of business, we engage in financial transactions that are not recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, or may be recorded on our consolidated balance sheet in amounts that are different from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. Our off-balance sheet arrangements include unfunded credit commitments, transactions with unconsolidated entities, guarantees, derivatives, and other commitments. These transactions are designed to (1) meet the financial needs of customers, (2) manage our credit, market or liquidity risks, and/or (3) diversify our funding sources. Unfunded Credit Commitments Unfunded credit commitments are legally binding agreements to lend to customers with terms covering usage of funds, contractual interest rates, expiration dates, and any required collateral. The maximum credit risk for these commitments will generally be lower than the contractual amount because these commitments may expire without being used or may be cancelled at the customer’s request. Our credit risk monitoring activities include managing the amount of commitments, both to individual customers and in total, and the size and maturity structure of these commitments. For additional information, see Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. Transactions with Unconsolidated Entities In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts, limited liability companies or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Generally, SPEs are formed in connection with securitization transactions and are considered variable interest entities (VIEs). For additional information, see Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report. Guarantees and Other Commitments Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of standby and direct pay letters of credit, written options, recourse obligations, exchange and clearing house guarantees, indemnifications, and other types of similar arrangements. We also enter into other commitments such as commitments to purchase securities under resale agreements. For additional information, see Note 17 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report. Derivatives We use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. Derivatives are recorded on our consolidated balance sheet at fair value, and volume can be measured in terms of the notional amount, which is generally not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined. The notional amount is not recorded on our consolidated balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. For additional information, see Note 14 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report. 27 Wells Fargo & Company Risk Management Wells Fargo manages a variety of risks that can significantly affect our financial performance and our ability to meet the expectations of our customers, shareholders, regulators and other stakeholders. Risk is Part of our Business Model. Risk is the possibility of an event occurring that could adversely affect the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic and business objectives. The Company routinely takes risks to achieve its business goals and to serve its customers. These risks include financial risks, such as interest rate, credit, liquidity, and market risks, and non-financial risks, such as operational (which includes compliance and model risks), strategic and reputation risks. Risk Profile. The Company’s risk profile is an assessment of the aggregate risks associated with the Company’s exposures and business activities after taking into consideration risk management effectiveness. The Company monitors its risk profile, and the Board reviews risk profile reports and analysis. Risk Capacity. Risk capacity is the maximum level of risk that the Company could assume given its current level of resources before triggering regulatory and other constraints on its capital and liquidity needs. Risk Appetite. Risk appetite is the nature and level of risk the Company is willing to take, within its risk capacity, while pursuing its strategic and business objectives. Risk appetite is articulated in our Statement of Risk Appetite, which establishes acceptable risks and at what level and includes risk appetite principles. The Company’s Statement of Risk Appetite is defined by senior management, approved at least annually by the Board, and helps guide the Company’s business and risk leaders. The Company continuously monitors its risk appetite, and the Board reviews reports which include risk appetite information and analysis. Risk and Strategy. The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) drives the Company’s strategic planning process, which identifies the Company’s most significant opportunities and challenges, develops plans to address them, evaluates the risks of those plans, and articulates the resulting decisions in the form of a company-wide strategic plan. The Company’s risk profile, risk capacity, risk appetite, and risk management effectiveness are considered in the strategic planning process, which is linked with the Company’s capital planning process. The Company’s Independent Risk Management (IRM) organization participates in strategic planning, providing challenge to and independent assessment of the risks associated with strategic initiatives. IRM also independently assesses and challenges the impact of the strategic plan on risk capacity, risk appetite, and risk management effectiveness at the principal lines of business, enterprise functions, and aggregate Company levels. The strategic plan is presented to the Board each year with IRM’s evaluation. Risk and Climate Change. The Company continues to integrate climate considerations into its risk management program, consistent with regulatory expectations. Risk is Managed by Everyone. Every employee, in the course of their daily activities, creates risk and is responsible for managing risk. Every employee has a role to play in risk management, including establishing and maintaining the Company’s risk and control environment. Every employee must comply with applicable laws, regulations, and Company policies. Risk and Culture. Senior management sets the tone at the top by supporting a strong culture, defined by the Company’s expectations and Code of Conduct, that guides how employees conduct themselves and make decisions. The Board is responsible for holding senior management accountable for establishing and maintaining this culture and effectively managing risk. Senior management expects employees to speak up when they see something that could cause harm to the Company’s customers, communities, employees, shareholders, or reputation. Because risk management is everyone’s responsibility, all employees are empowered to and expected to challenge risk decisions when appropriate and to escalate their concerns when they have not been addressed. The Company’s performance management and incentive compensation programs are designed to establish a balanced framework for risk and reward under core principles that employees are expected to know and practice. The Board, through its Human Resources Committee, plays an important role in overseeing the Company’s performance management and incentive compensation programs. Effective risk management is a central component of employee performance evaluations. Risk Management Framework. The Company’s risk management framework sets forth the Company’s core principles for managing and governing its risk. It is approved by the Board’s Risk Committee and reviewed and updated annually. Many other documents and policies flow from its core principles. Wells Fargo’s top priority is to strengthen our company by building an appropriate risk and control infrastructure. We continue to enhance and mature our risk management programs. Risk Governance Role of the Board. The Board oversees the Company’s business, including its risk management. It assesses senior management’s performance and holds senior management accountable for maintaining and adhering to an effective risk management program. Board Committee Structure. The Board carries out its risk oversight responsibilities directly and through its committees. The Risk Committee reviews and approves the Company’s risk management framework and oversees management’s implementation of the framework, including how the Company manages and governs risk. The Risk Committee also oversees the Company’s adherence to its risk appetite. In addition, the Risk Committee supports the stature, authority and independence of IRM and oversees and receives reports on its operation. The Chief Risk Officer (CRO) reports functionally to the Risk Committee and administratively to the CEO. Wells Fargo & Company 28 Management Committee Structure. The Company has established management committees, including those focused on risk, that support management in carrying out its governance and risk management responsibilities. One type of management committee is a governance committee, which is a decision- making body that operates for a particular purpose and may report to a Board committee. Each management governance committee, in accordance with its charter, is expected to discuss, document, and make decisions regarding high priority and significant risks, emerging risks, risk acceptances, and risks and issues escalated to it; review and monitor progress related to critical and high-risk issues and remediation efforts, including lessons learned; and report key challenges, decisions, escalations, other actions, and open issues as appropriate. Table 15 presents the structure of the Company’s Board committees and escalation paths of relevant management governance committees reporting to a Board committee. Table 15: Board and Relevant Management-level Governance Committee Structure Wells Fargo & Company Audit Committee (1) Disclosure Committee Regulatory Reporting Oversight Committee Finance Committee Capital Management Committee Corporate Asset/Liability Committee Recovery & Resolution Committee Risk Committee Management Governance Committees Allowance for Credit Losses Approval Governance Committee Enterprise Risk & Control Committee Risk & Control Committees Risk Type Committees Risk Topic Committees Governance & Nominating Committee Human Resources Committee Incentive Compensation & Performance Management Committee (1) The Audit Committee assists the Board in its oversight of the Company’s financial statements and disclosures to shareholders and regulatory agencies; oversees the internal audit function and external auditor independence, activities, and performance; and assists the Board and the Risk Committee in the oversight of the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Management Governance Committees Reporting to the Risk Committee of the Board. The Enterprise Risk & Control Committee (ERCC) is a decision-making and escalation body that governs the management of all risk types. The ERCC receives information about risk and control issues, addresses escalated risks and issues, and actively oversees risk controls. The ERCC also makes decisions related to significant risks and changes to the Company’s risk appetite. The Risk Committee receives regular updates from the ERCC chairs and senior management regarding current and emerging risks and senior management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management program. The ERCC is co-chaired by the CEO and CRO, with membership comprising the heads of principal lines of business and certain enterprise functions. The Chief Auditor or a designee attends all meetings of the ERCC. The ERCC has a direct escalation path to the Risk Committee. The ERCC also has an escalation path for certain human capital risks and issues to the Human Resources Committee. In addition, the CRO may escalate directly to the Board. Risks and issues are escalated to the ERCC in accordance with the Company’s escalation management policy. Each principal line of business and enterprise function has a risk and control committee, which is a management governance committee with a mandate that aligns with the ERCC but with its scope limited to the respective principal line of business or enterprise function. These committees focus on and consider risks that the respective principal line of business or enterprise function generate and manage, and the controls the principal line of business or enterprise function are expected to have in place. As a complement to these risk and control committees, management governance committees dedicated to specific risk types and risk topics also report to the ERCC to enable more comprehensive governance of risks. Risk Operating Model – Roles and Responsibilities The Company has three lines of defense for managing risk: the Front Line, Independent Risk Management, and Internal Audit. • Front Line. The Front Line, which comprises principal line of business and certain enterprise function activities, is the first line of defense. The Front Line is responsible for understanding the risks generated by its activities, applying adequate controls, and managing risk in the course of its business activities. The Front Line identifies, measures and assesses, controls, monitors, and reports on risk generated by or associated with its business activities and balances risk and reward in decision making while operating within the Company’s risk appetite. • Independent Risk Management. IRM is the second line of defense. It establishes and maintains the Company’s risk management program and provides oversight, including challenge to and independent assessment and monitoring, of the Front Line’s execution of its risk management responsibilities. 29 Wells Fargo & Company • Internal Audit. Internal Audit is the third line of defense. It is responsible for acting as an independent assurance function. Risk Type Classifications The Company uses common classifications, hierarchies, and ratings to enable consistency across risk management programs and aggregation of information. Risk type classifications permit the Company to identify and prioritize its risk exposures, including emerging risk exposures. Operational Risk Management Operational risk, which in addition to those discussed in this section, includes compliance risk and model risk, is the risk resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. The Board’s Risk Committee has primary oversight responsibility for operational risk, including significant supporting programs and/or policies regarding the Company’s business resiliency and disaster recovery, change management, data management, information security, technology, and third- party risk management. As part of its oversight responsibilities, the Board’s Risk Committee reviews and approves significant operational risk policies and oversees the Company’s operational risk management program. At the management level, Operational Risk Management, which is part of IRM, has oversight responsibility for operational risk. Operational Risk Management reports to the CRO and provides periodic reports related to operational risk to the Board’s Risk Committee. Operational Risk Management’s oversight responsibilities include change management risk, data management risk, fraud risk, human capital risk, information management risk, information security risk, technology risk, and third-party risk. Information Security Risk Management. Information security risk, which includes cybersecurity risk, is a significant operational risk for financial institutions such as Wells Fargo and includes the risk arising from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of information or information systems. The Board’s Risk Committee has primary oversight responsibility for information security risk and approves the Company’s information security program, which includes information protection and cyber resiliency. The Risk Committee receives regular reports from the Company’s Head of Technology and Chief Information Security Officer (CISO), as well as from Operational Risk Management representatives, on information security risks and significant information security developments, including certain incidents involving third parties. As described above, at the management level, Operational Risk Management has oversight responsibility for information security risk. As a second line of defense, Operational Risk Management reviews and provides guidance to the Front Line technology team, including with respect to the development and maintenance of risk management policies, governance documents, processes, and controls, and oversees and challenges the Front Line technology team’s risk assessment activities. The Company’s cybersecurity team, which is part of the broader technology team, provides Front Line information security risk assessment and management and is responsible for protecting the Company’s information systems, networks, and data, including customer and employee data, through the design, execution, and oversight of our information security program. The technology team is led by the Company’s Head of Technology, who reports to the CEO and leads our efforts to manage information security and related risks across the enterprise, including overseeing the Company’s CISO. Our Head of Technology has over 30 years of technology and information security risk management experience in the financial services industry. The Company has processes designed to prevent, detect, mitigate, escalate, and remediate cybersecurity incidents, including monitoring of the Company’s networks for actual or potential attacks or breaches. The Company’s incident response program includes notification, escalation, and remediation protocols for cybersecurity incidents, including to our Head of Technology and CISO as appropriate. In addition, to help monitor and assess our exposure to ongoing and evolving risks in these areas, the Company has a cyber and information security focused risk committee led by the CISO and a technology risk committee led by the Head of Technology. Additional components of the Company’s information security program include: (i) enhancing and strengthening of our practices, policies, and procedures in response to the evolving information security landscape; (ii) designing our information security program to align with regulatory and industry standards; (iii) investing in emerging technologies to proactively monitor new vulnerabilities and reduce risk; (iv) conducting periodic internal and third-party assessments to test our information security systems and controls; (v) leveraging third-party specialists and advisors to review and strengthen our information security program; (vi) evaluating and updating our incident response planning and protocols; and (vii) requiring employees and third-party service providers who have access to our systems to complete annual information security training modules designed to provide guidance for identifying and avoiding information security risks. In addition, Operational Risk Management oversees the Company’s third-party risk management program, which, among other things, is designed to identify and address information security risks arising from third-party service providers. Components of this program include incorporating information security and cybersecurity incident notification requirements into contracts with third-party service providers, requiring third parties to adhere to defined information security and control standards, and performing periodic third-party risk assessments. Wells Fargo and other financial institutions, as well as our third-party service providers, continue to be the target of various evolving and adaptive information security threats, including cyberattacks, malware, ransomware, other malicious software intended to exploit hardware or software vulnerabilities, phishing, credential validation, and distributed denial-of-service, in an effort to disrupt the operations of financial institutions, test their cybersecurity capabilities, commit fraud, or obtain confidential, proprietary or other information. Cyberattacks have also focused on targeting online applications and services, such as online banking, as well as cloud-based and other products and services provided by third parties, and have targeted the infrastructure of the internet causing the widespread unavailability of websites and degrading website performance. As a result, information security and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes and systems designed to protect our networks, computers, software and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a priority for Wells Fargo. Wells Fargo is also involved in industry cybersecurity efforts and working with other parties, including our third-party service providers and governmental agencies, to continue to enhance defenses and improve resiliency to information security Wells Fargo & Company 30 (continued) Risk Management threats. See the “Risk Factors” section in this Report for additional information regarding the risks and potential impacts associated with a failure or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including as a result of cyberattacks or other information security incidents. Compliance Risk Management Compliance risk (a type of operational risk) is the risk resulting from the failure to comply with laws (legislation, regulations and rules) and regulatory guidance, and the failure to appropriately address associated impact, including to customers. Compliance risk encompasses violations of applicable internal policies, program requirements, procedures, and standards related to ethical principles applicable to the Company. The Board’s Risk Committee has primary oversight responsibility for all aspects of compliance risk, including financial crimes risk. As part of its oversight responsibilities, the Board’s Risk Committee reviews and approves significant supporting compliance risk and financial crimes risk policies and programs and oversees the Company’s compliance risk management and financial crimes risk management programs. Conduct risk, a sub-category of compliance risk, is the risk that the behavior of an employee or third party acting on behalf of the Company involves, or a business practice produces, conduct that is unlawful, unethical, or conflicts with the Company's expectations for lawful and ethical behavior outlined in its Code of Conduct, which has the potential to adversely affect customers, employees, the Company, or its stakeholders. In connection with its oversight of conduct risk, the Board oversees the alignment of employee conduct to the Company’s risk appetite (which the Board approves annually). The Board’s Risk Committee has primary oversight responsibility for conduct risk and risk management components of the Company’s culture, while the responsibilities of the Board’s Human Resources Committee include oversight of the Company’s culture, Code of Conduct, human capital management (including talent management and succession planning), performance management program, and incentive compensation risk management program. At the management level, the Compliance function, which is part of IRM, monitors the implementation of the Company’s compliance and conduct risk programs. The Compliance function reports to the CRO and provides periodic reports related to compliance risk to the Board's Risk Committee. Financial Crimes Risk Management, also part of IRM, oversees and monitors financial crimes risk, a sub-category of compliance risk. Financial Crimes Risk Management reports to the CRO and provides periodic reports related to financial crimes risk to the Board's Risk Committee. Model Risk Management Model risk (a type of operational risk) is the risk arising from the potential for adverse consequences of decisions made based on model output that may be incorrect or used inappropriately. The Board’s Risk Committee has primary oversight responsibility for model risk. As part of its oversight responsibilities, the Board’s Risk Committee oversees the Company’s model risk management policy, model governance, model performance, model issue remediation status, and adherence to model risk appetite metrics. At the management level, the Model Risk function, which is part of IRM, has oversight responsibility for model risk and is responsible for governance, validation and monitoring of model risk across the Company. The Model Risk function reports to the CRO and provides periodic reports related to model risk to the Board’s Risk Committee. Strategic Risk Management Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, or liquidity arising from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of strategic initiatives, or inadequate responses to changes in the external operating environment. The Board has primary oversight responsibility for strategic planning and oversees management’s development and implementation of and approves the Company’s strategic plan, and considers whether it is aligned with the Company’s risk appetite and risk management effectiveness. Management develops, executes and recommends significant strategic corporate transactions and the Board evaluates management’s proposals, including their impact on the Company’s risk profile and financial position. The Board’s Risk Committee has primary oversight responsibility for the Company’s strategic risk and the adequacy of the Company’s strategic risk management program, including associated risk management practices, processes and controls. At the management level, the Strategic Risk Oversight function, which is part of IRM, has oversight responsibility for strategic risk. The Strategic Risk Oversight function reports into the CRO and supports periodic reports related to strategic risk provided to the Board’s Risk Committee. Reputation Risk Management Reputation risk is the risk arising from the potential that negative stakeholder opinion or negative publicity regarding the Company’s business practices, whether true or not, will adversely impact current or projected financial conditions and resilience, cause a decline in the customer base, or result in costly litigation. The Board’s Risk Committee has primary oversight responsibility for reputation risk, while each Board committee has reputation risk oversight responsibilities related to their primary oversight responsibilities. As part of its oversight responsibilities, the Board’s Risk Committee receives reports from management that help it monitor how effectively the Company is managing reputation risk. At the management level, the Reputation Risk Oversight function, which is part of IRM, has oversight responsibility for reputation risk. The Reputation Risk Oversight function reports into the CRO and supports periodic reports related to reputation risk provided to the Board’s Risk Committee. 31 Wells Fargo & Company Credit Risk Management Credit risk is the risk of loss associated with a borrower or counterparty default (failure to meet obligations in accordance with agreed upon terms). Credit risk exists with many of the Company’s assets and exposures such as debt security holdings, certain derivatives, and loans. The Board’s Risk Committee has primary oversight responsibility for credit risk. At the management level, Corporate Credit Risk, which is part of Independent Risk Management, has oversight responsibility for credit risk. Corporate Credit Risk reports to the Chief Risk Officer and supports periodic reports related to credit risk provided to the Board’s Risk Committee. Loan Portfolio. Our loan portfolios represent the largest component of assets on our consolidated balance sheet for which we have credit risk. Table 16 presents our total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. Table 16: Total Loans Outstanding by Portfolio Segment and Class of Financing Receivable (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Commercial and industrial $ 381,241 380,388 Commercial real estate 136,505 150,616 Lease financing 16,413 16,423 Total commercial 534,159 547,427 Residential mortgage 250,269 260,724 Credit card 56,542 52,230 Auto 42,367 47,762 Other consumer 29,408 28,539 Total consumer 378,586 389,255 Total loans $ 912,745 936,682 We manage our credit risk by establishing what we believe are sound credit policies for underwriting new business, while monitoring and reviewing the performance of our existing loan portfolios. We employ various credit risk management and monitoring activities to mitigate risks associated with multiple risk factors affecting loans we hold including: • Loan concentrations and related credit quality; • Counterparty credit risk; • Economic and market conditions; • Legislative or regulatory mandates; • Changes in interest rates; • Merger and acquisition activities; and • Reputation risk. Our credit risk management oversight process is governed centrally, but provides for direct management and accountability by our lines of business. Our overall credit process includes comprehensive credit policies, disciplined credit underwriting, frequent and detailed risk measurement and modeling, extensive credit training programs, and a continual loan review and audit process. A key to our credit risk management is adherence to a well- controlled underwriting process, which we believe is appropriate for the needs of our customers as well as investors who purchase the loans or securities collateralized by the loans. Credit Quality Overview. Table 17 provides credit quality trends. Table 17: Credit Quality Overview ($ in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Nonaccrual loans Commercial loans $ 4,618 4,914 Consumer loans 3,112 3,342 Total nonaccrual loans $ 7,730 8,256 Nonaccrual loans as a % of total loans 0.85% 0.88 Allowance for credit losses (ACL) for loans $ 14,636 15,088 ACL for loans as a % of total loans 1.60% 1.61 Net loan charge-offs as a % of: Average commercial loans 0.29% 0.17 Average consumer loans 0.85 0.65 Additional information on our loan portfolios and our credit quality trends follows. Significant Loan Portfolio Reviews. Our credit risk monitoring process is designed to enable early identification of developing risk and to support our determination of an appropriate allowance for credit losses. The following discussion provides additional characteristics and analysis of our significant portfolios. See Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for more analysis and credit metric information for each of the following portfolios. COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND LEASE FINANCING. For purposes of portfolio risk management, we aggregate commercial and industrial loans and lease financing according to market segmentation and standard industry codes. We generally subject commercial and industrial loans and lease financing to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to regulatory definitions of pass and criticized categories with criticized segmented among special mention, substandard, doubtful, and loss categories. Generally, the primary source of repayment for our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio is the operating cash flows of customers, with the collateral securing this portfolio representing a secondary source of repayment. The majority of this portfolio is secured by short- term assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory, and debt securities, as well as long-lived assets, such as equipment and other business assets. We had $16.5 billion of the commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio internally classified as criticized in accordance with regulatory guidance at December 31, 2024, compared with $14.6 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily driven by the entertainment and recreation, and equipment, machinery, and parts manufacturing industries, partially offset by the retail industry. Wells Fargo & Company 32 The portfolio increased at December 31, 2024, compared with December 31, 2023, as a result of increased originations and loan draws, partially offset by paydowns. Table 18 provides our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing by industry. The industry categories are based on the North American Industry Classification System. Table 18: Commercial and Industrial Loans and Lease Financing by Industry December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 ($ in millions) Nonaccrual loans Loans outstanding balance % of total loans Total commitments (1) Nonaccrual loans Loans outstanding balance % of total loans Total commitments (1) Financials except banks $ 24 156,831 17% $ 255,576 9 146,635 16% $ 234,513 Technology, telecom and media 106 23,590 3 61,813 60 25,460 3 59,216 Real estate and construction 92 24,839 3 52,741 55 24,987 3 54,345 Equipment, machinery and parts manufacturing 35 25,135 3 51,150 37 24,785 3 48,265 Retail 91 17,709 2 43,374 72 19,596 2 48,829 Materials and commodities 100 13,624 1 37,365 112 14,235 2 37,758 Food and beverage manufacturing 9 16,665 2 35,079 15 16,047 2 33,957 Health care and pharmaceuticals 27 13,620 1 30,726 26 14,863 2 30,386 Auto related 8 16,507 2 30,537 8 15,203 2 28,795 Oil, gas and pipelines 3 10,503 1 30,486 2 10,730 1 32,544 Commercial services 78 11,152 1 26,968 37 11,095 1 26,025 Utilities — 6,641 * 24,735 1 8,325 * 25,710 Diversified or miscellaneous 9 9,115 * 22,847 67 8,284 * 22,877 Entertainment and recreation 53 12,672 1 19,691 18 13,968 1 20,250 Transportation services 154 9,560 1 16,477 134 9,277 * 16,750 Insurance and fiduciaries 2 4,368 * 15,753 1 4,715 * 15,724 Government and education 29 5,897 * 11,711 26 5,603 * 11,552 Agribusiness 13 6,349 * 11,225 31 6,466 * 12,080 Banks — 7,772 * 8,701 — 11,820 1 12,981 Other (2) 14 5,105 * 12,687 15 4,717 * 12,297 Total $ 847 397,654 44% $ 799,642 726 396,811 42% $ 784,854 * Less than 1%. (1) Total commitments consist of loans outstanding plus unfunded credit commitments, excluding issued letters of credit and discretionary amounts where our approval or consent is required prior to any loan funding or commitment increase. For additional information on issued letters of credit, see Note 17 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report. (2) No other single industry had total loans in excess of $3.2 billion and $3.0 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Table 18a provides further loan segmentation for our largest industry category, financials except banks. This category includes loans to investment firms, financial vehicles, nonbank creditors, rental and leasing companies, securities firms, and investment banks. These loans are generally secured and have features to help manage credit risk, such as structural credit enhancements, collateral eligibility requirements, contractual re-margining of collateral supporting the loans, and loan amounts limited to a percentage of the value of the underlying assets considering underlying credit risk, asset duration, and ongoing performance. Table 18a: Financials Except Banks Industry Category December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 ($ in millions) Nonaccrual loans Loans outstanding balance % of total loans Total commitments (1) Nonaccrual loans Loans outstanding balance % of total loans Total commitments (1) Asset managers and funds (2) $ 1 59,847 6% $ 106,926 — 51,842 6% $ 98,074 Commercial finance (3) 2 51,786 6 84,652 2 52,007 6 78,369 Consumer finance (4) 5 20,840 2 34,669 — 20,308 2 33,547 Real estate finance (5) 16 24,358 3 29,329 7 22,478 2 24,523 Total $ 24 156,831 17% $ 255,576 9 146,635 16% $ 234,513 (1) Total commitments consist of loans outstanding plus unfunded credit commitments, excluding issued letters of credit and discretionary amounts where our approval or consent is required prior to any loan funding or commitment increase. For additional information on issued letters of credit, see Note 17 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report. (2) Includes loans for subscription or capital calls and loans to prime brokerage customers and securities firms. (3) Includes asset-based lending and leasing, including loans to special purpose entities, loans to commercial leasing entities, structured lending facilities to commercial loan managers, and also includes collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) in loan form, all of which were rated AA or above, of $3.7 billion and $7.6 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (4) Includes originators or servicers of financial assets collateralized by consumer loans such as auto loans and leases, and credit cards. (5) Includes originators or servicers of financial assets collateralized by commercial or residential real estate loans. Our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio included non-U.S. loans of $62.6 billion and $72.9 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Significant industry concentrations of non-U.S. loans at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, included: • $36.3 billion and $40.5 billion in the financials except banks industry; • $7.4 billion and $11.4 billion in the banks industry; and • $2.3 billion and $2.0 billion in the oil, gas and pipelines industry. 33 Wells Fargo & Company COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE (CRE). Our CRE loan portfolio is composed of CRE mortgage and CRE construction loans. The total CRE loan portfolio decreased $14.1 billion from December 31, 2023, as paydowns exceeded originations and advances. The portfolio is diversified both geographically and by property type. The largest geographic concentrations of CRE loans are in California, New York, Florida, and Texas, which represented a combined 48% of the total CRE portfolio. The largest property type concentrations are apartments at 29% and office at 20% of the portfolio. Unfunded credit commitments at December 31, 2024 and 2023, were $5.4 billion and $7.7 billion, respectively, for CRE mortgage loans and $7.1 billion and $13.2 billion, respectively, for CRE construction loans. We generally subject CRE loans to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. We had $17.8 billion of CRE mortgage loans classified as criticized at December 31, 2024, compared with $17.5 billion at December 31, 2023. We had $1.5 billion of CRE construction loans classified as criticized at December 31, 2024, compared with $830 million at December 31, 2023. The increase in criticized CRE loans was predominantly driven by the apartments property type, partially offset by the office property type. We continue to closely monitor the credit quality of the office property type given weakened demand for office space. Loans in California and New York represented approximately 40% of the office property type at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. Table 19 provides our CRE loans by state and property type. Table 19: CRE Loans by State and Property Type December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 Real estate mortgage Real estate construction Total commercial real estate Total commercial real estate ($ in millions) Nonaccrual loans Loans outstanding balance Nonaccrual loans Loans outstanding balance Nonaccrual loans Loans outstanding balance Loans as % of total loans Total commitments (1) Loans outstanding balance Total commitments (1) By state: California $ 1,119 25,141 10 2,858 1,129 27,999 3 % $ 30,802 31,619 35,629 New York 587 13,174 — 2,307 587 15,481 2 16,225 16,575 17,930 Florida 94 8,491 — 2,587 94 11,078 1 12,081 12,492 14,577 Texas 193 9,514 — 1,453 193 10,967 1 11,808 12,033 14,224 Georgia 131 5,014 — 872 131 5,886 * 6,277 6,105 6,804 Arizona 10 4,671 — 652 10 5,323 * 6,129 5,182 5,806 North Carolina 58 3,732 — 1,052 58 4,784 * 5,223 5,397 6,408 Washington 155 4,173 — 515 155 4,688 * 5,148 5,247 5,994 New Jersey 60 2,736 — 1,441 60 4,177 * 4,545 4,364 5,130 Massachusetts 225 2,573 — 1,182 225 3,755 * 4,252 3,964 4,701 Other (2) 1,101 36,640 28 5,727 1,129 42,367 5 46,520 47,638 54,264 Total $ 3,733 115,859 38 20,646 3,771 136,505 15 % $ 149,010 150,616 171,467 By property: Apartments $ 85 28,359 — 11,399 85 39,758 4 % $ 44,783 42,585 51,749 Office 3,100 24,818 36 2,562 3,136 27,380 3 28,768 31,526 34,295 Industrial/warehouse 74 20,987 — 3,051 74 24,038 3 26,178 25,413 28,493 Hotel/motel 190 10,853 — 653 190 11,506 1 12,015 12,725 13,612 Retail (excl shopping center) 160 11,260 1 85 161 11,345 1 11,951 11,670 12,338 Shopping center 93 7,860 — 253 93 8,113 * 8,571 8,745 9,356 Institutional 12 4,048 — 1,138 12 5,186 * 5,524 5,986 6,568 Mixed use properties 18 2,303 — 13 18 2,316 * 2,427 3,511 3,763 Mobile home park — 2,273 — — — 2,273 * 2,376 2,119 2,332 Storage facility — 2,040 — 48 — 2,088 * 2,240 2,782 3,002 Other 1 1,058 1 1,444 2 2,502 * 4,177 3,554 5,959 Total $ 3,733 115,859 38 20,646 3,771 136,505 15% $ 149,010 150,616 171,467 * Less than 1%. (1) Total commitments consist of loans outstanding plus unfunded credit commitments, excluding issued letters of credit. For additional information on issued letters of credit, see Note 17 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report. (2) Includes 40 states and non-U.S. loans. No state in Other had loans in excess of $3.8 billion and $4.4 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Non-U.S. loans were $5.1 billion and $6.9 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (continued) 34 Wells Fargo & Company Risk Management – Credit Risk Management COMMERCIAL CREDIT RISK MITIGATION. Risk mitigation actions, including the restructuring of repayment terms, securing collateral or guarantees, and entering into extensions, are based on a re-underwriting of the loan and our assessment of the borrower’s ability to perform under the agreed-upon terms. Extension terms generally range from six to thirty-six months and may require that the borrower provide additional economic support, such as partial repayment, or additional collateral or guarantees. In cases where the value of collateral or financial condition of the borrower is insufficient to repay our loan, we may rely upon the support of an outside repayment guarantee in providing the extension. Our ability to seek performance under a guarantee is directly related to the guarantor’s creditworthiness, capacity and willingness to perform, which is evaluated on an annual basis, or more frequently as warranted. Our evaluation is based on the most current financial information available and is focused on various key financial metrics, including net worth, leverage, and current and future liquidity. We consider the guarantor’s reputation, creditworthiness, and willingness to work with us based on our analysis, as well as other lenders’ experience with the guarantor. Our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength is reflected in our loan risk ratings for such loans. The loan risk rating and accruing status are important factors in our allowance for credit losses methodology. In considering the accrual status of the loan, we evaluate the collateral and future cash flows, as well as the anticipated support of any repayment guarantor. In many cases, the strength of the guarantor provides sufficient assurance that full repayment of the loan is expected. When full and timely collection of the loan becomes uncertain, including the performance of the guarantor, we place the loan on nonaccrual status. As appropriate, we also charge the loan down in accordance with our charge-off policies, generally to the net realizable value of the collateral securing the loan, if any. NON-U.S. LOANS. Our classification of non-U.S. loans is based on whether the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States. At December 31, 2024, non-U.S. loans totaled $67.9 billion, representing approximately 7% of our total consolidated loans outstanding, compared with $80.0 billion, or approximately 9% of our total consolidated loans outstanding, at December 31, 2023. Non-U.S. loans were approximately 4% of our total consolidated assets at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. COUNTRY RISK EXPOSURE. Our country risk monitoring process incorporates centralized monitoring of economic, political, social, legal, and transfer risks in countries where we do or plan to do business, along with frequent dialogue with our customers, counterparties and regulatory agencies. We establish exposure limits for each country through a centralized oversight process based on customer needs, and through consideration of the relevant and distinct risk of each country. We monitor exposures closely and adjust our country limits in response to changing conditions. We evaluate our individual country risk exposure based on our assessment of a borrower’s ability to repay, which gives consideration for allowable transfers of risk, such as guarantees and collateral, and may be different from the reporting based on a borrower’s primary address. Our largest single country exposure outside the U.S. at December 31, 2024, was the United Kingdom, which totaled $28.1 billion, or approximately 1% of our total assets, of which $4.3 billion were sovereign exposures and included deposits we have placed with the Bank of England pursuant to regulatory requirements in support of our London branch. Table 20 provides information regarding our top 20 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.), based on our assessment of risk, which gives consideration to the country of any guarantors and/or underlying collateral. With respect to Table 20: • Lending and deposits with banks exposure includes outstanding loans, unfunded credit commitments (excluding discretionary amounts where our approval or consent is required prior to any loan funding or commitment increase), and deposits with non-U.S. banks. These balances are presented prior to the deduction of the allowance for credit losses or collateral received under the terms of the credit agreements, if any. • Securities exposure represents debt and equity securities of non-U.S. issuers. Long and short positions are netted, and net short positions are reflected as negative exposure. • Derivatives and other exposure represents foreign exchange contracts, derivative contracts, securities resale agreements, and securities lending agreements. 35 Wells Fargo & Company Table 20: Select Country Exposures December 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Lending and deposits with banks (1) Securities Derivatives and other Total exposure Total exposure (in millions) Sovereign Non- sovereign Sovereign Non- sovereign Sovereign Non- sovereign Sovereign Non- sovereign (2) Total Total (3) Top 20 country exposures: United Kingdom $ 4,300 20,707 — 28 19 3,025 4,319 23,760 28,079 27,782 Canada 6 14,716 634 810 147 658 787 16,184 16,971 17,542 Japan 14,388 608 667 232 — 132 15,055 972 16,027 9,260 Luxembourg — 8,020 (5) 273 — 168 (5) 8,461 8,456 8,046 Cayman Islands — 7,741 — — — 270 — 8,011 8,011 8,366 Ireland — 5,387 — 133 — 77 — 5,597 5,597 5,282 France 5 3,960 40 92 — 86 45 4,138 4,183 4,793 Bermuda — 3,629 — 27 — 74 — 3,730 3,730 3,855 Germany — 3,093 (109) 258 — 95 (109) 3,446 3,337 3,405 Guernsey — 2,855 — — — — — 2,855 2,855 2,484 Netherlands — 2,290 — 94 — 81 — 2,465 2,465 2,598 Switzerland — 1,277 28 15 2 520 30 1,812 1,842 1,536 China — 1,199 (195) 532 136 10 (59) 1,741 1,682 2,761 South Korea 3 1,234 (13) 271 5 2 (5) 1,507 1,502 2,196 Chile — 1,312 — 59 — 1 — 1,372 1,372 1,491 Hong Kong — 361 17 843 2 3 19 1,207 1,226 681 Australia — 769 — 226 — 196 — 1,191 1,191 2,029 Norway — 964 — 62 — 31 — 1,057 1,057 1,537 India — 920 (64) 174 — — (64) 1,094 1,030 1,052 Jersey — 708 — 150 — 67 — 925 925 680 Total top 20 country exposures $ 18,702 81,750 1,000 4,279 311 5,496 20,013 91,525 111,538 107,376 (1) Includes sovereign and non-sovereign deposits with banks of $18.7 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2024. (2) Total non-sovereign exposure consisted of $45.1 billion exposure to financial institutions and $46.4 billion to non-financial corporations at December 31, 2024. (3) The 2023 exposures correspond to the ranking of the top 20 country exposures at December 31, 2024, and do not necessarily reflect our top 20 exposures at December 31, 2023. RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS. Our residential mortgage loan portfolio is composed of 1–4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans. Junior lien mortgage loans consist of residential mortgage lines of credit and loans that are subordinate in rights to an existing lien on the same property. Residential mortgage – first lien loans represented 96% of the total residential mortgage loan portfolio at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. The residential mortgage loan portfolio includes loans with adjustable-rate features. We monitor the risk of default as a result of interest rate increases on adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM) loans, which may be mitigated by product features that limit the amount of the increase in the contractual interest rate. The default risk of these loans is considered in our ACL for loans. ARM loans were $66.3 billion, or 7% of total loans, at December 31, 2024, compared with $66.7 billion, or 7% of total loans, at December 31, 2023, with an initial reset date in 2026 or later for the majority of this portfolio at December 31, 2024. We do not offer option ARM products, nor do we offer variable-rate mortgage products with fixed payment amounts, commonly referred to within the financial services industry as negative amortizing mortgage loans. The outstanding balance of residential mortgage lines of credit (both first and junior lien) was $12.4 billion at December 31, 2024, compared with $15.0 billion at December 31, 2023. The unfunded credit commitments for these lines of credit totaled $22.5 billion at December 31, 2024, compared with $28.6 billion at December 31, 2023. Our residential mortgage lines of credit generally have draw periods of 10, 15 or 20 years with variable interest rate and payment options available during the draw period of (1) interest-only or (2) 1.5% of outstanding principal balance plus accrued interest. The lines that enter their amortization period may experience higher delinquencies and higher loss rates than the ones in their draw or term period. We have considered this increased risk in our ACL for loans estimate. Interest-only lines and loans were $18.7 billion, or 2% of total loans, at December 31, 2024, compared with $20.0 billion, or 2% of total loans, at December 31, 2023. We monitor changes in real estate values and underlying economic or market conditions for the geographic areas of our residential mortgage loan portfolio as part of our credit risk management process. Our periodic review of this portfolio includes original appraisals adjusted for the change in Home Price Index (HPI) or estimates from automated valuation models (AVMs) to support property values. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate the market value of homes. We have processes to periodically validate AVMs and specific risk management guidelines addressing the circumstances when AVMs may be used. For additional information about our use of appraisals and AVMs, see Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. Part of our credit monitoring includes tracking delinquency, current Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) credit scores and loan to collateral values (LTV) on the entire residential mortgage loan portfolio. For junior lien mortgages, LTV uses the total combined loan balance of first and junior lien mortgages (including unused line of credit amounts). For additional information regarding credit quality indicators, see Note 5 (Loans and Related 36 Risk Management – Credit Risk Management Wells Fargo & Company (continued) Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. We continue to modify residential mortgage loans to assist homeowners and other borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. Under these programs, we may provide concessions such as interest rate reductions, term extensions, forbearance of principal, and in some cases, principal forgiveness. These programs generally include a trial payment period of three months, and after successful completion and compliance with terms during this period, the loan is permanently modified. For additional information on loan modifications, see Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. Our residential mortgage loan portfolio decreased $10.5 billion from December 31, 2023, due to loan paydowns, partially offset by originations. Table 21 shows the outstanding balances of our first and junior lien mortgage loan portfolios. Table 21: Residential Mortgage Loans December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 ($ in millions) Outstanding balance % of total loans Outstanding balance % of total loans California (1) $ 108,000 12% 109,972 12 New York 30,777 3 31,322 3 Washington 10,621 1 10,672 1 New Jersey 9,841 1 10,161 1 Florida 9,368 1 10,065 1 Other (2) 65,336 7 69,893 8 Government insured/guaranteed loans (3) 7,097 1 7,568 1 Total first lien mortgage portfolio $ 241,040 26% 249,653 27 Total junior lien mortgage portfolio (4) 9,229 1 11,071 1 Total residential mortgage loan portfolio $ 250,269 27% 260,724 28% (1) Our first lien mortgage loans to borrowers in California are located predominantly within the larger metropolitan areas, with no single California metropolitan area consisting of more than 4% of total loans. (2) Consists of 45 states; no state in Other had loans in excess of $6.9 billion and $7.4 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (3) Represents loans, substantially all of which were purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) loan securitization pools, where the repayment of the loans is insured or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, such as the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). For additional information on GNMA loan securitization pools, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Activities” section in this Report. (4) Includes loans of $2.7 billion and $3.1 billion in California and no other state had loans in excess of $1.0 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. CREDIT CARD, AUTO, AND OTHER CONSUMER LOANS. Table 22 shows the outstanding balance of our credit card, auto, and other consumer loan portfolios. For information regarding credit quality indicators for these portfolios, see Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. Table 22: Credit Card, Auto, and Other Consumer Loans December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 ($ in millions) Outstanding balance % of total loans Outstanding balance % of total loans Credit card $ 56,542 6% $ 52,230 6% Auto 42,367 5 47,762 5 Other consumer (1) 29,408 3 28,539 3 Total $ 128,317 14% $ 128,531 14% (1) Includes $21.4 billion and $18.3 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, of securities-based loans originated by the WIM operating segment. Credit Card. The increase in the outstanding balance at December 31, 2024, compared with December 31, 2023, was due to higher point of sale volume and the impact of new product launches. Auto. The decrease in the outstanding balance at December 31, 2024, compared with December 31, 2023, was due to paydowns exceeding originations reflecting our actions related to credit tightening. Other Consumer. The increase in the outstanding balance at December 31, 2024, compared with December 31, 2023, was due to loan originations exceeding paydowns. 37 Wells Fargo & Company NONPERFORMING ASSETS (NONACCRUAL LOANS AND FORECLOSED ASSETS). We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when: • the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain (generally based on an assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and the adequacy of collateral, if any), such as in bankruptcy or other circumstances; • they are 90 days (120 days with respect to residential mortgage loans) past due for interest or principal, unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection; • part of the principal balance has been charged off; or • for junior lien mortgage loans, we have evidence that the related first lien mortgage may be 120 days past due or in the process of foreclosure regardless of the junior lien delinquency status. Certain nonaccrual loans may be returned to accrual status after they perform for a period of time. Consumer credit card loans are not placed on nonaccrual status, but are generally fully charged off when the loan reaches 180 days past due. Table 23 summarizes nonperforming assets. Table 23: Nonperforming Assets (Nonaccrual Loans and Foreclosed Assets) ($ in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Nonaccrual loans: Commercial and industrial $ 763 662 Commercial real estate 3,771 4,188 Lease financing 84 64 Total commercial 4,618 4,914 Residential mortgage (1) 2,991 3,192 Auto 89 115 Other consumer 32 35 Total consumer 3,112 3,342 Total nonaccrual loans $ 7,730 8,256 As a percentage of total loans 0.85% 0.88 Foreclosed assets: Government insured/guaranteed (2) $ 3 12 Commercial 169 135 Consumer 34 40 Total foreclosed assets 206 187 Total nonperforming assets $ 7,936 8,443 As a percentage of total loans 0.87% 0.90 (1) Residential mortgage loans are not placed on nonaccrual status when they are insured or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, such as the FHA or the VA. (2) Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate resulting from government insured/guaranteed loans are classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest related to these foreclosed real estate assets are collectible because the loans were insured or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. Receivables related to the foreclosure of certain government guaranteed real estate mortgage loans are excluded from this table and included in accounts receivable in other assets. For additional information on the classification of certain government- guaranteed mortgage loans upon foreclosure, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. Total nonaccrual loans decreased $526 million from December 31, 2023, driven by decreases in commercial real estate and residential mortgage nonaccrual loans, partially offset by an increase in commercial and industrial nonaccrual loans. For additional information on commercial nonaccrual loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Commercial and Industrial Loans and Lease Financing” and “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Commercial Real Estate” sections in this Report. Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued) 38 Wells Fargo & Company Table 24 provides an analysis of the changes in nonaccrual loans. Typically, changes to nonaccrual loans period-over-period represent inflows for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status in accordance with our policies, offset by reductions for loans that are paid down, charged off, sold, foreclosed, or are no longer classified as nonaccrual as a result of continued performance and an improvement in the borrower’s financial condition and loan repayment capabilities. Table 24: Analysis of Changes in Nonaccrual Loans Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 Commercial nonaccrual loans Balance, beginning of period $ 4,914 1,823 Inflows 4,613 6,524 Outflows: Returned to accruing (966) (474) Foreclosures (58) (70) Charge-offs (1,635) (1,054) Payments, sales and other (2,250) (1,835) Total outflows (4,909) (3,433) Balance, end of period 4,618 4,914 Consumer nonaccrual loans Balance, beginning of period 3,342 3,803 Inflows 1,283 1,314 Outflows: Returned to accruing (571) (737) Foreclosures (88) (101) Charge-offs (85) (167) Payments, sales and other (769) (770) Total outflows (1,513) (1,775) Balance, end of period 3,112 3,342 Total nonaccrual loans $ 7,730 8,256 We considered the risk of losses on nonaccrual loans in developing our allowance for loan losses. We believe exposure to losses on nonaccrual loans is mitigated by the following factors at December 31, 2024: • 98% of total commercial nonaccrual loans were secured, predominantly by real estate. • 61% of total commercial nonaccrual loans were current on interest and 52% of commercial nonaccrual loans were current on both principal and interest, but were on nonaccrual status because the full or timely collection of interest or principal had become uncertain. • 99% of total consumer nonaccrual loans were secured, of which 96% were secured by real estate and 98% had an LTV ratio of 80% or less. • $435 million of the $545 million of consumer loans in bankruptcy or discharged in bankruptcy, and classified as nonaccrual, were current. 39 Wells Fargo & Company NET CHARGE-OFFS. Table 25 presents net loan charge-offs. Table 25: Net Loan Charge-offs Quarter ended December 31, Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2024 2023 ($ in millions) Net loan charge- offs % of average loans (1) Net loan charge- offs % of average loans (1) Net loan charge- offs % of average loans Net loan charge- offs % of average loans Commercial and industrial $ 132 0.14% $ 90 0.09% $ 597 0.16% $ 345 0.09% Commercial real estate 261 0.74 377 0.99 903 0.62 566 0.37 Lease financing 10 0.23 5 0.14 35 0.20 12 0.08 Total commercial 403 0.30 472 0.34 1,535 0.29 923 0.17 Residential mortgage (14) (0.02) 3 — (69) (0.03) (24) (0.01) Credit card 628 4.49 520 4.02 2,455 4.58 1,680 3.49 Auto 82 0.77 130 1.06 356 0.80 478 0.93 Other consumer 112 1.56 127 1.79 495 1.75 413 1.47 Total consumer 808 0.85 780 0.79 3,237 0.85 2,547 0.65 Total $ 1,211 0.53% $ 1,252 0.53% $ 4,772 0.52% $ 3,470 0.37% (1) Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans are annualized. The increase in commercial net loan charge-offs in 2024, compared with 2023, was due to higher losses, primarily in our commercial real estate portfolio driven by the office property type. The increase in consumer net loan charge-offs in 2024, compared with 2023, was due to higher losses in our credit card portfolio driven by higher loan balances, partially offset by lower losses in our auto portfolio. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES. We maintain an allowance for credit losses (ACL) for loans, which is management’s estimate of the expected lifetime credit losses in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments, at the balance sheet date, excluding loans and unfunded credit commitments carried at fair value or held for sale. Additionally, we maintain an ACL for debt securities classified as either AFS or HTM, other financial assets measured at amortized cost, including deposits with banks, net investments in leases, and other off-balance sheet credit exposures. The process for establishing the ACL for loans takes into consideration many factors, including historical and forecasted loss trends, loan-level credit quality ratings and loan grade- specific characteristics. The process involves subjective and complex judgments. In addition, we review a variety of credit metrics and trends. These credit metrics and trends, however, do not solely determine the amount of the allowance as we use several analytical tools. For additional information on our ACL, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. For additional information on our ACL for loans, see Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report, and for additional information on our ACL for debt securities, see Note 3 (Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report. Table 26 presents the allocation of the ACL for loans by loan portfolio segment and class. Risk Management – Credit Risk Management 40 (continued) Wells Fargo & Company Table 26: Allocation of the ACL for Loans Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 ($ in millions) ACL ACL as % of loan class Loans as % of total loans ACL ACL as % of loan class Loans as % of total loans Commercial and industrial $ 4,151 1.09% 42 $ 4,272 1.12% 40 Commercial real estate 3,583 2.62 15 3,939 2.62 16 Lease financing 212 1.29 2 201 1.22 2 Total commercial 7,946 1.49 59 8,412 1.54 58 Residential mortgage (1) 541 0.22 27 652 0.25 28 Credit card 4,869 8.61 6 4,223 8.09 6 Auto 636 1.50 5 1,042 2.18 5 Other consumer 644 2.19 3 759 2.66 3 Total consumer 6,690 1.77 41 6,676 1.72 42 Total $ 14,636 1.60% 100 $ 15,088 1.61% 100 Components: Allowance for loan losses $ 14,183 14,606 Allowance for unfunded credit commitments 453 482 Allowance for credit losses $ 14,636 15,088 Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total net loan charge-offs 2.97x 4.21 Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total nonaccrual loans 1.83 1.77 Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans 1.55% 1.56 (1) Includes negative allowance for expected recoveries of amounts previously charged off. The ratios for the allowance for loan losses and the ACL for loans presented in Table 26 may fluctuate from period to period due to such factors as the mix of loan types in the portfolio, borrower credit strength, and the value and marketability of collateral. The ACL for loans decreased $452 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2023, reflecting decreases across most loan portfolios, partially offset by increases for credit card loans. The detail of the changes in the ACL for loans by portfolio segment (including charge-offs and recoveries by loan class) is included in Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. We consider multiple economic scenarios to develop our estimate of the ACL for loans, which generally include a base scenario, along with an optimistic (upside) and one or more pessimistic (downside) scenarios. We weighted the base scenario and the downside scenarios in our estimate of the ACL for loans at December 31, 2024. The base scenario assumed slowing inflation with slowing economic growth and also reflected a significant decline in commercial real estate prices and increased unemployment rates from historically low levels. The downside scenarios assumed a more substantial economic contraction due to lower business and consumer confidence and declining property values. Additionally, we consider qualitative factors that represent management’s judgment of risks related to our processes and assumptions used in establishing the ACL such as economic environmental factors, modeling assumptions and performance, process risk, and other subjective factors, including industry trends and emerging risk assessments. The forecasted key economic variables used in our estimate of the ACL for loans at December 31 and September 30, 2024, are presented in Table 27. Table 27: Forecasted Key Economic Variables 2Q 2025 4Q 2025 2Q 2026 Weighted blend of economic scenarios: U.S. unemployment rate (1): December 31, 2024 4.7% 5.3 5.7 September 30, 2024 4.9 5.7 6.0 U.S. real GDP (2): December 31, 2024 (0.2) (0.1) 1.1 September 30, 2024 (0.5) 0.3 1.7 Home price index (3): December 31, 2024 (0.5) (2.9) (3.9) September 30, 2024 (2.3) (4.6) (4.6) Commercial real estate asset prices (3): December 31, 2024 (7.2) (9.6) (7.4) September 30, 2024 (8.8) (10.6) (7.4) (1) Quarterly average. (2) Percent change from the preceding period, seasonally adjusted annualized rate. (3) Percent change year over year of national average; outlook differs by geography and property type. Future amounts of the ACL for loans will be based on a variety of factors, including loan balance changes, portfolio credit quality and mix changes, and changes in general economic conditions and expectations (including for unemployment and real GDP), among other factors. Wells Fargo & Company 41 We believe the ACL for loans of $14.6 billion at December 31, 2024, was appropriate to cover expected credit losses, including unfunded credit commitments, at that date. The entire allowance is available to absorb credit losses from the total loan portfolio. The ACL for loans is subject to change and reflects existing factors as of the date of determination, including economic or market conditions and ongoing internal and external examination processes. Due to the sensitivity of the ACL for loans to changes in the economic and business environment, it is possible that we will incur incremental credit losses not anticipated as of the balance sheet date. Our process for determining the ACL is discussed in the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES. We sell residential and commercial mortgage loans to various parties, including (1) government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), who include the mortgage loans in GSE- guaranteed mortgage securitizations, (2) SPEs that issue private label MBS, and (3) other financial institutions that purchase mortgage loans for investment or private label securitization. In addition, we pool FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed residential mortgage loans that are then used to back securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA). We may be required to repurchase these mortgage loans, indemnify the securitization trust, investor or insurer, or reimburse the securitization trust, investor or insurer for credit losses incurred on loans (collectively, repurchase) in the event of a breach of contractual representations or warranties that is not remedied within a period (usually 90 days or less) after we receive notice of the breach. In connection with our sales and securitization of residential mortgage loans, we have established a mortgage repurchase liability, initially at fair value, related to various representations and warranties that reflect management’s estimate of losses for loans for which we could have a repurchase obligation, whether or not we currently service those loans, based on a combination of factors. See Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information about our liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses. We provide recourse to GSEs for commercial mortgage loans sold under various programs and arrangements. The terms of certain programs require that we incur a pro-rata share of actual losses in the event of borrower default. See Note 17 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information about our exposure to loss related to these programs. In addition to servicing loans in our portfolio, we act as servicer and/or master servicer of residential and commercial mortgage loans included in GSE mortgage securitizations, GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitizations of FHA-insured/ VA-guaranteed mortgages and private label mortgage securitizations, as well as for unsecuritized loans owned by institutional investors. The loans we service were originated by us or by other mortgage loan originators. As servicer, our primary duties are typically to (1) collect payments due from borrowers, (2) advance certain delinquent payments of principal and interest on the mortgage loans, (3) maintain and administer any hazard, title or primary mortgage insurance policies relating to the mortgage loans, (4) maintain any required escrow accounts for payment of taxes and insurance and administer escrow payments, and (5) foreclose on defaulted mortgage loans or, to the extent consistent with the related servicing agreement, consider alternatives to foreclosure, such as loan modifications or short sales, and for certain investors, manage the foreclosed property through liquidation. As master servicer, our primary duties are typically to (1) supervise, monitor and oversee the servicing of the mortgage loans by the servicer, and (2) advance delinquent amounts required by non-affiliated servicers who fail to perform their advancing obligations. The amount and timing of reimbursement for advances of delinquent payments vary by investor and the applicable servicing agreements. See Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information about residential and commercial servicing rights, servicer advances and servicing fees. In accordance with applicable servicing guidelines, upon transfer as servicer, we have the option to repurchase loans from certain loan securitizations, which generally becomes exercisable based on delinquency status such as when three scheduled loan payments are past due. When we have the unilateral option to repurchase a loan, we recognize the loan and a corresponding liability on our balance sheet regardless of our intent to repurchase the loan. We may repurchase these loans for cash and as a result, our total consolidated assets do not change. Loans repurchased from GNMA securitization pools that regain current status or are otherwise modified in accordance with applicable servicing guidelines may be included in future GNMA loan securitization pools. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, these loans, which we have repurchased or have the unilateral option to repurchase, were $7.5 billion and $7.8 billion, respectively, which included $7.1 billion and $7.4 billion, respectively, in loans held for investment, with the remainder in loans held for sale. See Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information about our involvement with mortgage loan securitizations. Each agreement under which we act as servicer or master servicer generally specifies a standard of responsibility for actions we take in such capacity. We are required to indemnify the securitization trustee against any failure by us, as servicer or master servicer, to perform our servicing obligations. In addition, if we commit a breach of our obligations as servicer or master servicer, we may be subject to termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period. The standards governing servicing in GSE-guaranteed securitizations, and the possible remedies for violations of such standards, vary, and those standards and remedies are determined by servicing guides maintained by the GSEs, contracts between the GSEs and individual servicers and topical guides published by the GSEs from time to time. Such remedies could include indemnification or repurchase of an affected mortgage loan. In addition, in connection with our servicing activities, we could continue to become subject to consent orders and settlement agreements with federal and state regulators for alleged servicing issues and practices. In general, these can require us to provide customers with loan modification relief, refinancing relief, and foreclosure prevention and assistance, and can result in business restrictions or the imposition of certain monetary penalties on us. Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued) 42 Wells Fargo & Company Asset/Liability Management Asset/liability management involves measuring, monitoring and managing interest rate risk, market risk, liquidity and funding. Primary oversight of interest rate risk and market risk resides with the Finance Committee of the Board, while primary oversight of liquidity and funding resides with the Risk Committee of the Board. These committees oversee the administration and effectiveness of financial risk management policies and processes used to assess and manage these risks. At the management level, the Corporate Asset/Liability Committee, which consists of management from finance, risk and business groups, oversees these risks and supports periodic reports provided to the Board’s Finance Committee and Risk Committee as appropriate. As discussed in more detail for market risk activities below, we employ separate management level oversight specific to market risk. INTEREST RATE RISK. Interest rate risk is the risk that market fluctuations in interest rates, credit spreads, or foreign exchange can cause a loss of the Company’s earnings and capital stemming from mismatches in the cash flows of the Company’s assets and liabilities generally arising from customer-related lending and deposit-taking activities. We are subject to interest rate risk because: • assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times or by different amounts; • short-term and long-term market interest rates may change independently or with different magnitudes; • the remaining maturity for various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change; or • interest rates may also have a direct or indirect effect on loan demand, collateral values, credit losses, loan origination volume, and the fair value of financial instruments and MSRs. We assess interest rate risk by comparing the earnings outcomes from multiple interest rate scenarios relative to our base scenario. The base scenario is a reference point used by the Company for financial planning purposes. These scenarios may differ in the direction of interest rate changes, the degree and speed of interest rate changes over time, and the projected shape of the yield curve. They also require assumptions regarding drivers of earnings and balance sheet composition such as loan originations, prepayment rates on loans and debt securities, deposit flows and mix, as well as pricing strategies. We periodically assess and enhance our scenarios and assumptions. Table 28 presents the results of the estimated net interest income sensitivity over the next 12 months from the multiple scenarios compared with our base scenario. These hypothetical scenarios include instantaneous movements across the yield curve with both lower and higher interest rates under a parallel shift, as well as steeper and flatter non-parallel changes in the yield curve. Long-term interest rates are defined as all tenors three years and longer, and short-term interest rates are defined as all tenors less than three years. Our scenario assumptions reflected the following: • Scenarios are dynamic and reflect anticipated changes to our assets and liabilities over time. • Mortgage prepayment and origination assumptions vary across scenarios and reflect only the impact of the higher or lower interest rates. • Other macroeconomic variables that could be correlated with the changes in interest rates are held constant. • The funding forecast in our base scenario incorporates deposit mix changes and market funding levels consistent with the base interest rate trajectory. Our hypothetical scenarios incorporate deposit mix that is the same as in the base scenario. In higher interest rate scenarios, potential customer deposit activity that shifts balances into higher yielding products and/or requires additional market funding could reduce the expected benefit from higher rates. Conversely, in lower interest rate scenarios, a potential shift to a funding mix with lower yielding deposits and/or less market funding could reduce the impact of lower rates on earning assets in these scenarios. • The interest rate sensitivity of deposits as market interest rates change, referred to as deposit betas, are informed by historical behavior and expectations for near-term pricing strategies. Our actual experience may differ from expectations due to the lag or acceleration of deposit repricing, changes in consumer behavior, and other factors. Table 28: Net Interest Income Sensitivity Over the Next 12 Months Using Instantaneous Movements ($ in billions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Parallel shift: +100 bps shift in interest rates $ 1.1 1.8 -100 bps shift in interest rates (1.9) (2.0) -200 bps shift in interest rates (3.8) (4.3) Steeper yield curve: +100 bps shift in long-term interest rates 1.3 1.1 -100 bps shift in short-term interest rates (0.6) (1.0) Flatter yield curve: +100 bps shift in short-term interest rates (0.3) 0.7 -100 bps shift in long-term interest rates (1.3) (1.1) The changes in our interest rate sensitivity from December 31, 2023, to December 31, 2024, reflected updates for our expected balance sheet composition. Our interest rate sensitivity indicates that we would expect to benefit from higher interest rates as our assets would reprice faster and to a greater degree than our liabilities, while in the case of lower interest rates, our assets would reprice downward and to a greater degree than our liabilities resulting in lower net interest income. The realized impact of interest rate changes may vary from our base and hypothetical scenarios for various reasons, including any deposit pricing lags. We use interest rate derivatives and our debt securities portfolio to manage our interest rate exposures. We use derivatives for asset/liability management to (i) convert cash flows from selected assets and/or liabilities from floating-rate payments to fixed-rate payments, or vice versa, (ii) reduce accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) sensitivity of our AFS debt securities portfolio, and/or (iii) economically hedge our mortgage origination pipeline, funded mortgage loans, and MSRs. Derivatives used to hedge our interest rate risk exposures are presented in Note 14 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report. As interest rates increase, changes in the fair value of AFS debt securities may negatively affect AOCI, which lowers the amount of our regulatory capital. AOCI also includes unrealized gains or losses related to the transfer of debt securities from AFS to HTM, which are subsequently amortized into earnings over the life of the security with no further impact from interest rate changes. See Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 3 (Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report for Wells Fargo & Company 43 additional information on our debt securities portfolio. In addition to the net interest income sensitivity above, we also measure and evaluate the economic value sensitivity (EVS) of our balance sheet. EVS is the change in the present value of the life-time cash flows of the Company’s assets and liabilities across a range of scenarios. It is based on the existing balance sheet, at a point in time, and helps indicate whether we are exposed to higher or lower interest rates. We manage EVS through a set of limits that are designed to align with our interest rate risk appetite. Our interest rate sensitive noninterest income and expense are impacted by mortgage banking activities that may have sensitivity impacts that move in the opposite direction of our net interest income. See the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section in this Report for additional information. Interest rate sensitive noninterest income is also impacted by changes in earnings credit for noninterest-bearing deposits that reduce treasury management deposit-related service fees on commercial accounts, and by trading assets. In addition, the impact to net interest income does not include the fair value changes of trading securities, which, along with the effects of related economic hedges, are recorded in noninterest income. In addition to changes in interest rates, net interest income and noninterest income from trading securities may be impacted by the actual composition of the trading portfolio. For additional information on our trading assets and liabilities, see Note 2 (Trading Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report. MORTGAGE BANKING INTEREST RATE AND MARKET RISK. We originate and service mortgage loans, which subjects us to various risks, including market, interest rate, credit, and liquidity risks that can be substantial. Based on market conditions and other factors, we reduce credit and liquidity risks by selling or securitizing mortgage loans. We determine whether mortgage loans will be held for investment or held for sale at the time of commitment, but may change our intent to hold loans for investment or sale as part of our corporate asset/liability management activities. We may also retain securities in our investment portfolio at the time we securitize mortgage loans. Changes in interest rates may impact mortgage banking noninterest income, including origination and servicing fees, and the fair value of our residential MSRs, LHFS, and derivative loan commitments (interest rate “locks”) extended to mortgage applicants. Interest rate changes will generally impact our mortgage banking noninterest income on a lagging basis due to the time it takes for the market to reflect a shift in customer demand, as well as the time required for processing a new application, providing the commitment, and securitizing and selling the loan. The amount and timing of the impact will depend on the magnitude, speed and duration of the changes in interest rates. The valuation of our residential MSRs can be highly subjective and involve complex judgments by management about matters that are inherently unpredictable. Changes in interest rates influence a variety of significant assumptions captured in the periodic valuation of residential MSRs, including prepayment rates, expected returns and potential risks on the servicing asset portfolio, costs to service, the value of escrow deposit balances and other servicing valuation elements. See the “Critical Accounting Policies – Fair Value Measurements” section in this Report for additional information on the valuation of our residential MSRs. An increase in interest rates generally reduces the propensity for refinancing, extends the expected duration of the managed servicing portfolio, and therefore increases the estimated fair value of the MSRs. However, an increase in interest rates can also reduce mortgage loan demand, including refinancing activity, which reduces noninterest income from origination activities. A decline in interest rates would generally have an opposite impact. To reduce our exposure to changes in interest rates, our residential MSRs are economically hedged with a combination of derivative instruments, including interest rate swaps, Eurodollar futures, highly liquid mortgage forward contracts and interest rate options. Hedging the various sources of interest rate risk in mortgage banking is a complex process that requires sophisticated modeling and constant monitoring. There are several potential risks to earnings from mortgage banking related to origination volumes and mix, valuation of MSRs and associated hedging results, the relationship and degree of volatility between short-term and long-term interest rates, and changes in servicing and foreclosures costs. While we attempt to balance our mortgage banking interest rate and market risks, the financial instruments we use may not perfectly correlate with the values and income being hedged. The size of the hedge and the particular combination of hedging instruments at any point in time is designed to reduce the volatility of our earnings over various time frames within a range of mortgage interest rates. Market factors, the composition of the managed servicing portfolio, and the relationship between the origination and servicing sides of our mortgage businesses change continually, and therefore the types of instruments used in our hedging are reviewed daily and rebalanced based on our evaluation of current market factors and the interest rate risk inherent in our portfolio. For additional information on mortgage banking, including key assumptions and the sensitivity of the fair value of MSRs, see Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities), Note 14 (Derivatives), and Note 15 (Fair Value Measurements) to Financial Statements in this Report. MARKET RISK. Market risk is the risk of possible economic loss from adverse changes in market risk factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, and the risk of possible loss due to counterparty exposure. This applies to implied volatility risk, basis risk, and market liquidity risk. It includes price risk in the trading book, mortgage servicing rights, the hedge effectiveness risk associated with the mortgage book held at fair value, and impairment on private equity investments. The Board’s Finance Committee has primary oversight responsibility for market risk and oversees the Company’s market risk exposure and market risk management strategies. In addition, the Board’s Risk Committee has certain oversight responsibilities with respect to market risk, including counterparty risk. The Finance Committee also reports key market risk matters to the Risk Committee. At the management level, the Market and Counterparty Risk Management function, which is part of IRM, has oversight responsibility for market risk across the enterprise. The Market and Counterparty Risk Management function reports into Corporate and Investment Banking Risk and provides periodic reports related to market risk to the Board’s Finance Committee and Risk Committee, as applicable. Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued) 44 Wells Fargo & Company MARKET RISK – TRADING ACTIVITIES. We engage in trading activities to accommodate the investment and risk management activities of our customers and to execute economic hedging to manage certain balance sheet risks. These trading activities predominantly occur within our CIB businesses. Debt and equity securities held for trading, trading loans, and trading derivatives are financial instruments used in our trading activities, and are measured at fair value through earnings. Income earned on the financial instruments used in our trading activities include net interest income, changes in fair value, and realized gains and losses. Net interest income earned from our trading activities is reflected in the interest income and interest expense components of our consolidated statement of income. Changes in fair value and realized gains and losses of the financial instruments used in our trading activities are reflected in net gains from trading activities. For additional information on the financial instruments used in our trading activities and the income from these trading activities, see Note 2 (Trading Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report. Value-at-risk (VaR) is a statistical risk measure used to estimate the potential loss from adverse moves in the financial markets, and Trading VaR is a measure used to provide insight into the market risk exhibited by the Company’s trading positions on our consolidated balance sheet. The Company uses these VaR metrics complemented with sensitivity analysis and stress testing in measuring and monitoring market risk. The Company calculates Trading VaR for risk management purposes to establish and monitor line of business and Company-wide risk limits. Trading VaR is calculated based on all trading positions on our consolidated balance sheet. Table 29 shows the Company’s Trading General VaR by risk category. Our Trading General VaR uses a historical simulation model which assumes that historical changes in market values are representative of the potential future outcomes and measures the expected earnings loss of the Company over a 1-day time interval at a 99% confidence level. Our historical simulation model is based on equally weighted data from a 12-month historical look-back period. We believe using a 12-month look-back period helps ensure the Company’s VaR is responsive to current market conditions. The 99% confidence level equates to an expectation that the Company would incur single-day trading losses in excess of the VaR estimate on average once every 100 trading days. Table 29: Trading 1-Day 99% General VaR by Risk Category Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 (in millions) Period end Average Low High Period end Average Low High Company Trading General VaR Risk Categories Credit $ 43 35 23 58 30 35 20 52 Interest rate 34 32 13 68 16 33 9 65 Equity 25 20 15 27 23 21 13 31 Commodity 7 3 1 11 3 4 2 8 Foreign exchange 2 1 0 13 1 1 0 4 Diversification benefit (1) (87) (62) (36) (59) Company Trading General VaR $ 24 29 37 35 (1) The period-end and average VaR was less than the sum of the VaR components described above due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect arises because the risks are not perfectly correlated causing a portfolio of positions to usually be less risky than the sum of the risks of the positions alone. The diversification benefit is not meaningful for low and high metrics since they may occur on different days. Sensitivity Analysis. Given the inherent limitations of the VaR models, the Company uses other measures, including sensitivity analysis, to measure and monitor risk. Sensitivity analysis is the measure of exposure to a single risk factor, such as a 0.01% increase in interest rates or a 1% increase in equity prices. We conduct and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, credit spreads, volatility, equity, commodity, and foreign exchange exposure. Sensitivity analysis complements VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves. Stress Testing. While VaR captures the risk of loss due to adverse changes in markets using recent historical market data, stress testing is designed to capture the Company’s exposure to extreme but low probability market movements. Stress scenarios estimate the risk of losses based on management’s assumptions of abnormal but severe market movements such as severe credit spread widening or a large decline in equity prices. These scenarios assume that the market moves happen instantaneously and no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as events unfold (a conservative approach since experience demonstrates otherwise). An inventory of scenarios is maintained representing both historical and hypothetical stress events that affect a broad range of market risk factors with varying degrees of correlation and differing time horizons. Hypothetical scenarios assess the impact of large movements in financial variables on portfolio values. Typical examples include a 1% (100 basis point) increase across the yield curve or a 10% decline in equity market indexes. Historical scenarios utilize an event-driven approach: the stress scenarios are based on plausible but rare events, and the analysis addresses how these events might affect the risk factors relevant to a portfolio. The Company’s stress testing framework is also used in calculating results in support of the Federal Reserve Board’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and internal stress tests. Stress scenarios are regularly reviewed and updated to address potential market events or concerns. For more detail on the CCAR process, see the “Capital Management” section in this Report. MARKET RISK – EQUITY SECURITIES. We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in the equity markets. We make and manage equity investments in various businesses, such as start-up companies and emerging growth companies, some of which are made by our venture capital business. We also invest in funds that make similar private equity investments. Private equity investments are approved by management and/or the Board Wells Fargo & Company 45 depending on investment size. Management reviews these investments at least quarterly to assess for impairment and identify observable price changes for investments accounted for using the measurement alternative, both of which may require us to make fair value measurements. Impairment assessments are based on facts and circumstances of each individual investment and the expectations for that investment’s cash flows and capital needs, the viability of its business model, and our exit strategy. Investments in nonmarketable equity securities include private equity investments accounted for under the equity method, fair value through net income, and the measurement alternative. Additionally, as part of our business to support our customers, we trade public equities, listed/over-the-counter equity derivatives, and convertible bonds. We have parameters that govern these activities. Changes in equity market prices may also indirectly affect our net income by (1) the value of third-party assets under management and, hence, fee income, (2) borrowers whose ability to repay principal and/or interest may be affected by the stock market, or (3) brokerage activity, related commission income and other business activities. Each business line monitors and manages these indirect risks. For additional information on our equity securities, see Note 4 (Equity Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report. LIQUIDITY RISK AND FUNDING. Liquidity risk is the risk arising from the inability of the Company to meet obligations when they come due, or roll over funds at a reasonable cost, without incurring heightened costs. In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contractual obligations that may require future cash payments, including funding for customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities and withdrawals, debt service, leases for premises and equipment, and other cash commitments. Liquidity risk also considers the stability of deposits, including the risk of losing uninsured or non- operational deposits. The objective of effective liquidity management is to be able to meet our contractual obligations and other cash commitments efficiently under both normal operating conditions and under periods of Wells Fargo-specific and/or market stress. For additional information on these obligations, see the following sections and Notes to Financial Statements in this Report: • “Unfunded Credit Commitments” section within Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (Note 5) • Leasing Activity (Note 8) • Deposits (Note 9) • Long-Term Debt (Note 10) • Guarantees and Other Commitments (Note 17) • Employee Benefits (Note 22) • Income Taxes (Note 23) To help achieve this objective, the Board establishes liquidity guidelines that require sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements and to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding markets. These guidelines are monitored on a monthly basis by the management-level Corporate Asset/Liability Committee and on a quarterly basis by the Board. These guidelines are established and monitored for both the Company and the Parent on a stand-alone basis so that the Parent is a source of strength for its banking subsidiaries. Liquidity Stress Tests. Liquidity stress tests are performed to help the Company maintain sufficient liquidity to meet contractual and contingent outflows modeled under a variety of stress scenarios. Our scenarios utilize market-wide as well as idiosyncratic events, including a range of stress conditions and time horizons. Stress testing results facilitate evaluation of the Company’s projected liquidity position during stress and inform future needs in the Company’s funding plan. Contingency Funding Plan. Our contingency funding plan (CFP), which is approved by the Corporate Asset/Liability Committee and the Board’s Risk Committee, sets out the Company’s strategies and action plans to address potential liquidity needs during market-wide or idiosyncratic liquidity events. The CFP establishes measures for monitoring emerging liquidity events and describes the processes for communicating and managing stress events should they occur. The CFP also identifies alternate funding and liquidity strategies available to the Company in a period of stress. Liquidity Standards. We are subject to a rule issued by the FRB, OCC and FDIC that establishes a quantitative minimum liquidity requirement, known as the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR). The rule requires a covered banking organization to hold high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) in an amount equal to or greater than its projected net cash outflows during a 30-day stress period. Our HQLA under the rule mainly consists of central bank deposits, government debt securities, and mortgage-backed securities of federal agencies. The LCR applies to the Company and to our insured depository institutions (IDIs) with total assets of $10 billion or more. In addition, rules issued by the FRB impose enhanced liquidity risk management standards on large bank holding companies (BHCs), such as Wells Fargo. We are also subject to a rule issued by the FRB, OCC and FDIC that establishes a stable funding requirement, known as the net stable funding ratio (NSFR), which requires a covered banking organization, such as Wells Fargo, to maintain a minimum amount of stable funding, including common equity, long-term debt and most types of deposits, in relation to its assets, derivative exposures and commitments over a one-year horizon period. The NSFR applies to the Company and to our IDIs with total assets of $10 billion or more. As of December 31, 2024, we were compliant with the NSFR requirement. Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued) 46 Wells Fargo & Company Liquidity Coverage Ratio. As of December 31, 2024, the Company, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and Wells Fargo National Bank West exceeded the minimum LCR requirement of 100%. The LCR represents average HQLA divided by average projected net cash outflows, as each is defined under the LCR rule. Table 30 presents the Company’s quarterly average values for the daily-calculated LCR and its components calculated pursuant to the LCR rule requirements. Table 30: Liquidity Coverage Ratio Average for quarter ended (in millions, except ratio) Dec 31, 2024 Sep 30, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 HQLA (1): Eligible cash $ 164,386 176,218 187,133 Eligible securities (2) 205,715 193,282 162,930 Total HQLA 370,101 369,500 350,063 Projected net cash outflows (3) 295,537 290,236 279,903 LCR 125% 127 125 (1) HQLA excludes excess HQLA at certain subsidiaries that is not transferable to other Wells Fargo entities. (2) Net of applicable haircuts required under the LCR rule. (3) Projected net cash outflows are calculated by applying a standardized set of outflow and inflow assumptions, defined by the LCR rule, to various exposures and liability types, such as deposits and unfunded loan commitments, which are prescribed based on a number of factors, including the type of customer and the nature of the account. Liquidity Sources. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had approximately $891.7 billion of total available liquidity sources. Table 31 presents the components of our available liquidity sources. We maintain primary sources of liquidity in the form of central bank deposits and high-quality liquid debt securities, which collectively totaled $530.7 billion as of December 31, 2024. Our high-quality liquid debt securities presented in Table 31 are substantially the same in composition as HQLA eligible securities under the LCR rule; however, they will generally exceed HQLA eligible securities due to the applicable LCR haircuts and the exclusion of LCR adjustments for excess liquidity that is not transferable from certain subsidiaries. We believe our high-quality liquid debt securities provide reliable sources of liquidity through sales or by pledging to obtain financing, in both normal and stressed market conditions. High- quality liquid debt securities include AFS, HTM, and trading debt securities, as well as debt securities received through securities financing activities. As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately $577.0 billion of borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Discount Window and Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB). This borrowing capacity included $215.9 billion related to pledged high-quality liquid debt securities within our primary sources of liquidity and $361.1 billion related to pledged loans and other debt securities within our contingent sources of liquidity. Table 31: Total Available Liquidity Sources (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Sep 30, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Primary sources of liquidity: Central bank deposits $ 162,174 147,935 199,967 High-quality liquid debt securities (1) 368,508 393,687 306,797 Total 530,682 541,622 506,764 Contingent sources of liquidity (2): Pledged loans and other 361,057 352,790 292,026 Total available liquidity $ 891,739 894,412 798,790 (1) Presented at fair value and includes unencumbered securities. (2) Presented at borrowing capacity, net of haircuts. Funding Sources. The Parent acts as a source of funding for the Company through the issuance of long-term debt and equity. WFC Holdings, LLC (the “IHC”) is an intermediate holding company and subsidiary of the Parent, which provides funding support for the ongoing operational requirements of the Parent and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. For additional information on the IHC, see the “Regulation and Supervision – ‘Living Will’ Requirements and Related Matters” section in our 2024 Form 10-K. Additional subsidiary funding is provided by deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Deposits have historically provided a sizable source of relatively low-cost funds. Loans were 67% and 69% of total deposits at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Wells Fargo & Company 47 Table 32 presents a summary of our short-term borrowings, which generally mature in less than 30 days. The balances of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase may vary over time due to client activity, our own demand for financing, and our overall mix of liabilities. For additional information on the classification of our short-term borrowings, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. We pledge certain financial instruments that we own to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings, as well as borrowings from the FHLB. For additional information, see the “Pledged Assets” section of Note 19 (Pledged Assets and Collateral) to Financial Statements in this Report. Table 32: Short-Term Borrowings (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase $ 95,235 77,676 Other short-term borrowings (1) 13,571 11,883 Total $ 108,806 89,559 (1) Includes $1.0 billion and $0 of FHLB advances at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. We access domestic and international capital markets for long-term funding through issuances of registered debt securities, private placements, securitizations, and asset-backed secured funding. We issue long-term debt in a variety of maturities and currencies to achieve cost-efficient funding and to maintain an appropriate maturity profile. Proceeds from securities issued were used for general corporate purposes unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus or prospectus supplement, and we expect the proceeds from securities issued in the future will be used for the same purposes. Depending on market conditions and our liquidity position, we may redeem or repurchase, and subsequently retire, our outstanding debt securities in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer, or otherwise. We issued $6.2 billion and had maturities of $5.9 billion of long-term debt in total during January and February 2025. Table 33 presents a summary of our long-term debt. For additional information on our long-term debt, including contractual maturities, see Note 10 (Long-Term Debt), and for information on the classification of our long-term debt, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. Table 33: Long-Term Debt (in millions) December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 Wells Fargo & Company (Parent Only) $ 147,100 148,312 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and other bank entities (Bank) (1)(2) 24,709 58,466 Other consolidated subsidiaries 1,269 810 Total $ 173,078 207,588 (1) Includes $3.0 billion and $38.0 billion of FHLB advances at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. For additional information, see Note 10 (Long-Term Debt) to Financial Statements in this Report. (2) Effective January 1, 2024, we reclassified $4.9 billion of unfunded commitment liabilities for affordable housing investments to accrued expenses and other liabilities in connection with the adoption of ASU 2023-02. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. Credit Ratings. Investors in the long-term capital markets, as well as other market participants, generally will consider, among other factors, a company’s debt rating in making investment decisions. Rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, the level and quality of earnings, and rating agency assumptions regarding the probability and extent of federal financial assistance or support for certain large financial institutions. Adverse changes in these factors could result in a reduction of our credit rating; however, our debt securities do not contain credit rating covenants. On November 20, 2024, Moody’s affirmed the Company’s ratings and maintained the stable outlook for Wells Fargo & Company and negative outlook for long-term bank deposits, long-term issuer ratings, and senior unsecured debt. There were no other actions undertaken by the rating agencies with regard to our credit ratings during fourth quarter 2024. See the “Risk Factors” section in this Report for additional information regarding our credit ratings and the potential impact a credit rating downgrade would have on our liquidity and operations as well as Note 14 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report for information regarding additional collateral and funding obligations required for certain derivative instruments in the event our credit ratings were to fall below investment grade. The credit ratings of the Parent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as of December 31, 2024, are presented in Table 34. Table 34: Credit Ratings as of December 31, 2024 Wells Fargo & Company Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Senior debt Short-term borrowings Long-term deposits Short-term borrowings Moody’s A1 P-1 Aa1 P-1 S&P Global Ratings BBB+ A-2 A+ A-1 Fitch Ratings A+ F1 AA F1+ DBRS Morningstar AA (low) R-1 (middle) AA R-1 (high) Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued) 48 Wells Fargo & Company Capital Management We have an active program for managing capital through a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy. Our objective is to maintain capital at an amount commensurate with our risk profile and risk tolerance objectives, and to meet both regulatory and market expectations. We primarily fund our capital needs through the retention of earnings net of both dividends and share repurchases, as well as through the issuance of preferred stock and long- and short-term debt. For additional information about capital planning, see the “Capital Planning and Stress Testing” section below. Regulatory Capital Requirements The Company and each of our IDIs are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by the FRB and the OCC. Risk-based capital rules establish risk-adjusted ratios relating regulatory capital to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures as discussed below. RISK-BASED CAPITAL AND RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS. The Company is subject to rules issued by federal banking regulators to implement Basel III capital requirements for U.S. banking organizations. The rules contain two frameworks for calculating capital requirements, a Standardized Approach and an Advanced Approach applicable to certain institutions, including Wells Fargo, and we must calculate our risk-based capital ratios under both approaches. The Company is required to satisfy the risk-based capital ratio requirements to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. In July 2023, federal banking regulators issued a proposed rule to implement the final components of Basel III, which would impact risk-based capital requirements for certain banks. The proposed rule would eliminate the current Advanced Approach and replace it with a new expanded risk-based approach for the measurement of risk-weighted assets, including more granular risk weights for credit risk, a new market risk framework, and a new standardized approach for measuring operational risk. Officials from federal banking regulators have since commented that there may be significant changes to the proposed rule. Table 35 presents the risk-based capital requirements applicable to the Company under the Standardized Approach and Advanced Approach, respectively, as of December 31, 2024. In addition to the risk-based capital requirements described in Table 35, if the FRB determines that a period of excessive credit growth is contributing to an increase in systemic risk, a countercyclical buffer of up to 2.50% could be added to the risk- based capital ratio requirements under federal banking regulations. The countercyclical buffer in effect at December 31, 2024, was 0.00%. The capital conservation buffer is applicable to certain institutions, including Wells Fargo, under the Advanced Approach and is intended to absorb losses during times of economic or financial stress. The stress capital buffer is calculated based on the decrease in a BHC’s risk-based capital ratios under the severely adverse scenario in the FRB’s annual supervisory stress test and related Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR), plus four quarters of planned common stock dividends. Because the stress capital buffer is calculated annually based on data that can differ over time, our stress capital buffer, and thus our risk-based capital ratio requirements under the Standardized Approach, are subject to change in future periods. Our stress capital buffer for the period October 1, 2024, through September 30, 2025, is 3.80%. The FRB announced that it intends to propose changes to the supervisory stress test process. Table 35: Risk-Based Capital Requirements – Standardized and Advanced Approaches Standardized Approach Advanced Approach 9.80% 11.30% 13.30% 8.50% 10.00% 12.00% 4.50% 6.00% 8.00% 4.50% 6.00% 8.00% 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% 3.80% 3.80% 3.80% 2.50% 2.50% 2.50% Minimum requirement G-SIB capital surcharge Stress capital buffer Capital conservation buffer Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio Tier 1 capital ratio Total capital ratio Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio Tier 1 capital ratio Total capital ratio Wells Fargo & Company 49 As a global systemically important bank (G-SIB), we are also subject to the FRB’s rule implementing an additional capital surcharge between 1.00-4.50% on the risk-based capital ratio requirements of G-SIBs. Under the rule, we must annually calculate our surcharge under two methods and use the higher of the two surcharges. The first method (method one) considers our size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, substitutability, and complexity, consistent with the methodology developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) and the Financial Stability Board (FSB). The second method (method two) uses similar inputs, but replaces substitutability with use of short-term wholesale funding and will generally result in higher surcharges than under method one. Because the G-SIB capital surcharge is calculated annually based on data that can differ over time, the amount of the surcharge is subject to change in future years. If our annual calculation results in a decrease to our G-SIB capital surcharge, the decrease takes effect the next calendar year. If our annual calculation results in an increase to our G-SIB capital surcharge, the increase takes effect in two calendar years. Our G-SIB capital surcharge will continue to be 1.50% in 2025. On July 27, 2023, the FRB issued a proposed rule that would impact the methodology used to calculate the G-SIB capital surcharge. Under the risk-based capital rules, on-balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories according to the obligor, or, if relevant, the guarantor or the nature of any collateral. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is then multiplied by the risk weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are aggregated for determining total risk- weighted assets (RWAs). The tables that follow provide information about our risk- based capital and related ratios as calculated under Basel III capital rules. Table 36 summarizes our CET1, Tier 1 capital, Total capital, RWAs and capital ratios. Table 36: Capital Components and Ratios Standardized Approach Advanced Approach ($ in millions) Required Capital Ratios (1) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Required Capital Ratios (1) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Common Equity Tier 1 (A) $ 134,588 140,783 134,588 140,783 Tier 1 capital (B) 152,866 159,823 152,866 159,823 Total capital (C) 184,638 193,061 174,446 182,726 Risk-weighted assets (D) 1,216,146 1,231,668 1,085,017 1,114,281 Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (A)/(D) 9.80% 11.07 * 11.43 8.50 12.40 12.63 Tier 1 capital ratio (B)/(D) 11.30 12.57 * 12.98 10.00 14.09 14.34 Total capital ratio (C)/(D) 13.30 15.18 * 15.67 12.00 16.08 16.40 * Denotes the binding ratio under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches at December 31, 2024. (1) Represents the minimum ratios required to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments at December 31, 2024. Capital Management (continued) 50 Wells Fargo & Company Table 37 provides information regarding the calculation and composition of our risk-based capital under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. Table 37: Risk-Based Capital Calculation and Components (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Total equity $ 181,066 187,443 Adjustments: Preferred stock (18,608) (19,448) Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock 144 157 Noncontrolling interests (1,946) (1,708) Total common stockholders’ equity $ 160,656 166,444 Adjustments: Goodwill (25,167) (25,175) Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs) (73) (118) Goodwill and other intangibles on investments in consolidated portfolio companies (included in other assets) (735) (878) Applicable deferred taxes related to goodwill and other intangible assets (1) 947 919 Other (2) (1,040) (409) Common Equity Tier 1 under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches $ 134,588 140,783 Preferred stock 18,608 19,448 Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock (144) (157) Other (186) (251) Total Tier 1 capital under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches (A) $ 152,866 159,823 Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2 17,644 19,020 Qualifying allowance for credit losses (3) 14,471 14,805 Other (343) (587) Total Tier 2 capital under the Standardized Approach (B) $ 31,772 33,238 Total qualifying capital under the Standardized Approach (A)+(B) $ 184,638 193,061 Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2 17,644 19,020 Qualifying allowance for credit losses (3) 4,279 4,470 Other (343) (587) Total Tier 2 capital under the Advanced Approach (C) $ 21,580 22,903 Total qualifying capital under the Advanced Approach (A)+(C) $ 174,446 182,726 (1) Determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets at period-end. (2) Includes a $60 million increase and $120 million increase at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to a current expected credit loss accounting standard (CECL) transition provision. In second quarter 2020, the Company elected to apply a modified transition provision issued by federal banking regulators related to the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. The rule permits certain banking organizations to exclude from regulatory capital the initial adoption impact of CECL, plus 25% of the cumulative changes in the allowance for credit losses (ACL) under CECL for each period until December 31, 2021, followed by a three-year phase-out period in which the benefit is reduced by 25% in year one, 50% in year two and 75% in year three. (3) Differences between the approaches are driven by the qualifying amounts of ACL includable in Tier 2 capital. Under the Advanced Approach, eligible credit reserves represented by the amount of qualifying ACL in excess of expected credit losses (using regulatory definitions) is limited to 0.60% of Advanced credit RWAs, whereas the Standardized Approach includes ACL in Tier 2 capital up to 1.25% of Standardized credit RWAs. Under both approaches, any excess ACL is deducted from the respective total RWAs. Wells Fargo & Company 51 Table 38 provides the composition and net changes in the components of RWAs under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. Table 38: Risk-Weighted Assets Standardized Approach Advanced Approach (1) (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 $ Change 2024/ 2023 Risk-weighted assets (RWAs): Credit risk $ 1,156,572 1,182,805 (26,233) 726,855 756,905 (30,050) Market risk 59,574 48,863 10,711 59,574 48,863 10,711 Operational risk N/A N/A N/A 298,588 308,513 (9,925) Total RWAs $ 1,216,146 1,231,668 (15,522) 1,085,017 1,114,281 (29,264) (1) RWAs calculated under the Advanced Approach utilize a risk-sensitive methodology, which relies upon the use of internal credit models based upon our experience with internal rating grades. The Advanced Approach also includes an operational risk component, which reflects the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. Table 39 provides an analysis of changes in CET1. Table 39: Analysis of Changes in Common Equity Tier 1 (in millions) Common Equity Tier 1 at December 31, 2023 $ 140,783 Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (1) (158) Net income applicable to common stock 18,606 Common stock dividends (5,140) Common stock issued, repurchased, and stock compensation-related items (18,496) Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (596) Goodwill 8 Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs) 45 Goodwill and other intangibles on investments in consolidated portfolio companies (included in other assets) 143 Applicable deferred taxes related to goodwill and other intangible assets (2) 28 Other (3) (635) Change in Common Equity Tier 1 (6,195) Common Equity Tier 1 at December 31, 2024 $ 134,588 (1) Effective January 1, 2024, we adopted ASU 2023-02. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. (2) Determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets at period-end. (3) Includes a $60 million decrease from December 31, 2023, related to a CECL transition provision. In second quarter 2020, the Company elected to apply a modified transition provision issued by federal banking regulators related to the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. The rule permits certain banking organizations to exclude from regulatory capital the initial adoption impact of CECL, plus 25% of the cumulative changes in the allowance for credit losses (ACL) under CECL for each period until December 31, 2021, followed by a three-year phase-out period in which the benefit is reduced by 25% in year one, 50% in year two and 75% in year three. Capital Management (continued) 52 Wells Fargo & Company TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY. We also evaluate our business based on certain ratios that utilize tangible common equity. Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure and represents total equity less preferred equity, noncontrolling interests, goodwill, certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs) and goodwill and other intangibles on investments in consolidated portfolio companies, net of applicable deferred taxes. The ratios are (i) tangible book value per common share, which represents tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding; and (ii) return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE), which represents our annualized earnings as a percentage of tangible common equity. The methodology of determining tangible common equity may differ among companies. Management believes that tangible book value per common share and return on average tangible common equity, which utilize tangible common equity, are useful financial measures because they enable management, investors, and others to assess the Company’s use of equity. Table 40 provides a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP financial measures. Table 40: Tangible Common Equity Balance at period-end Average balance Period ended Year ended (in millions, except ratios) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Dec 31, 2022 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Dec 31, 2022 Total equity $ 181,066 $ 187,443 $ 182,213 183,879 184,860 183,167 Adjustments: Preferred stock (1) (18,608) (19,448) (19,448) (18,581) (19,698) (19,930) Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock (1) 144 157 173 147 168 143 Unearned ESOP shares (1) — — — — — 512 Noncontrolling interests (1,946) (1,708) (1,986) (1,751) (1,844) (2,323) Total common stockholders’ equity (A) 160,656 166,444 160,952 163,694 163,486 161,569 Adjustments: Goodwill (25,167) (25,175) (25,173) (25,172) (25,173) (25,177) Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs) (73) (118) (152) (95) (136) (190) Goodwill and other intangibles on investments in consolidated portfolio companies (included in other assets) (2) (735) (878) (2,427) (895) (2,083) (2,359) Applicable deferred taxes related to goodwill and other intangible assets (3) 947 920 890 935 906 864 Tangible common equity (B) $ 135,628 141,193 134,090 138,467 137,000 134,707 Common shares outstanding (C) 3,288.9 3,598.9 3,833.8 N/A N/A N/A Net income applicable to common stock (D) N/A N/A N/A $ 18,606 17,982 12,562 Book value per common share (A)/(C) $ 48.85 46.25 41.98 N/A N/A N/A Tangible book value per common share (B)/(C) 41.24 39.23 34.98 N/A N/A N/A Return on average common stockholders’ equity (ROE) (D)/(A) N/A N/A N/A 11.37 % 11.00 7.78 Return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE) (D)/(B) N/A N/A N/A 13.44 13.13 9.33 (1) In fourth quarter 2022, we redeemed all outstanding shares of our Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock in exchange for shares of the Company’s common stock. (2) In third quarter 2023, we sold investments in certain private equity funds. As a result, we have removed the related goodwill and other intangible assets on private equity investments in consolidated portfolio companies. (3) Determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets at period-end. LEVERAGE REQUIREMENTS. As a BHC, we are required to maintain a supplementary leverage ratio (SLR) to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments and maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio. Table 41 presents the leverage requirements applicable to the Company as of December 31, 2024. Table 41: Leverage Requirements Applicable to the Company 5.00% 4.00% 3.00% 4.00% 2.00% Minimum requirement Supplementary leverage buffer Supplementary leverage ratio Tier 1 leverage ratio Wells Fargo & Company 53 In addition, our IDIs are required to maintain an SLR of at least 6.00% to be considered well-capitalized under applicable regulatory capital adequacy rules and maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.00%. Table 42 presents information regarding the calculation and components of the Company’s SLR and Tier 1 leverage ratio. At December 31, 2024, each of our IDIs exceeded their applicable SLR requirements. Table 42: Leverage Ratios for the Company ($ in millions) Quarter ended December 31, 2024 Tier 1 capital (A) $ 152,866 Total consolidated assets 1,929,845 Adjustments: Derivatives (1) 62,906 Repo-style transactions (2) 6,296 Credit equivalent amounts of other off- balance sheet exposures (3) 307,204 Other (4) (38,610) Total adjustments 337,796 Total leverage exposure (B) $ 2,267,641 Supplementary leverage ratio (A)/(B) 6.74% Total adjusted average assets (5) (C) $ 1,891,333 Tier 1 leverage ratio (A)/(C) 8.08% (1) Adjustment represents derivatives and collateral netting exposures as defined for supplementary leverage ratio determination purposes. (2) Adjustment represents counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions where Wells Fargo & Company is the principal counterparty facing the client. (3) Adjustment represents credit equivalent amounts of other off-balance sheet exposures not already included as derivatives and repo-style transactions exposures. (4) Adjustment represents other permitted Tier 1 capital deductions and certain other adjustments as determined under capital rule requirements. (5) Represents total average assets less goodwill and other permitted Tier 1 capital deductions. TOTAL LOSS ABSORBING CAPACITY. As a G-SIB, we are required to have a minimum amount of equity and unsecured long-term debt for purposes of resolvability and resiliency, often referred to as Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC). U.S. G-SIBs are required to have a minimum amount of TLAC (consisting of CET1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital issued directly by the top-tier or covered BHC plus eligible external long-term debt) to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments as well as a minimum amount of eligible unsecured long-term debt. The components used to calculate our minimum TLAC and eligible unsecured long-term debt requirements as of December 31, 2024, are presented in Table 43. Table 43: Components Used to Calculate TLAC and Eligible Unsecured Long-Term Debt Requirements TLAC requirement Greater of: 18.00% of RWAs 7.50% of total leverage exposure (the denominator of the SLR calculation) + + TLAC buffer (equal to 2.50% of RWAs + method one G-SIB capital surcharge + any countercyclical buffer) External TLAC leverage buffer (equal to 2.00% of total leverage exposure) Minimum amount of eligible unsecured long-term debt Greater of: 6.00% of RWAs 4.50% of total leverage exposure + Greater of method one and method two G-SIB capital surcharge In August 2023, the FRB proposed rules that would, among other things, modify the calculation of eligible long-term debt that counts towards the TLAC requirements, which would reduce our TLAC ratios. Table 44 provides our TLAC and eligible unsecured long- term debt and related ratios. Table 44: TLAC and Eligible Unsecured Long-Term Debt December 31, 2024 ($ in millions) TLAC (1) Regulatory Minimum (2) Eligible Unsecured Long-term Debt Regulatory Minimum Total eligible amount $ 301,936 135,288 Percentage of RWAs (3) 24.83% 21.50 11.12 7.50 Percentage of total leverage exposure 13.31 9.50 5.97 4.50 (1) TLAC ratios are calculated using the CECL transition provision issued by federal banking regulators. (2) Represents the minimum required to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. (3) Our minimum TLAC and eligible unsecured long-term debt requirements are calculated based on the greater of RWAs determined under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. OTHER REGULATORY CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY MATTERS. For information regarding the U.S. implementation of the Basel III LCR and NSFR, see the “Risk Management – Asset/ Liability Management – Liquidity Risk and Funding – Liquidity Standards” section in this Report. Our principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC, are subject to regulations to maintain minimum net capital requirements. As of December 31, 2024, these broker-dealer subsidiaries were in compliance with their respective regulatory minimum net capital requirements. Capital Planning and Stress Testing Our planned long-term capital structure is designed to meet regulatory and market expectations. We believe that our long- term targeted capital structure enables us to invest in and grow our business, satisfy our customers’ financial needs in varying environments, access markets, and maintain flexibility to return capital to our shareholders. Our long-term targeted capital structure also considers capital levels sufficient to exceed capital requirements, including the G-SIB capital surcharge and the stress capital buffer, as well as potential changes to regulatory requirements for our capital ratios, planned capital actions, changes in our risk profile and other factors. Accordingly, our long-term target capital levels are set above their respective regulatory minimums plus buffers. During 2024, we issued $993 million of common stock, substantially all of which was issued in connection with employee compensation and benefits, and we repurchased 333 million shares of common stock at a cost of $19.6 billion. We paid $6.2 billion of common and preferred stock dividends during 2024. The FRB capital plan rule establishes capital planning and other requirements that govern capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, by certain BHCs, including Wells Fargo. The FRB assesses, among other things, the overall financial condition, risk profile, and capital adequacy of BHCs when evaluating their capital plans. As part of the annual CCAR, the FRB generates a supervisory stress test. The FRB reviews the supervisory stress test results as required under the Dodd-Frank Act using a common set of Capital Management (continued) 54 Wells Fargo & Company capital actions for all large BHCs and also reviews the Company’s proposed capital actions. Federal banking regulators also require large BHCs and banks to conduct their own stress tests to evaluate whether the institution has sufficient capital to continue to operate during periods of adverse economic and financial conditions. Securities Repurchases On July 25, 2023, we announced that our Board authorized a common stock repurchase program of up to $30 billion. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire and is our only common stock repurchase program in effect. At December 31, 2024, we had remaining Board authority to repurchase up to approximately $7.3 billion of common stock. Various factors impact the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including the earnings, cash requirements and financial condition of the Company, the impact to our balance sheet of expected customer activity, our capital requirements and long-term targeted capital structure, the results of supervisory stress tests, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations, including regulatory requirements under the FRB’s capital plan rule. Although we announce when the Board authorizes a share repurchase program, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Due to the various factors that may impact the amount and timing of our share repurchases and the fact that we may be in the market throughout the year, our share repurchases occur at various prices. We may suspend share repurchase activity at any time. Furthermore, the Company has a variety of benefit plans in which employees may own or obtain shares of our common stock. The Company may buy shares from these plans to accommodate employee preferences and these purchases are subtracted from our repurchase authority. For additional information about share repurchases during fourth quarter 2024, see Part II, Item 5 in our 2024 Form 10-K. Regulation and Supervision The U.S. financial services industry is subject to significant regulation and regulatory oversight initiatives. This regulation and oversight may continue to impact how U.S. financial services companies conduct business and may continue to result in increased regulatory compliance costs. For a discussion of certain consent orders and other regulatory actions applicable to the Company, see the “Overview” section in this Report. For a discussion of other significant regulations and regulatory oversight initiatives that have affected or may affect our business, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in our 2024 Form 10-K and the “Risk Factors” section in this Report. Wells Fargo & Company 55 Critical Accounting Policies Our significant accounting policies (see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report) are fundamental to understanding our results of operations and financial condition because they require that we use estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Five of these policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies govern: • the allowance for credit losses; • fair value measurements; • income taxes; • liability for legal actions; and • goodwill impairment. Management has discussed these critical accounting policies and the related estimates and judgments with the Board’s Audit Committee. Allowance for Credit Losses We maintain an allowance for credit losses (ACL) for loans, which is management’s estimate of the expected credit losses in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments, at the balance sheet date, excluding loans and unfunded credit commitments carried at fair value or held for sale. Additionally, we maintain an ACL for debt securities classified as either HTM or AFS, other financial assets measured at amortized cost, net investments in leases, and other off-balance sheet credit exposures. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. For loans and HTM debt securities, the ACL is measured based on the remaining contractual term of the financial asset (including off-balance sheet credit exposures) adjusted, as appropriate, for prepayments and permitted extension options using historical experience, current conditions, and forecasted information. For AFS debt securities, the ACL is measured using a discounted cash flow approach and is limited to the difference between the fair value of the security and its amortized cost. Changes in the ACL and, therefore, in the related provision for credit losses can materially affect net income. In applying the judgment and review required to determine the ACL, management considerations include the evaluation of past events, historical experience, changes in economic forecasts and conditions, customer behavior, collateral values, the length of the initial loss forecast period, and other influences. From time to time, changes in economic factors or assumptions, business or investment strategy, or products or product mix may result in a corresponding increase or decrease in our ACL. While our methodology attributes portions of the ACL to specific financial asset classes (loan and debt security portfolios) or loan portfolio segments (commercial and consumer), the entire ACL is available to absorb credit losses of the Company. Judgment is specifically applied in: • Economic assumptions and the length of the initial loss forecast period. We forecast a wide range of economic variables to estimate expected credit losses. Our key economic variables include gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment rate, and collateral asset prices. While many of these economic variables are evaluated at the macro-economy level, some economic variables are forecasted at more granular levels, for example, using the metro statistical area (MSA) level for unemployment rates, home prices and commercial real estate prices. At least annually, we assess the length of the initial loss forecast period and have currently set the period to two years. For the initial loss forecast period, we forecast multiple economic scenarios that generally include a base scenario with an optimistic (upside) and one or more pessimistic (downside) scenarios. Management exercises judgment when assigning weight to the economic scenarios that are used to estimate future credit losses. • Reversion to historical loss expectations. Our long-term average loss expectations are estimated by reverting to the long-term average, on a linear basis, for each of the forecasted economic variables. These long-term averages are based on observations over multiple economic cycles. The reversion period, which may be up to two years, is assessed on a quarterly basis. • Credit risk ratings applied to individual commercial loans, unfunded credit commitments, and debt securities. Individually assessed credit risk ratings are considered key credit variables in our modeled approaches to help assess probability of default and loss given default. Borrower quality ratings are aligned to the borrower’s financial strength and contribute to forecasted probability of default curves. Collateral quality ratings combined with forecasted collateral prices (as applicable) contribute to the forecasted severity of loss in the event of default. These credit risk ratings are reviewed by experienced senior credit officers and subjected to reviews by an internal team of credit risk specialists. • Usage of credit loss estimation models. We use internally developed models that incorporate credit attributes and economic variables to generate credit loss estimates. Management uses judgment and quantitative analytics in the determination of segmentation, modeling approach, and variables that are leveraged in the models. These models are independently validated in accordance with the Company’s policies. We routinely assess our model performance and apply adjustments when necessary. We also assess our models for limitations against the company-wide risk inventory to help appropriately capture known and emerging risks in our estimate of expected credit losses and apply overlays as needed. • Valuation of collateral. The current fair value of collateral is utilized to assess the expected credit losses when a financial asset is considered to be collateral dependent. Judgment is applied when valuing the collateral through appraisals, evaluation of the cash flows of the property, or other quantitative techniques. Decreases in collateral valuations support incremental ACL or charge-downs and increases in collateral valuations support lower ACL or are included in the ACL as a negative allowance when the financial asset has been previously written-down below current recovery value. • Contractual term considerations. The remaining contractual term of a loan is adjusted for expected prepayments and certain expected extensions, renewals, or modifications. We extend the contractual term when we are not able to unconditionally cancel contractual renewals or extension options. Credit card loans have indeterminate maturities, which requires that we determine a contractual life by 56 Wells Fargo & Company estimating the application of future payments to the outstanding loan amount. • Qualitative factors which may not be adequately captured in the loss models. These amounts represent management’s judgment of risks related to the processes and assumptions used in establishing the ACL. We also consider economic environmental factors, modeling assumptions and performance, process risk, and other subjective factors, including industry trends and emerging risk assessments. Sensitivity. The ACL for loans is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and requires significant management judgment. Future amounts of the ACL for loans will be based on a variety of factors, including loan balance changes, portfolio credit quality, and general forecasted economic conditions. The forecasted economic variables used could have varying impacts on different financial assets or portfolios. Additionally, throughout numerous credit cycles, there are observed changes in economic variables such as the unemployment rate, GDP and real estate prices which may not move in a correlated manner as variables may move in opposite directions or differ across portfolios or geography. Our sensitivity analysis does not represent management’s view of expected credit losses at the balance sheet date. We applied a 100% weight to a more severe downside scenario in our sensitivity analysis to reflect the potential for further economic deterioration. The outcome of the scenario was influenced by the duration, severity, and timing of changes in economic variables within the scenario. The sensitivity analysis resulted in a hypothetical increase in the ACL for loans of approximately $5.4 billion at December 31, 2024. The hypothetical increase in our ACL for loans does not incorporate the impact of management judgment for qualitative factors applied in the current ACL for loans, which may have a positive or negative effect on the results. It is possible that others performing similar sensitivity analyses could reach different conclusions or results. Management believes that the estimate for the ACL for loans was appropriate at the balance sheet date. The sensitivity analysis excludes the ACL for debt securities and other financial assets given its size relative to the overall ACL. Fair Value Measurements Fair value represents the price that would be received to sell a financial asset or paid to transfer a financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We use fair value measurements to comply with recognition and disclosure requirements. For example, assets and liabilities held for trading purposes, AFS debt securities, residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs), derivatives, and marketable equity securities are recorded at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet each period. Other assets and liabilities, such as loans held for investment, commercial MSRs and certain nonmarketable equity securities are not recorded at fair value each period but may require nonrecurring fair value adjustments through the write-down of individual assets or the application of accounting methods such as lower of cost or fair value (LOCOM) and the measurement alternative. Fair value measurements are made using a three-level hierarchy which is based on whether the significant inputs to the valuation methodology used for measurement are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market-derived or market-based information obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our estimates of assumptions that market participants would use to value the asset or liability. When developing fair value measurements, we maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. When available, we use quoted prices in active markets to measure fair value. Such measurements are classified as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy. If quoted prices in active markets are not available, fair value measurement is based upon internal models that generally use market-based or independently sourced market parameters, including interest rate yield curves, prepayment rates, option volatilities and currency rates. However, when observable market data is limited or not available, fair value measurement is based upon internal models that use unobservable inputs. These models are independently validated in accordance with the Company’s policies. We also obtain pricing information from third-party vendors to record fair values and to corroborate internal prices. Validation procedures are performed over the reasonableness of prices received from third parties. When using internal models that use unobservable inputs, management judgment is necessary as our assumptions reflect those that we believe market participants would use to estimate fair value of the asset or liability. Determination of these assumptions includes consideration of many factors, including market conditions and liquidity levels. Changes in market conditions, such as reduced liquidity in the capital markets or changes in secondary market activities, may reduce the availability and reliability of quoted prices or observable data used to determine fair value. In such cases, adjustments to available quoted prices or observable market data may be required. For example, we may adjust a price received from a third-party pricing service using internal models based on discounted cash flows when the impact of illiquid markets has not already been incorporated in the fair value measurement. We continually assess the level and volume of market activity to determine when adjustments, if any, are made to quoted prices. Given market conditions can change over time, our determination of which markets are considered active or inactive can change. If we determine a market to be inactive, the degree to which quoted prices require adjustment may also change. For assets and liabilities not classified as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy, significant judgment may be needed to determine the classification as either Level 2 or Level 3. When making this judgment, we consider available information, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness of transactions, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used to estimate fair value. The classification as Level 2 or Level 3 is based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category and judgments are made regarding the significance of unobservable inputs to each instrument’s fair value measurement in its entirety. If one or more unobservable inputs are considered significant to the fair value measurement, the instrument is classified as Level 3. Significant unobservable inputs used in our Level 3 fair value measurements include discount rates, default rates, comparability adjustments, and prepayment rates. MSRs are assets that represent the rights to service mortgage loans for others. We generally recognize MSRs when we retain servicing rights in connection with the sale or securitization of loans we originate. We have elected to carry our residential MSRs at fair value with periodic changes reflected in earnings. We use internal models to estimate the fair value of residential MSRs, which represent our most significant Level 3 asset. These models calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income and incorporate our estimates of Wells Fargo & Company 57 inputs and assumptions that market participants would use to value the asset. Certain significant inputs and assumptions, such as discount rates, prepayment rates (blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults), and estimated costs to service residential mortgage loans, are generally not observable in the market and require judgment to determine. Both prepayment rate and discount rate assumptions can, and generally will, change quarterly as market conditions and mortgage interest rates change. We periodically benchmark our residential MSR fair value estimates to independent appraisals. Table 45 presents our (i) assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and (ii) Level 3 assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, both presented as a percentage of our total assets and total liabilities. Table 45: Fair Value Level 3 Summary December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 ($ in billions) Total balance Level 3 (1) Total balance Level 3 (1) Assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis $ 338.2 8.3 276.2 9.5 As a percentage of total assets 17.5 % 0.4 14.3 0.5 Liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis $ 48.9 5.6 47.7 6.2 As a percentage of total liabilities 2.8 % 0.3 2.7 0.4 (1) Before derivative netting adjustments. See Note 15 (Fair Value Measurements) to Financial Statements in this Report for a complete discussion on fair value measurements, our related measurement techniques and the impact to our financial statements, including MSRs. See Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report for key weighted-average assumptions used in the valuation of residential MSRs and sensitivity to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions. Income Taxes We file income tax returns in the jurisdictions in which we operate and evaluate income tax expense in two components: current and deferred income tax expense. Current income tax expense represents our estimated taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period and includes income tax expense related to uncertain tax positions. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that management believes has a greater than 50% likelihood of realization upon settlement. Tax benefits not meeting our realization criteria represent unrecognized tax benefits. Deferred income taxes are based on the balance sheet method and deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Under the balance sheet method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities and recognizes enacted changes in income tax rates and laws in the period in which they occur. Deferred tax assets, including those related to net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards, are recognized subject to management’s judgment that realization is more likely than not. When necessary, valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the realizable amounts. The income tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate are complex and subject to different interpretations by management and the relevant government taxing authorities. In establishing a provision for income tax expense, we must make judgments about the application of these inherently complex tax laws. We must also make estimates about when in the future certain items will affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Our interpretations may be subjected to review during examination by taxing authorities and disputes may arise over the respective tax positions. We attempt to resolve these disputes during the tax examination and audit process and ultimately through the court systems when applicable. We monitor relevant tax authorities and may update our estimate of accrued income taxes due to changes in income tax laws and their interpretation by the courts and regulatory authorities on a quarterly basis. Updates to our estimate of accrued income taxes also may result from our own income tax planning and from the resolution of income tax controversies. Such updates to our estimates may be material to our operating results for any given quarter. See Note 23 (Income Taxes) to Financial Statements in this Report for a further description of our provision for income taxes and related income tax assets and liabilities. Liability for Legal Actions The Company is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory, governmental, arbitration and other proceedings or investigations concerning matters arising from the conduct of its business activities, and many of those proceedings and investigations expose the Company to potential financial loss or other adverse consequences. We establish accruals for legal actions when potential losses associated with the actions become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. For such accruals, we record the amount we consider to be the best estimate within a range of potential losses that are both probable and estimable; however, if we cannot determine a best estimate, then we record the low end of the range of those potential losses. The actual costs of resolving legal actions may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued for those actions. We apply judgment when establishing an accrual for potential losses associated with legal actions and in establishing the range of reasonably possible losses in excess of the accrual. Our judgment in establishing accruals and the range of reasonably possible losses in excess of the Company’s accrual for probable and estimable losses is influenced by our understanding of information currently available related to the legal evaluation and potential outcome of actions, including input and advice on these matters from our external counsel. These matters may be in various stages of investigation, discovery or proceedings. They may also involve a wide variety of claims across our businesses, legal entities and jurisdictions. The eventual outcome may be a scenario that was not considered or was considered remote in anticipated occurrence. Accordingly, our estimate of potential losses will change over time and the actual losses may vary significantly. The outcomes of legal actions are unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, and it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible. It is also inherently difficult to estimate the amount of any loss and there may be matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but not currently estimable. Accordingly, actual losses may be in excess of the established accrual or the range of reasonably possible loss. Critical Accounting Policies (continued) 58 Wells Fargo & Company See Note 13 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information. Goodwill Impairment We assess goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently depending on macroeconomic and other business factors. These factors may include trends in short-term or long-term interest rates, negative trends from reduced revenue generating activities or increased costs, adverse actions by regulators, or company specific factors such as a decline in market capitalization. We identify reporting units to be assessed for goodwill impairment at the reportable operating segment level or one level below. Goodwill is allocated to the reporting unit at the time we acquire a business and does not change unless there is goodwill impairment or a significant business reorganization impacting the reporting unit. We determine the reporting unit carrying amounts as the allocated capital plus assigned goodwill and other intangible assets. We allocate capital to the reporting units under a risk-sensitive framework driven by our regulatory capital requirements. We estimate fair value of the reporting units based on a balanced weighting of fair values estimated using both an income approach and a market approach which are intended to reflect Company performance and expectations as well as external market conditions. The methodologies for determining the carrying amounts and estimating the fair values are periodically assessed and updated as necessary. The income approach is a discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis, which estimates the present value of future cash flows associated with each reporting unit. A DCF analysis requires significant judgment to estimate financial forecasts for our reporting units, which includes future expectations of economic conditions and balance sheet changes, as well as considerations related to future business activities. The forecasts are reviewed by senior management. For periods after our financial forecasts, we incorporate a terminal value estimate. We discount these forecasted cash flows using a rate derived from the capital asset pricing model that produces an estimated cost of equity for our reporting units, which reflects risks and uncertainties in the financial markets and in our financial forecasts. The market approach utilizes observable market data from comparable publicly traded companies, such as price-to-earnings or price-to-tangible book value ratios, to estimate a reporting unit’s fair value. We use judgment to select comparable companies for each reporting unit and include those with the most similar business activities. Our 2024 assessment indicated goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2024, based on the fair value of each reporting unit exceeding its carrying amount by a significant amount. The aggregate fair value of our reporting units exceeded our market capitalization, and we believe factors that contributed to this difference included an overall control premium and market volatility. Although the fair value of our Consumer Lending reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount by a significant amount, it was the most sensitive to changes in the estimated financial forecasts. Adverse changes to forecasts or a significant increase in the discount rates may result in an impairment. Additionally, declines in our ability to generate revenue, significant increases in credit losses or other expenses, or adverse actions from regulators are factors that could result in material goodwill impairment of any reporting unit in a future period. For additional information on goodwill and our reportable operating segments, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies), Note 7 (Intangible Assets and Other Assets), and Note 20 (Operating Segments) to Financial Statements in this Report. Wells Fargo & Company 59 Current Accounting Developments Table 46 provides the significant accounting updates applicable to us that have been issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) but are not yet effective. Table 46: Current Accounting Developments – Issued Standards Description and Effective Date Financial statement impact ASU 2023-09 – Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures The Update, effective January 1, 2025 (with early adoption permitted), enhances annual income tax disclosures primarily to further disaggregate existing disclosures. The Update impacts our annual income tax disclosures. We are currently evaluating the required changes to our income tax disclosures. Upon adoption, those disclosures may change as follows: • For the tabular effective income tax rate reconciliation, provide specific categories (where applicable) and further disaggregation of certain categories (where applicable) by nature and/or jurisdiction if the reconciling item is 5% or more of the statutory tax expense. • Description and disclosure of states and local jurisdictions that contribute the majority of the effect of the state and local income tax category of the effective income tax rate reconciliation. • Disaggregate the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds) by federal, state, and non-U.S. taxes and further disaggregate by individual jurisdictions where income taxes paid (net of refunds) is 5% or more of total income taxes paid (net of refunds). • Disaggregate net income (or loss) before income tax expense (or benefit) between domestic and non-U.S. Other Accounting Developments The following Update is applicable to us. We are currently evaluating the Update but it is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements: • ASU 2024-03 – Income Statement– Reporting Comprehensive Income – Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expense 60 Wells Fargo & Company Forward-Looking Statements This document contains forward-looking statements. In addition, we may make forward-looking statements in our other documents filed or furnished with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and our management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “target,” “projects,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “can” and similar references to future periods. In particular, forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make about: (i) the future operating or financial performance of the Company or any of its businesses, including our outlook for future growth; (ii) our expectations regarding noninterest expense and our efficiency ratio; (iii) future credit quality and performance, including our expectations regarding future loan losses, our allowance for credit losses, and the economic scenarios considered to develop the allowance; (iv) our expectations regarding net interest income and net interest margin; (v) loan growth or the reduction or mitigation of risk in our loan portfolios; (vi) future capital or liquidity levels, ratios or targets; (vii) the expected outcome and impact of legal, regulatory and legislative developments, as well as our expectations regarding compliance therewith; (viii) future common stock dividends, common share repurchases and other uses of capital; (ix) our targeted range for return on assets, return on equity, and return on tangible common equity; (x) expectations regarding our effective income tax rate; (xi) the outcome of contingencies, such as legal actions; (xii) environmental, social and governance related goals or commitments; and (xiii) the Company’s plans, objectives and strategies. Forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts but instead represent our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation: • current and future economic and market conditions, including the effects of declines in housing prices, high unemployment rates, declines in commercial real estate prices, U.S. fiscal debt, budget and tax matters, geopolitical matters, and any slowdown in global economic growth; • our capital and liquidity requirements (including under regulatory capital standards, such as the Basel III capital standards) and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms; • current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue and businesses, including rules and regulations relating to bank products and financial services; • our ability to realize any efficiency ratio or expense target as part of our expense management initiatives, including as a result of business and economic cyclicality, seasonality, changes in our business composition and operating environment, growth in our businesses and/or acquisitions, and unexpected expenses relating to, among other things, litigation and regulatory matters; • the effect of the current interest rate environment or changes in interest rates or in the level or composition of our assets or liabilities on our net interest income and net interest margin; • significant turbulence or a disruption in the capital or financial markets, which could result in, among other things, a reduction in the availability of funding or increased funding costs, a reduction in our ability to sell or securitize loans, and declines in asset values and/or recognition of impairment of securities held in our debt securities and equity securities portfolios; • the effect of a fall in stock market prices on our investment banking business and our fee income from our brokerage and wealth management businesses; • negative effects from instances where customers may have experienced financial harm, including on our legal, operational and compliance costs, our ability to engage in certain business activities or offer certain products or services, our ability to keep and attract customers, our ability to attract and retain qualified employees, and our reputation; • regulatory matters, including the failure to resolve outstanding matters on a timely basis and the potential impact of new matters, litigation, or other legal actions, which may result in, among other things, additional costs, fines, penalties, restrictions on our business activities, reputational harm, or other adverse consequences; • a failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of cyberattacks; • the effect of changes in the level of checking or savings account deposits on our funding costs and net interest margin; • fiscal and monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board; • changes to tax laws, regulations, and guidance as well as the effect of discrete items on our effective income tax rate; • our ability to develop and execute effective business plans and strategies; and • the other risk factors and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” in this Report. In addition to the above factors, we also caution that the amount and timing of any future common stock dividends or repurchases will depend on the earnings, cash requirements and financial condition of the Company, the impact to our balance sheet of expected customer activity, our capital requirements and long-term targeted capital structure, the results of supervisory stress tests, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), regulatory and legal considerations, including regulatory requirements under the Federal Reserve Board’s capital plan rule, and other factors deemed relevant by the Company, and may be subject to regulatory approval or conditions. For additional information about factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, refer to our reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the discussion under “Risk Factors” in this Report, as Wells Fargo & Company 61 Forward-Looking Statements (continued) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and available on its website at www.sec.gov.1 Any forward-looking statement made by us speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law. Forward-looking Non-GAAP Financial Measures. From time to time management may discuss forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures, such as forward-looking estimates or targets for return on average tangible common equity. We are unable to provide a reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures because we are unable to provide, without unreasonable effort, a meaningful or accurate calculation or estimation of amounts that would be necessary for the reconciliation due to the complexity and inherent difficulty in forecasting and quantifying future amounts or when they may occur. Such unavailable information could be significant to future results. 1 We do not control this website. Wells Fargo has provided this link for your convenience, but does not endorse and is not responsible for the content, links, privacy policy, or security policy of this website. Wells Fargo & Company 62 Risk Factors An investment in the Company involves risk, including the possibility that the value of the investment could fall substantially and that dividends or other distributions on the investment could be reduced or eliminated. We discuss below risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition, and the value of, and return on, an investment in the Company. ECONOMIC, FINANCIAL MARKETS, INTEREST RATES, AND LIQUIDITY RISKS Our financial results have been, and will continue to be, materially affected by general economic conditions, and a deterioration in economic conditions or in the financial markets may materially adversely affect our lending and other businesses and our financial results and condition. We generate revenue from the interest and fees we charge on the loans and other products and services we sell, and a substantial amount of our revenue and earnings comes from the net interest income and fee income that we earn from our consumer and commercial lending and banking businesses. These businesses have been, and will continue to be, materially affected by the state of the U.S. economy, particularly unemployment levels and home prices. The negative effects and continued uncertainty stemming from U.S. fiscal, monetary and political matters, including concerns about deficit and debt levels, inflation, taxes, and U.S. debt ratings, have impacted and may continue to impact the global economy. Moreover, geopolitical matters, including international political unrest or disturbances, wars, and terrorist activities, as well as continued concerns over commodity prices, tariffs or other restrictions on international trade and corresponding retaliatory measures, and global economic difficulties, may impact the stability of financial markets and the global economy. Any impacts to the global economy could have a similar impact to the U.S. economy. A prolonged period of slow growth in the global economy or any deterioration in general economic conditions and/or the financial markets resulting from the above matters or any other events or factors that may disrupt or weaken the U.S. or global economy, could materially adversely affect our financial results and condition. A weakening in business or economic conditions, including higher unemployment levels or declines in home prices, as well as higher interest rates, can also adversely affect our customers’ ability to repay their loans or other obligations, which can increase our credit losses. If unemployment levels worsen or if home prices fall we would expect to incur elevated charge-offs and provision expense from increases in our allowance for credit losses. These conditions may adversely affect not only consumer loan performance but also commercial and CRE loans, especially for those business borrowers that rely on the health of industries that may experience deteriorating economic conditions. The ability of these and other borrowers to repay their loans may deteriorate, causing us, as one of the largest commercial and CRE lenders in the U.S., to incur significantly higher credit losses. In addition, weak or deteriorating economic conditions make it more challenging for us to increase our consumer and commercial loan portfolios by making loans to creditworthy borrowers at attractive yields. Furthermore, weak economic conditions, as well as competition and/or increases in interest rates, could soften demand for our loans resulting in our retaining a much higher amount of lower yielding liquid assets on our consolidated balance sheet. If economic conditions worsen and unemployment rises, which also would likely result in a decrease in consumer and business confidence and spending, the demand for our products, including our consumer and commercial loans, may fall, reducing our interest and noninterest income and our earnings. A deterioration in business and economic conditions, which may erode consumer and investor confidence levels, and/or increased volatility of financial markets, also could adversely affect financial results for our fee-based businesses, including our investment advisory, securities brokerage, wealth management, markets and investment banking businesses. For example, because investment advisory fees are often based on the value of assets under management, a fall in the market prices of those assets could reduce our fee income. Changes in stock market prices could affect the trading activity of investors, reducing commissions and other fees we earn from our brokerage business. In addition, adverse market conditions may negatively affect the performance of products we have provided to customers, which may expose us to legal actions or additional costs. Poor economic conditions and volatile or unstable financial markets also can negatively affect our debt and equity underwriting and advisory businesses, as well as our venture capital business and trading activities, including through increased counterparty credit risk. Any deterioration in global financial markets and economies, including as a result of any geopolitical matters or unrest, may adversely affect the revenue and earnings of our international operations, particularly our global financial institution and correspondent banking services. For additional information, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” and “– Credit Risk Management” sections in this Report. Changes in interest rates and financial market values could reduce our net interest income and earnings, as well as our other comprehensive income, including as a result of recognizing losses on the debt and equity securities that we hold in our portfolio or trade for our customers. Changes in either our net interest margin or the amount or mix of earning assets we hold, including as a result of the asset cap under the February 2018 consent order with the FRB, could affect our net interest income and our earnings. Changes in interest rates can affect our net interest margin. Although the yield we earn on our assets and the funding costs of our liabilities tend to move in the same direction in response to changes in interest rates, one can rise or fall faster than the other, causing our net interest margin to expand or contract. If our funding costs rise faster than the yield we earn on our assets or if the yield we earn on our assets falls faster than our funding costs, our net interest margin tends to contract. The amount and type of earning assets we hold can affect our yield and net interest income. We hold earning assets in the form of loans and debt and equity securities, among other assets. As noted above, if the economy worsens we may see lower demand for loans by creditworthy customers, reducing our yield and net interest income. In addition, our net interest income and net interest margin can be negatively affected by a prolonged period of low interest rates as it may result in us holding lower yielding loans and securities on our consolidated balance sheet, particularly if we are unable to replace the maturing higher yielding assets with similar higher yielding assets. A prolonged period of high interest rates, however, may continue to negatively affect loan demand and could result in higher credit Wells Fargo & Company 63 Risk Factors (continued) losses as borrowers may have more difficulty making higher interest payments. Similarly, a prolonged period of high interest rates may increase our funding costs, including the rates we pay on customer deposits. As described below, changes in interest rates also affect our mortgage business, including the value of our MSRs. Changes in the slope of the yield curve – or the spread between short-term and long-term interest rates – could also reduce our net interest income and net interest margin. Normally, the yield curve is upward sloping, meaning short-term rates are lower than long-term rates. When the yield curve flattens or inverts, our net interest income and net interest margin could decrease if the cost of our short-term funding increases relative to the yield we can earn on our long-term assets. Moreover, a negative interest rate environment, in which interest rates drop below zero, could reduce our net interest income and net interest margin due to a likely decline in the interest we could earn on loans and other earning assets, while also likely requiring us to pay to maintain our deposits with the FRB. We assess our interest rate risk by estimating the effect on our earnings under various scenarios that differ based on assumptions about the direction, magnitude and speed of interest rate changes and the slope of the yield curve. We may hedge some of that interest rate risk with interest rate derivatives. We generally do not hedge all of our interest rate risk, and we may not be successful in hedging any of the risk. Hedging is not a perfect science, and we could recognize lower net interest income as a result of our hedging activities. There is always the risk that changes in interest rates, credit spreads or option volatility could reduce our net interest income and earnings, as well as our other comprehensive income, in material amounts, especially if actual conditions turn out to be materially different than what we assumed. For example, if interest rates rise or fall faster than we assumed or the slope of the yield curve changes, we may experience significant losses, including unrealized losses, on debt securities in our portfolio. To reduce our interest rate risk, we may rebalance our portfolios of debt securities and loans, refinance our debt, adjust our hedging strategies, and take other strategic actions. We may incur losses when we take such actions. In addition, changes in interest rates can result in increased basis risk, which could limit the effectiveness of our hedging activities. We have a significant number of assets and liabilities, such as commercial loans, adjustable-rate mortgage loans, derivatives, debt securities, and long-term debt, referenced to benchmark rates, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), or other financial metrics. If any such benchmark rate or other referenced financial metric is significantly changed, replaced or discontinued, or ceases to be recognized as an acceptable market benchmark rate or financial metric, there may be uncertainty or differences in the calculation of the applicable interest rate or payment amount depending on the terms of the governing instrument. This could impact the financial performance of previously recorded transactions, result in losses on financial instruments we hold, require different hedging strategies or result in ineffective or increased basis risk on existing hedges, impact the overall interest rate environment and the availability or cost of funding transactions, affect our capital and liquidity planning and management, or have other adverse financial consequences. It may also result in significant operational, systems, or other practical challenges, increased compliance and operational costs, legal or regulatory proceedings, reputational harm, or other adverse consequences. Because of changing economic and market conditions, as well as credit ratings, affecting issuers and the performance of any underlying collateral, we may be required to recognize impairment in future periods on the securities we hold. Furthermore, the value of the debt securities we hold can fluctuate due to changes in interest rates, issuer creditworthiness, and other factors. Our net income also is exposed to changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, and equity and commodity prices in connection with our trading activities, which are conducted primarily to accommodate the investment and risk management activities of our customers, as well as when we execute economic hedging to manage certain balance sheet risks. Trading debt securities and equity securities held for trading are carried at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses recorded in noninterest income. As part of our business to support our customers, we trade public debt and equity securities and other financial instruments that are subject to market fluctuations with gains and losses recognized in net income. In addition, although high market volatility can increase our exposure to trading- related losses, periods of low volatility may have an adverse effect on our businesses as a result of reduced customer activity levels. Although we have processes in place to measure and monitor the risks associated with our trading activities, including stress testing and hedging strategies, there can be no assurance that our processes and strategies will be effective in avoiding losses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. The value of our marketable and nonmarketable equity securities can fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Marketable equity securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reflected in earnings. Nonmarketable equity securities are carried under the cost method, equity method, or measurement alternative, while others are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reflected in earnings. Earnings from our equity securities portfolio may be volatile and hard to predict, and may have a significant effect on our earnings from period to period. When, and if, we recognize gains may depend on a number of factors, including general economic and market conditions, the prospects of the companies in which we invest, when a company goes public, the size of our position relative to the public float, and whether we are subject to any resale restrictions. Nonmarketable equity securities include our venture capital and private equity investments that could result in significant impairment losses for those investments carried under the measurement alternative or equity method. If we recognize an impairment for an investment, we write-down the carrying value of the investment to fair value, resulting in a charge to earnings, which could be significant. For additional information, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Interest Rate Risk,” “– Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk,” “– Market Risk – Trading Activities,” and “– Market Risk – Equity Securities” and the “Balance Sheet Analysis – Available-for-Sale and Held-to- Maturity Debt Securities” sections in this Report and Note 2 (Trading Activities), Note 3 (Available-for-Sale and Held-to- Maturity Debt Securities) and Note 4 (Equity Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report. Effective liquidity management is essential for the operation of our business, and our financial results and condition could be materially adversely affected if we do not effectively manage our liquidity. We primarily rely on customer deposits to be a low-cost and stable source of funding for the loans we make and the operation of our business. In addition to customer deposits, our sources of liquidity include certain debt and equity securities, our ability to sell or securitize loans in secondary markets and to Wells Fargo & Company 64 pledge loans to access secured borrowing facilities through the FHLB and the FRB, and our ability to raise funds in domestic and international money through capital markets. Our liquidity and our ability to fund and run our business could be materially adversely affected by a variety of conditions and factors. These include financial and credit market disruption and volatility or a lack of market or customer confidence in financial markets in general similar to what occurred during the financial crisis in 2008 and early 2009, which may result in a loss of customer deposits, outflows of cash or collateral, an inability to access capital markets on favorable terms, or other adverse effects on our liquidity and funding. The financial system also experienced disruption and volatility in early 2023 due to the failure of several banks, and episodes of disruption, volatility or other adverse market conditions may continue to occur if there are additional instances of actual or threatened bank failures. Market disruption and volatility could also impact our credit spreads, which are the amount in excess of the interest rate of U.S. Treasury securities, or other benchmark securities, of the same maturity that we need to pay to our funding providers. Increases in interest rates and our credit spreads could significantly increase our funding costs. Other conditions and factors that could materially adversely affect our liquidity and funding include a lack of market or customer confidence in the Company or negative news about the Company or the financial services industry generally which also may result in a loss of deposits and/or negatively affect our ability to access the capital markets; any inability to sell or securitize loans or other assets; disruptions or volatility in the market for securities repurchase agreements, or any inability to effectively access the market for securities repurchase agreements, which also may increase our short-term funding costs; regulatory requirements or restrictions, including changes to regulatory capital or liquidity requirements; unexpectedly high or accelerated customer draws on lines of credit; any inability to access secured borrowing facilities through the FHLB or FRB, or any negative perception in the market created by accessing these facilities; and, as described below, reductions in one or more of our credit ratings. Many of the above conditions and factors may be caused by events over which we have little or no control. Similarly, the speed with which information is disseminated and the speed with which customers can withdraw funds in response to information may also contribute to a faster and greater loss of deposits, particularly uninsured or non- operational deposits, as well as other adverse effects on liquidity or funding, similar to what contributed to the failure of several banks in early 2023. There can be no assurance that significant disruption and volatility in the financial markets will not occur in the future. For example, concerns over geopolitical issues, commodity and currency prices, trade policies, as well as global economic conditions, may cause financial market volatility. In addition, concerns regarding U.S. government debt levels, including any potential failure to raise the debt limit, and any associated downgrade of U.S. government debt ratings may cause uncertainty and volatility as well. A downgrade of the sovereign debt ratings of the U.S. government or the debt ratings of related institutions, agencies or instrumentalities, as well as other fiscal or political events could, in addition to causing economic and financial market disruptions, materially adversely affect the market value of the U.S. government securities or federal agency mortgage-backed securities (MBS) that we hold, the availability of those securities as collateral for borrowing, and our ability to access capital markets on favorable terms, as well as have other material adverse effects on the operation of our business and our financial results and condition. As noted above, we rely heavily on customer deposits for our funding and liquidity. We compete with banks and other financial services companies for deposits. If our competitors raise the rates they pay on deposits our funding costs may increase, either because we raise our rates to avoid losing deposits or because we lose deposits and must rely on more expensive sources of funding. Checking and savings account balances and other forms of customer deposits may decrease when customers perceive other investment opportunities, such as stocks, bonds, or money market mutual funds, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. When customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, we may lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and negatively affecting our liquidity. In addition, we may continue to reduce certain deposit balances in order to manage under the asset cap. If we are unable to continue to fund our assets through customer deposits or access capital markets on favorable terms, if there are changes to our regulatory capital or liquidity requirements, or if we suffer an increase in our borrowing costs or otherwise fail to manage our liquidity effectively (including on an intra-day or intra-affiliate basis), our liquidity, net interest margin, and financial results and condition may be materially adversely affected. As we did during the financial crisis in 2009, we may also need, or be required by our regulators, to raise additional capital through the issuance of common stock, which could dilute the ownership of existing stockholders, or reduce or even eliminate our common stock dividend to preserve capital or to raise additional capital. For additional information, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” section in this Report. Adverse changes in our credit ratings could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, cash flows, and financial results and condition. Our borrowing costs and ability to obtain funding are influenced by our credit ratings. Reductions in one or more of our credit ratings could adversely affect our ability to borrow funds and raise the costs of our borrowings substantially and could cause creditors and business counterparties to raise collateral requirements or take other actions that could adversely affect our ability to raise funding. Credit ratings and credit ratings agencies’ outlooks are based on the ratings agencies’ analysis of many quantitative and qualitative factors, including our capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, the level and quality of our earnings, and rating agency assumptions regarding the probability and extent of federal financial assistance or support. In addition to credit ratings, our borrowing costs are affected by various other external factors, including market volatility and concerns or perceptions about the financial services industry generally. There can be no assurance that we will maintain our credit ratings and outlooks and that credit ratings downgrades in the future would not have a material adverse effect on our ability to borrow funds and borrowing costs. Downgrades in our credit ratings also may trigger additional collateral or funding obligations which, depending on the severity of the downgrade, could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, including as a result of credit-related contingent features in certain of our derivative contracts. For information on our credit ratings, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Liquidity Risk and Funding – Credit Ratings” section and for information regarding additional collateral and funding obligations required of certain derivative instruments in the event our credit ratings were to fall below investment grade, see Note 14 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report. Wells Fargo & Company 65 Risk Factors (continued) We rely on dividends from our subsidiaries for liquidity, and federal and state law, regulatory requirements, and certain contractual arrangements can limit those dividends. Wells Fargo & Company, the parent holding company (the “Parent”), is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. It receives substantially all of its funding and liquidity from dividends and other distributions from its subsidiaries. We generally use these dividends and distributions, among other things, to pay dividends on our common and preferred stock and interest and principal on our debt. Federal and state laws limit the amount of dividends and distributions that our bank and some of our nonbank subsidiaries, including our broker-dealer subsidiaries, may pay to the Parent. Similarly, as part of their supervisory authority, regulators may limit or restrict subsidiary capital distributions. In addition, as part of our resolution planning efforts, we have entered into a Support Agreement dated June 28, 2017, as amended and restated on June 26, 2019, among the Parent, WFC Holdings, LLC, an intermediate holding company and subsidiary of the Parent (the “IHC”), Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC, and certain other subsidiaries of the Parent designated from time to time as material entities for resolution planning purposes or identified from time to time as related support entities in our resolution plan, pursuant to which the IHC may be restricted from making dividend payments to the Parent if certain liquidity and/or capital metrics fall below defined triggers or if the Parent’s board of directors authorizes it to file a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. For additional information, see the “Regulation and Supervision – Dividend and Share Repurchase Restrictions” and “– Holding Company Structure” sections in our 2024 Form 10-K and Note 26 (Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions) to Financial Statements in this Report. REGULATORY RISKS Current and future legislation and/or regulation could require us to change certain of our business practices, reduce our revenue and earnings, impose additional costs on us or otherwise adversely affect our business operations and/or competitive position. Our parent company, our subsidiary banks and many of our nonbank subsidiaries such as those related to our brokerage business, are subject to significant and extensive regulation under state and federal laws in the U.S., as well as the applicable laws of the various jurisdictions outside of the U.S. where they conduct business. These regulations generally protect depositors, the federal deposit insurance fund, consumers, investors, employees, or the banking and financial system as a whole, not necessarily our security holders. Economic, market and political conditions during the past few years have led to a significant amount of legislation and regulation in the U.S. and abroad affecting the financial services industry, as well as heightened expectations and scrutiny of financial services companies from banking regulators. These laws and regulations may continue to affect the manner in which we do business and the products and services that we provide, affect or restrict our ability to compete in our current businesses or our ability to enter into or acquire new businesses, reduce or limit our revenue, affect our compliance and risk management activities, limit subsidiary capital distributions, increase our capital or liquidity requirements, impose additional fines or assessments on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of us and the financial services industry, and adversely affect our business operations or have other negative consequences. Our businesses and revenue in non-U.S. jurisdictions are also subject to risks from political, economic and social developments in those jurisdictions, including sanctions or business restrictions, asset freezes or confiscation, unfavorable political or diplomatic developments, or financial or social instability. In addition, changes to tax laws, regulations, and guidance may negatively impact our effective income tax rate, financial results, or the amount of any tax assets or liabilities. Furthermore, greater government oversight and scrutiny of Wells Fargo, as well as financial services companies generally, has increased our operational and compliance costs as we must continue to devote substantial resources to enhancing our procedures and controls and meeting heightened regulatory standards and expectations. Any failure to meet regulatory requirements, standards or expectations, either in the U.S. or in non-U.S. jurisdictions, could continue to result in significant fines, penalties, restrictions on certain business activities, reputational harm, or other adverse consequences. Our consumer businesses, including our mortgage, auto, credit card and other consumer lending and non-lending businesses, are subject to numerous and, in many cases, highly complex consumer protection laws and regulations, as well as enhanced regulatory scrutiny and more and expanded regulatory examinations and/or investigations. In particular, evolving state and federal rules and requirements, including those of the CFPB, may continue to increase our compliance costs, limit the fees we can receive for certain products and services, and require changes in our business practices, which could limit or negatively affect our earnings as well as the products and services that we offer our customers. If we fail to meet enhanced regulatory requirements and expectations with respect to our consumer businesses, we may be subject to increased costs, fines, penalties, restrictions on our business activities including the products and services we can provide, reputational harm, or other adverse consequences. We are also subject to various rules and regulations related to the prevention of financial crimes and combating terrorism, including the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001. These rules and regulations require us to, among other things, implement policies and procedures related to anti-money laundering, anti-bribery and corruption, economic sanctions, suspicious activities, currency transaction reporting and due diligence on customers. Although we have policies and procedures designed to comply with these rules and regulations, to the extent they are not fully effective or do not meet regulatory standards or expectations, we may be subject to fines, penalties, restrictions on certain business activities, reputational harm, or other adverse consequences. Our businesses are also subject to laws and regulations enacted by U.S. and non-U.S. regulators and governmental authorities relating to the privacy of the information of customers, employees and others. These laws and regulations, among other things, increase our compliance obligations; have a significant impact on our businesses’ collection, processing, sharing, use, and retention of personal data and reporting of data breaches; and provide for significant penalties for non- compliance. In addition, we are subject to a number of consent orders and other regulatory actions, including a February 2018 consent order with the FRB regarding the Board’s governance and oversight of the Company, and the Company’s compliance and operational risk management program. This consent order limits the Company’s total consolidated assets as defined under the consent order to the level as of December 31, 2017, until certain Wells Fargo & Company 66 conditions are met. This limitation could continue to adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. We are also subject to an April 2018 consent order with the CFPB regarding the Company’s compliance risk management program. In addition, we are subject to a September 2021 consent order with the OCC regarding loss mitigation activities in the Company’s Home Lending business. Similarly, we are subject to a September 2024 formal agreement with the OCC regarding anti-money laundering and sanctions risk management practices. Addressing these and other regulatory actions and expectations is an ongoing process, and we could continue to experience issues or delays along the way in satisfying their requirements. We also could continue to identify more issues as we implement our risk and control infrastructure, which may result in additional regulatory actions. The Company may be subject to further actions, including the imposition of additional consent orders, regulatory agreements or civil money penalties, by federal regulators regarding similar or other issues. Regulators have indicated the potential for escalating consequences for banks that do not timely resolve open issues or have repeat issues. Furthermore, issues or delays in satisfying the requirements of a regulatory action could affect our progress on others. Failure to satisfy the requirements of a regulatory action on a timely basis could result in additional fines, penalties, business restrictions, limitations on subsidiary capital distributions, increased capital or liquidity requirements, enforcement actions, and other adverse consequences, which could be significant. For example, in September 2021, the OCC assessed a $250 million civil money penalty against the Company related to insufficient progress in addressing requirements under a previous OCC consent order and loss mitigation activities in the Company’s Home Lending business. Compliance with the February 2018 FRB consent order, the April 2018 CFPB consent order, the September 2021 OCC consent order, the September 2024 OCC formal agreement, and any other consent orders or regulatory actions, as well as the implementation of their requirements, may continue to increase the Company’s costs, require the Company to reallocate resources away from growing its existing businesses, subject the Company to business restrictions, negatively impact the Company’s capital and liquidity, require the Company to undergo significant changes to its business, operations, products and services, and risk management practices, and subject the Company to other adverse consequences. For additional information on the Company’s consent orders, see the “Overview” section in this Report. Any future legislation, rule and/or regulation also could significantly change our regulatory environment, increase our cost of doing business, limit the activities we may pursue, affect the competitive balance among banks and other financial services companies, and have a material adverse effect on our financial results and condition. For additional information on the significant regulations and regulatory oversight initiatives that have affected or may affect our business, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in our 2024 Form 10-K. We could be subject to more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations if regulators determine that our resolution or recovery plan is deficient. Pursuant to rules adopted by the FRB and the FDIC, Wells Fargo prepares and periodically submits resolution plans, also known as “living wills,” designed to facilitate our rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure. There can be no assurance that the FRB or FDIC will respond favorably to the Company’s resolution plans. If the FRB and FDIC determine that a resolution plan has deficiencies, they may impose more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements on us or restrict our growth, activities or operations until we adequately remedy the deficiencies. If the FRB and FDIC ultimately determine that we have been unable to remedy any deficiencies, they could require us to divest certain assets or operations. In addition to our resolution plans, we must also prepare and periodically submit to the FRB a recovery plan that identifies a range of options that we may consider during times of idiosyncratic or systemic economic stress to remedy any financial weaknesses and restore market confidence without extraordinary government support. The Bank must also prepare and periodically submit to the OCC a recovery plan. If either the FRB or the OCC determines that our recovery plan is deficient, they may impose fines, restrictions on our business or ultimately require us to divest assets. Our security holders may suffer losses in a resolution of Wells Fargo even if creditors of our subsidiaries are paid in full. If Wells Fargo were to fail, it may be resolved in a bankruptcy proceeding or, if certain conditions are met, under the resolution regime created by the Dodd-Frank Act known as the “orderly liquidation authority,” which allows for the appointment of the FDIC as receiver. The FDIC’s orderly liquidation authority requires that security holders of a company in receivership bear all losses before U.S. taxpayers are exposed to any losses. There are substantial differences in the rights of creditors between the orderly liquidation authority and the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, including the right of the FDIC to disregard the strict priority of creditor claims under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in certain circumstances and the use of an administrative claims procedure instead of a judicial procedure to determine creditors’ claims. The strategy described in our most recent resolution plan is a single point of entry strategy, in which the Parent would be the only material legal entity to enter resolution proceedings. However, the strategy described in our resolution plan is not binding in the event of an actual resolution of Wells Fargo. To facilitate the orderly resolution of the Company, we entered into the Support Agreement, pursuant to which the Parent transferred a significant amount of its assets to the IHC and will continue to transfer assets to the IHC from time to time. In the event of our material financial distress or failure, the IHC will be obligated to use the transferred assets to provide capital and/or liquidity to the Bank and certain other direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Parent. Under the Support Agreement, the IHC will also provide funding and liquidity to the Parent through subordinated notes and a committed line of credit. If certain liquidity and/or capital metrics fall below defined triggers, or if the Parent’s board of directors authorizes it to file a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the subordinated notes would be forgiven, the committed line of credit would terminate, and the IHC’s ability to pay dividends to the Parent would be restricted, any of which could materially and adversely impact the Parent’s liquidity and its ability to satisfy its debts and other obligations, and could result in the commencement of bankruptcy proceedings by the Parent at an earlier time than might have otherwise occurred if the Support Agreement were not implemented. Any resolution of the Company will likely impose losses on shareholders, unsecured debt holders and other creditors of the Parent, while the Parent’s subsidiaries may continue to operate. Creditors of some or all of our subsidiaries may receive significant or full recoveries on their claims, while the Parent’s Wells Fargo & Company 67 Risk Factors (continued) security holders could face significant or complete losses. This outcome may arise whether the Company is resolved under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or by the FDIC under the orderly liquidation authority, and whether the resolution is conducted using a single point of entry strategy or using a multiple point of entry strategy, in which the Parent and one or more of its subsidiaries would each undergo separate resolution proceedings. Furthermore, in a single point of entry or multiple point of entry strategy, losses at some or all of our subsidiaries could be transferred to the Parent and borne by the Parent’s security holders. Moreover, if either resolution strategy proved to be unsuccessful, our security holders could face greater losses than if the strategy had not been implemented. For additional information, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in our 2024 Form 10-K. Regulatory rules and requirements may impose higher capital and liquidity levels, limiting our ability to pay common stock dividends, repurchase our common stock, invest in our business, or provide loans or other products and services to our customers. The Company and each of our insured depository institutions are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by federal banking regulators. In particular, the Company is subject to rules issued by federal banking regulators to implement Basel III risk-based capital requirements for U.S. banking organizations. These capital rules, among other things, establish required minimum ratios relating capital to different categories of assets and exposures. Federal banking regulators have also imposed a leverage ratio and a supplementary leverage ratio on large BHCs like Wells Fargo and our insured depository institutions. The FRB has also finalized rules to address the amount of equity and unsecured long-term debt a U.S. G-SIB must hold to improve its resolvability and resiliency, often referred to as total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC). Similarly, federal banking regulators have issued final rules that implement a liquidity coverage ratio and a net stable funding ratio. In addition, as part of imposing enhanced capital and risk management standards on large financial firms, the FRB has issued a capital plan rule that establishes capital planning and other requirements that govern capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, by certain BHCs, including Wells Fargo. The FRB has also finalized a number of regulations implementing enhanced prudential requirements for large BHCs like Wells Fargo regarding risk-based capital and leverage, risk and liquidity management, single counterparty credit limits, and imposing debt-to-equity limits on any BHC that regulators determine poses a grave threat to the financial stability of the United States. The FRB and OCC have also finalized rules implementing stress testing requirements for large BHCs and national banks. Furthermore, the FRB has established expectations regarding effective boards of directors of large BHCs. The OCC, under separate authority, has also established heightened governance and risk management standards for large national banks, such as the Bank. The Basel standards and federal regulatory capital, leverage, liquidity, TLAC, capital planning, and other requirements may limit or otherwise restrict how we utilize our capital, including common stock dividends and stock repurchases, and may require us to increase our capital and/or liquidity. Any requirement that we increase our regulatory capital, regulatory capital ratios or liquidity, including due to changes in regulatory requirements, such as from the adoption of the current proposal to revise the Basel standards in the U.S., changes in regulatory interpretations regarding risk-weighted asset calculation methodologies, including the impact from securitizations of credit risk, or as a result of business growth, acquisitions or a change in our risk profile, could increase our funding costs, reduce our flexibility to source and deploy funding, or require us to liquidate assets or otherwise change our business, product offerings and/or investment plans, which may negatively affect our financial results. Although not currently anticipated, new capital requirements and/or our regulators may require us to raise additional capital in the future. Issuing additional common stock may dilute the ownership of existing stockholders. In addition, federal banking regulations may continue to increase our compliance costs as well as limit our ability to invest in our business or provide loans or other products and services to our customers. For additional information, see the “Capital Management” and “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Liquidity Risk and Funding – Liquidity Standards” sections in this Report and the “Regulation and Supervision” section in our 2024 Form 10-K. FRB policies, including policies on interest rates, can significantly affect business and economic conditions and our financial results and condition. The FRB regulates the supply of money in the United States. Its policies determine in large part our cost of funds for lending and investing and the return we earn on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest income and net interest margin. The FRB’s interest rate policies also can materially affect the value of financial instruments we hold, such as debt securities. In addition, its policies can affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in FRB policies, including its target range for the federal funds rate or actions taken to increase or decrease the size of its balance sheet, are beyond our control and can be hard to predict. As noted above, changes in the interest rate environment and yield curve which may result from the FRB’s actions could negatively affect our net interest income and net interest margin. CREDIT RISKS Increased credit risk, including as a result of a deterioration in economic conditions or changes in market conditions, could require us to increase our provision for credit losses and allowance for credit losses and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. When we loan money or commit to loan money we incur credit risk, or the risk of losses if our borrowers do not repay their loans. As one of the largest lenders in the U.S., the credit performance of our loan portfolios significantly affects our financial results and condition. We also incur credit risk in connection with trading and other activities. As noted above, if the economic environment were to deteriorate, more of our customers and counterparties may have difficulty in repaying their loans or other obligations which could result in a higher level of credit losses and provision for credit losses. We reserve for credit losses by establishing an allowance through a charge to earnings. The amount of this allowance is based on our assessment of expected credit losses over the anticipated life of our loan portfolio (including unfunded credit commitments). The process for determining the amount of the allowance is critical to our financial results and condition. It requires difficult, subjective, and complex judgments about the future, including forecasts of economic or market conditions that might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. We might increase the allowance because of changing economic conditions, including Wells Fargo & Company 68 falling home or commercial real estate values, higher unemployment or inflation, significant loan growth, changes in consumer behavior, or other market conditions that adversely affect borrowers, or other factors. Additionally, the regulatory environment or external factors, such as natural disasters, disease pandemics such as COVID-19, political or social matters, or trade policies, also can continue to influence recognition of credit losses in our loan portfolios and impact our allowance for credit losses. Future allowance levels may increase or decrease based on a variety of factors, including loan balance changes, portfolio credit quality and mix changes, and changes in general economic conditions. While we believe that our allowance for credit losses was appropriate at December 31, 2024, there is no assurance that it will be sufficient to cover future credit losses. In the event of significant deterioration in economic conditions or if we experience significant loan growth, we may be required to increase the allowance in future periods, which would reduce our earnings. For additional information, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management” and “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” sections in this Report. We may have more credit risk and higher credit losses to the extent our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral. Our credit risk and credit losses can increase if our loans are concentrated to borrowers engaged in the same or similar activities or to borrowers who individually or as a group may be uniquely or disproportionately affected by economic or market conditions. Similarly, challenging economic or market conditions, or trade policies, affecting a particular industry or geography may also impact related or dependent industries or the ability of borrowers living in such affected areas or working in such industries to meet their financial obligations. We experienced the effect of concentration risk in 2009 and 2010 when we incurred greater than expected losses in our residential real estate loan portfolio due to a housing slowdown and greater than expected deterioration in residential real estate values in many markets, including certain markets in California. As California is our largest banking state in terms of loans, deterioration in real estate values and underlying economic conditions, or external factors such as natural disasters, in California could result in materially higher credit losses. In addition, changes in consumer behavior or other market conditions may adversely affect borrowers in certain industries or sectors, which may increase our credit risk and reduce the demand by these borrowers for our products and services. Moreover, deterioration in macro-economic conditions generally across the country could result in materially higher credit losses, including for our residential real estate loan portfolio, which includes nonconforming mortgage loans we retain on our balance sheet. We may experience higher delinquencies and higher loss rates as our consumer real estate secured lines of credit reach their contractual end of draw period and begin to amortize. We are currently one of the largest CRE lenders in the U.S. A deterioration in economic conditions that negatively affects the business performance of our CRE borrowers, including increases in interest rates and related refinancing risks at maturity, declines in commercial property values, and/or changes in consumer behavior or other market conditions, such as a continued decrease in the demand for office space, could result in materially higher credit losses and have a material adverse effect on our financial results and condition. Challenges and/or changes in non-U.S. economic conditions may increase our non-U.S. credit risk. Economic difficulties in non-U.S. jurisdictions could also indirectly have a material adverse effect on our credit performance and results of operations and financial condition to the extent they negatively affect the U.S. economy and/or our borrowers who have non-U.S. operations. Due to regulatory requirements, we must clear certain derivative transactions through central counterparty clearinghouses (CCPs), which results in credit exposure to these CCPs. Similarly, because we are a member of various CCPs, we may be required to pay a portion of any losses incurred by the CCP in the event that one or more members of the CCP defaults on its obligations. In addition, we are exposed to the risk of non- performance by our clients for which we clear transactions through CCPs to the extent such non-performance is not sufficiently covered by available collateral. For additional information regarding credit risk, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management” section and Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. OPERATIONAL, STRATEGIC, AND LEGAL RISKS A failure in or breach of our operational or security systems, controls or infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors and other service providers, could disrupt our businesses, damage our reputation, increase our costs and cause losses. As a large financial institution that serves customers through numerous physical locations, ATMs, the internet, mobile banking and other distribution channels across the U.S. and internationally, we depend on our ability to process, record and monitor a large number of customer transactions on a continuous basis. As our customer base and locations have a broad geographic footprint throughout the U.S. and internationally, as we have increasingly used the internet and mobile banking to provide products and services to our customers, as customer, public, legislative and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, and as cyber and other information security attacks have become more prevalent and complex, our operational systems, controls and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions and breakdowns. Our business, financial, accounting, data processing systems, or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly, become insufficient based on our evolving business needs, or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there have been and could in the future be sudden increases in customer transaction volume; electrical or telecommunications outages; degradation or loss of internet, website or mobile banking availability; natural disasters such as earthquakes, wildfires, tornados, and hurricanes; disease pandemics such as COVID-19; events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and, as described below, cyberattacks or other information security incidents. The COVID-19 pandemic or any new pandemic could result in the occurrence of new, unanticipated adverse effects on us or the recurrence of adverse effects similar to those already experienced, including creating additional operational and compliance risks, such as the need to comply with rapidly changing regulatory requirements and to quickly implement new measures to protect the functionality of our systems, networks, and operations. Wells Fargo & Company 69 Risk Factors (continued) Furthermore, enhancements and upgrades to our infrastructure or operating systems may be time-consuming, entail significant costs, and create risks associated with implementing new systems and integrating them with existing ones. Due to the complexity and interconnectedness of our systems, the process of enhancing our infrastructure and operating systems, including their security measures and controls, could continue to create a risk of system disruptions and security issues. Similarly, we may not be able to timely recover critical business processes or operations that have been disrupted, which may further increase any associated costs and consequences of such disruptions. Although we have enterprise incident response processes, business continuity plans and other safeguards in place to help provide operational resiliency, our business operations may be adversely affected by significant and widespread disruption to our physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and customers. For example, we have experienced system issues caused by a variety of factors that have resulted in intermittent service interruptions, such as temporary disruptions to online and mobile banking services, delays in posting transactions, and customer difficulty signing into accounts. As a result of financial institutions and technology systems becoming more interconnected and complex, any operational incident at a third party may increase the risk of loss or material impact to us or the financial industry as a whole. Furthermore, third parties on which we rely, including those that facilitate our business activities or to which we outsource operations, such as exchanges, clearing houses, financial intermediaries or vendors that provide services or security solutions for our operations, could continue to be sources of operational risk to us, including from information breaches or loss, breakdowns, disruptions or failures of their own systems or infrastructure, or any deficiencies in the performance of their responsibilities. These risks are increased to the extent we rely on a single or small number of third parties or on third parties in a single geographic area. We are also exposed to the risk that a disruption or other operational incident at a common service provider to our third parties could impede their ability to provide services or perform their responsibilities for us. In addition, we must meet regulatory requirements and expectations regarding our use of third-party service providers, and any failure by our third-party service providers to meet their obligations to us or to comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations, or Wells Fargo policies could result in fines, penalties, restrictions on our business, or other adverse consequences. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure, controls or operating or security systems that support our businesses and customers, failures of the third parties on which we rely to adequately or appropriately provide their services or perform their responsibilities, or our failure to effectively manage or oversee our third-party relationships, could continue to result in business disruptions, loss of revenue or customers, legal or regulatory proceedings, remediation and other costs, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, reputational damage, customer harm, or other adverse consequences, any of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. A cyberattack or other information security incident could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, or reputation. Information security risks for large financial institutions such as Wells Fargo have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet, mobile devices, and cloud technologies to conduct financial transactions, the increased reliance on third parties, the increase in remote work arrangements, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties, including foreign state-sponsored parties. Those parties also may continue to attempt to misrepresent personal or financial information to commit fraud, obtain loans or other financial products from us, or attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, or other users of our systems to disclose confidential, proprietary, or other information to gain access to our networks, data or information belonging to our customers. Geopolitical matters may also continue to elevate the risk of an information security threat, particularly by foreign state- sponsored parties or their supporters. In addition, we continue to experience information security threats arising from the increased availability and use of artificial intelligence to conduct attacks that can be difficult to detect. As noted above, our operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential, proprietary, and other information in our computer systems and networks. Our banking, brokerage, investment advisory, and capital markets businesses rely on our digital technologies, computer and email systems, software, hardware, and networks to conduct their operations. In addition, to access our products and services, our customers may use computers, personal smartphones, tablets, and other mobile devices that are beyond our control systems. Our technologies, systems, software, networks, and our customers’ devices continue to be the target of cyberattacks or other information security threats, which could materially adversely affect us, including as a result of fraudulent activity, the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of Wells Fargo’s or our customers’ confidential, proprietary and other information, or the disruption of Wells Fargo’s or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations. For example, various retailers have reported they were victims of cyberattacks in which large amounts of their customers’ data, including debit and credit card information, was obtained. In these situations, we generally incur costs to replace compromised cards and address fraudulent transaction activity affecting our customers. We also continue to be exposed to the risk that an employee or other person acting on behalf of the Company fails to comply with applicable policies and procedures and inappropriately circumvents information security controls for personal gain or other improper purposes. Due to the increasing interconnectedness and complexity of financial institutions and technology systems, an information security incident at a third party or a third party’s downstream service providers may increase the risk of loss or material impact to us or the financial industry as a whole. In addition, third parties (including their downstream service providers) on which we rely, including those that facilitate our business activities or to which we outsource operations, such as internet, mobile technology, hardware, software, and cloud service providers, continue to be sources of information security risk to us. We could suffer material harm, including business disruptions, losses or remediation costs, reputational damage, legal or regulatory proceedings, or other adverse consequences as a result of the failure of those third parties to adequately or appropriately safeguard their technologies, systems, networks, hardware, or software, or as a result of our or our customers’ data being compromised due to information security incidents affecting those third parties. Furthermore, any indemnification from a third party or its downstream service providers may not be sufficient to address the impact on us of an information security incident at those third parties. Wells Fargo & Company 70 Our risk and exposure to information security threats remains heightened because of, among other things, the persistent and evolving nature of these threats, the prominent size and scale of Wells Fargo and its role in the financial services industry, our plans to continue to implement our digital and mobile banking channel strategies and develop additional remote connectivity solutions to serve our customers when and how they want to be served, our geographic footprint and international presence, our use of third parties, the outsourcing of some of our business operations, and the current global economic and political environment. For example, Wells Fargo and other financial institutions, as well as our third-party service providers, continue to be the target of various evolving and adaptive information security threats, including cyberattacks, malware, ransomware, other malicious software intended to exploit hardware or software vulnerabilities, phishing, credential validation, and distributed denial-of-service, in an effort to disrupt the operations of financial institutions, test their cybersecurity capabilities, commit fraud, or obtain confidential, proprietary or other information. Cyberattacks have also focused on targeting online applications and services, such as online banking, as well as cloud-based and other products and services provided by third parties, and have targeted the infrastructure of the internet, causing the widespread unavailability of websites and degrading website performance. As a result, information security and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes and systems designed to protect our networks, computers, software and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a priority for Wells Fargo. We are also involved in industry cybersecurity efforts and working with other parties, including our third-party service providers and governmental agencies, to continue to enhance defenses and improve resiliency to information security threats. As these threats continue to evolve, we expect to continue to be required to expend significant resources to develop and enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities or incidents. Because the investigation of any information security breach is inherently unpredictable and would require time to complete, we may not be able to immediately identify, assess, or remediate the harm caused by the breach, which may further increase any associated costs and consequences. In addition, any actions we take to respond to an information security breach may themselves create a risk of system disruptions or security issues. Moreover, to the extent our insurance covers aspects of information security risk, such insurance may not be sufficient to cover all liabilities or losses associated with an information security breach. Cyberattacks or other information security incidents affecting us or third parties (including their downstream service providers) on which we rely, including those that facilitate our business activities or to which we outsource operations, or affecting the networks, systems or devices that our customers use to access our products and services, could result in business disruptions, loss of revenue or customers, legal or regulatory proceedings, compliance, remediation and other costs, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, reputational damage, or other adverse consequences, any of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. Our framework for managing risks may not be fully effective in mitigating risk and loss to us. Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss to us. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, report and analyze the types of risk to which we are subject, including liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk, operational risk, legal and compliance risk, and reputational risk, among others. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not appropriately anticipated, identified or managed. Our risk management framework is also dependent on ensuring that effective operational controls and an appropriate risk mindset exist throughout the Company. The inability to develop effective operational controls or to foster the appropriate culture throughout the Company, including the inability to align performance management and compensation to achieve the desired culture, could adversely impact the effectiveness of our risk management framework. Similarly, if we are unable to effectively manage our business or operations, we may be exposed to increased risks or unexpected losses. We process a large number of transactions each day and could continue to experience increased costs, regulatory investigations, or other adverse consequences if we do not accurately or completely execute a process or transaction, whether due to human error or otherwise; if we are unable to detect and prevent fraudulent activity; or if an employee or third-party service provider fails to comply with applicable policies and procedures, inappropriately circumvents controls, or engages in other misconduct. In certain instances, we rely on models to measure, monitor and predict risks, such as market, interest rate, liquidity and credit risks, as well as to help inform business decisions; however, there is no assurance that these models will appropriately or sufficiently capture all relevant risks or accurately predict future events or exposures. Furthermore, certain of our models are subject to regulatory review and approval, and any failure to meet regulatory standards or expectations could result in fines, penalties, restrictions on certain business activities, or other adverse consequences, and any required modifications or changes to these models can impact our capital ratios and requirements and result in increased operational and compliance costs. In addition, we rely on data to aggregate and assess our various risk exposures and business activities, and any issues with the quality or effectiveness of our data, including our aggregation, management, and validation procedures, could result in ineffective risk management practices, business decisions or customer service, inefficient use of resources, or inaccurate regulatory or other risk reporting. We also use artificial intelligence to help further inform or automate certain business decisions, operations, and risk management practices, as well as to improve our customer service, but there is no assurance that artificial intelligence will appropriately or sufficiently replicate certain outcomes or human assessment or accurately predict future events or exposures. For example, the algorithms or datasets underlying our artificial intelligence may be inaccurate or include other weaknesses that could result in deficient or biased data outputs or other unintended consequences. Accordingly, even though we may have controls, our use of artificial intelligence could result in ineffective business decisions, operations, risk management practices, or customer service, legal or regulatory proceedings, reputational harm, or other adverse effects on our business or financial results. Previous financial and credit crises and resulting regulatory reforms highlighted both the importance and some of the limitations of managing unanticipated risks, and our regulators remain focused on ensuring that financial institutions, and Wells Fargo in particular, maintain risk management policies and practices. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, Wells Fargo & Company 71 Risk Factors (continued) we could suffer unexpected losses which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. We may be exposed to additional legal or regulatory proceedings, costs, and other adverse consequences related to instances where customers may have experienced financial harm. We have identified and may in the future identify areas or instances where customers may have experienced financial harm, including as a result of our continuing efforts to strengthen our risk and control infrastructure. For example, we identified certain issues related to past practices involving certain automobile collateral protection insurance policies and certain issues related to the unused portion of guaranteed automobile protection waiver or insurance agreements. We also previously entered into settlements to resolve inquiries or investigations by various government entities and lawsuits by non-governmental parties arising out of certain retail sales practices of the Company. Negative publicity or public opinion resulting from instances where customers may have experienced financial harm may continue to increase the risk of reputational harm to our business. Similarly, the identification of areas or instances where customers may have experienced financial harm could lead to, and in some cases has already resulted in, significant remediation costs, loss of revenue or customers, legal or regulatory proceedings, compliance and other costs, or other adverse consequences. For additional information, see the “Overview – Customer Remediation Activities” section in this Report. We may incur fines, penalties, business restrictions, and other adverse consequences from regulatory violations or from any failure to meet regulatory standards or expectations. We maintain systems and procedures designed to ensure that we comply with applicable laws and regulations. However, we are subject to heightened compliance and regulatory oversight and expectations, particularly due to the evolving and increasingly complex regulatory landscape we operate in. We are also subject to consent orders and other regulatory actions that subject us to various conditions and restrictions. In addition, a single event or issue may give rise to numerous and overlapping investigations and proceedings, either by multiple federal and state agencies in the U.S. or by multiple regulators and other governmental entities in different jurisdictions. Also, the laws and regulations in jurisdictions in which we operate may be different or even conflict with each other, such as differences between U.S. federal and state law or differences between U.S. and non-U.S. laws as to the products and services we may offer or other business activities we may engage in, which can lead to compliance difficulties or issues. Additionally, regulatory or compliance issues at other financial institutions could result in regulatory scrutiny for us. We could also be subject to regulatory actions, including fines, penalties, business restrictions, or other adverse consequences, if we fail to obtain applicable licensing or registration in any jurisdiction in which we offer our products and services. Furthermore, many legal and regulatory regimes require us to report transactions and other information to regulators and other governmental authorities, self-regulatory organizations, exchanges, clearing houses and customers. We may be subject to fines, penalties, business restrictions, or other adverse consequences if we do not timely, completely, or accurately provide regulatory reports, customer notices, or disclosures. Moreover, some legal/regulatory frameworks provide for the imposition of fines, penalties, business restrictions, or other adverse consequences for noncompliance even though the noncompliance was inadvertent or unintentional and even though there were systems and procedures in place at the time designed to ensure compliance. For example, we are subject to regulations issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) that prohibit financial institutions from participating in the transfer of property belonging to the governments of certain non-U.S. countries and designated nationals of those countries. OFAC may impose fines, penalties, or restrictions on certain business activities for inadvertent or unintentional violations even if reasonable processes are in place to prevent the violations. Any violation of these or other applicable laws or regulatory requirements, even if inadvertent or unintentional, or any failure to meet regulatory standards or expectations, including any failure to satisfy the conditions of any consent orders or other regulatory actions, could result in significant fines, penalties, restrictions on certain business activities, negative impacts to our capital and liquidity, requirements to undergo significant changes to our business, operations, products and services, and risk management practices, reputational harm, loss of customers, or other adverse consequences. Furthermore, these consequences may escalate to the extent issues are not timely resolved or are repeated. Reputational harm, including as a result of our actual or alleged conduct or public opinion of the financial services industry generally, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business and has increased substantially because of our size and profile in the financial services industry and due to instances where customers may have experienced financial harm. Negative public opinion about the financial services industry generally or Wells Fargo specifically could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to keep and attract customers. Negative public opinion could result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including sales practices; mortgage, auto or other consumer lending practices; loan origination or servicing activities; mortgage foreclosure actions; management of client accounts or investments; lending, investing or other business relationships; identification and management of potential conflicts of interest from transactions, obligations and interests with and among our customers; environmental, social and governance practices; regulatory compliance; risk management; incentive compensation practices; human capital management; and disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection or improper use of customer information, and from actions taken by government regulators and community or other organizations in response to that conduct. Although we have policies and procedures in place intended to detect and prevent conduct by employees and third- party service providers that could potentially harm customers or our reputation, there is no assurance that such policies and procedures will be fully effective in preventing such conduct. Furthermore, our actual or perceived failure to address or prevent any such conduct or otherwise to effectively manage our business or operations could result in significant reputational harm. In addition, because we conduct most of our businesses under the “Wells Fargo” brand, negative public opinion about one business also could affect our other businesses. Moreover, actions by the financial services industry generally or by certain members or individuals in the industry also can adversely affect our reputation. The proliferation of social media websites utilized by Wells Fargo and other third parties, as well as the personal use of social media by our employees and others, including personal blogs and social network profiles, also may increase the risk that, or broaden the extent to which, negative, inappropriate or Wells Fargo & Company 72 unauthorized information may be posted or released publicly that could harm our reputation or have other negative consequences. Wells Fargo and other financial institutions have been targeted from time to time by protests and demonstrations, which have included disrupting the operation of our retail banking locations, and have been subject to negative public commentary, including with respect to certain business practices and the fees charged for various products and services. Wells Fargo and other financial institutions have also been subject to negative publicity as a result of providing or reducing financial services to or making investments in industries or organizations subject to stakeholder concerns. In addition, Wells Fargo and other financial institutions have faced criticism stemming from diverging views among stakeholders, including whether companies should focus more or less on a variety of activities or strategies such as those related to environmental, social and governance practices and sustainability. There can be no assurance that continued protests or negative public opinion or criticism of the Company specifically or large financial institutions generally will not harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. If we are unable to develop and execute effective business plans or strategies or manage change effectively, our competitive standing and results of operations could suffer. In order to advance our business goals, we may undertake business plans or strategies related to, among other things, our organizational structure, our compliance and risk management framework, our expenses and efficiency, the types of products and services we offer, the types of businesses we engage in, the geographies in which we operate, the manner in which we serve our clients and customers, the third parties with which we do business, and the methods and distribution channels by which we offer our products and services. Accomplishing these business plans or strategies may be complex, time intensive, require significant financial, technological, management and other resources, may divert management attention and resources away from other areas of the Company, and may impact our expenses and ability to generate revenue. There is no guarantee that any business plans or strategies, including our current efficiency initiatives, will ultimately be successful. To the extent we are unable to develop or execute effective business plans or strategies or manage change effectively, our competitive position, reputation, prospects for growth, and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, from time to time, we may decide to divest certain businesses or assets. Difficulties in executing a divestiture may cause us not to realize any expected cost savings or other benefits from the divestiture, or may result in higher than expected losses of employees or harm our ability to retain customers. The divestiture or winding down of certain businesses or assets may also result in the impairment of goodwill or other long-lived assets related to those businesses or assets, which could adversely affect our financial results. Similarly, we may explore opportunities to expand our products, services, and assets through strategic acquisitions of companies or businesses in the financial services industry. We generally must receive federal regulatory approvals before we can acquire a bank, bank holding company, or certain other financial services businesses. We cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. We might be required to sell banks, branches and/or business units or assets or issue additional equity as a condition to receiving regulatory approval for an acquisition. When we do announce an acquisition, our stock price may fall depending on the size of the acquisition, the type of business to be acquired, the purchase price, and the potential dilution to existing stockholders or our earnings per share if we issue common stock in connection with the acquisition. Furthermore, difficulty in integrating an acquired company or business may cause us not to realize expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and other projected benefits from the acquisition. The integration could result in higher than expected deposit attrition, loss of key employees, an increase in our compliance costs or risk profile, disruption of our business or the acquired business, or otherwise harm our ability to retain customers and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Time and resources spent on integration may also impair our ability to grow our existing businesses. Many of the foregoing risks may be increased if the acquired company or business operates internationally or in a geographic location where we do not already have significant business operations and/or employees. Our operations and business could be adversely affected by the impacts of climate change. The physical effects of climate change, including an increased prevalence and severity of extreme weather events and natural disasters, could damage or interfere with our operations or those of our third-party service providers, which could disrupt our business, increase our costs, or cause losses. Climate change related impacts could also negatively affect the financial condition of our customers, increase the credit risk associated with those customers, or result in the deterioration of the value of the collateral we hold. In addition, changes in consumer behavior or other market conditions on account of climate considerations or due to a transition to a low-carbon economy may adversely affect customers in certain industries, sectors or geographies, which may increase our credit risk and reduce the demand by these customers for our products and services. Furthermore, a transition to a low-carbon economy could result in additional costs or other adverse consequences to our business operations. Legislation and/or regulation in connection with climate change, as well as stakeholder perceptions and expectations related to climate change and its impacts, could require us to change certain of our business and/or risk management practices, impose additional costs on us, reduce our revenue or business opportunities, subject us to legal or regulatory proceedings, or otherwise adversely affect our operations and business. Additionally, climate-related data, methodologies, and models may be subject to measurement uncertainties or other limitations, or may be available only from third parties, which can make them difficult to obtain, validate, or analyze, impact the effectiveness of our related models, projections, strategies, and decisions, or result in legal actions or other adverse consequences. Moreover, our reputation may be damaged and we may lose business opportunities as a result of our approach to climate change, including if we are unable or perceived to be unable to achieve our objectives or realize any anticipated benefits, or if our approach is disliked or perceived to be ineffective or insufficient. Similarly, any perceived overstatement or mislabeling of the environmental benefits of our products, services or activities may subject us to legal actions, reputational harm, or other adverse consequences. For additional information on regulatory developments related to climate change and sustainability, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in our 2024 Form 10-K. Wells Fargo & Company 73 Risk Factors (continued) We are exposed to potential financial loss or other adverse consequences from legal actions. Wells Fargo and some of its subsidiaries are involved in judicial, regulatory, governmental, arbitration, and other proceedings or investigations concerning matters arising from the conduct of our business activities, and many of those proceedings and investigations expose Wells Fargo to potential financial loss or other adverse consequences. There can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of any of these legal actions. We establish accruals for legal actions when potential losses associated with the actions become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. We may still incur costs for a legal action even if we have not established an accrual. In addition, the actual cost of resolving a legal action may be substantially higher than any amounts accrued for that action. The ultimate resolution of a pending legal action, depending on the remedy sought and granted, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. As noted above, we are subject to heightened regulatory oversight and scrutiny, which may lead to regulatory investigations, proceedings or enforcement actions. In addition to imposing potentially significant fines, penalties, business restrictions, and other adverse consequences, regulatory authorities may require criminal pleas or other admissions of wrongdoing and compliance with other conditions in connection with settling such matters, which can lead to reputational harm, loss of customers, restrictions on the ability to access capital markets, limitations on capital distributions, the inability to engage in certain business activities or offer certain products or services, and/or other direct and indirect adverse effects. For additional information, see Note 13 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report. MORTGAGE BUSINESS RISKS Our mortgage banking revenue can be volatile from quarter to quarter, including from the impact of changes in interest rates, and we rely on the GSEs to purchase our conforming loans to reduce our credit risk and provide liquidity to fund new mortgage loans. Changes in interest rates can affect noninterest income in our mortgage business, as well as the fair value of our MSRs. When rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans usually tends to fall, reducing the revenue we receive from loan originations. Under the same conditions, revenue from our MSRs usually tends to increase due to a decline in the likelihood of prepayments, which increases the fair value of our MSRs. When rates fall, mortgage originations usually tend to increase and the value of our MSRs usually tends to decline, also with some offsetting revenue effect. Even though changes in interest rates can cause this offsetting effect, the effect is not perfect, either in amount or timing. We rely on the GSEs to purchase mortgage loans that meet their conforming loan requirements and on government insuring agencies, such as the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), to insure or guarantee loans that meet their policy requirements. If the GSEs or government insuring agencies were to limit or reduce their purchasing, insuring or guaranteeing of loans, our ability to fund, and thus originate, new mortgage loans, could be reduced. We cannot assure that the GSEs or government insuring agencies will not materially limit their purchases, insuring or guaranteeing of conforming loans or change their criteria for what constitutes a conforming loan. Similarly, there have been various proposals to reform the housing finance market in the U.S., including the role of the GSEs, which, depending on any ultimate reforms enacted, could have an adverse impact on our mortgage banking business. In addition, to meet customer needs, we also originate loans that do not conform to either the GSEs’ or government insuring agencies’ standards, which are generally retained on our balance sheet and therefore do not generate sale proceeds that could be used to originate new loans. For additional information, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” and “Critical Accounting Policies – Fair Value Measurements” sections in this Report. We may suffer losses, penalties, or other adverse consequences if we fail to satisfy our obligations with respect to the residential mortgage loans or other assets we originate or service. For residential mortgage loans that we originate, we could become subject to monetary damages and other civil penalties, including the loss of certain contractual payments or the inability to exercise certain remedies under the loans such as foreclosure proceedings, if it is alleged or determined that the loans were not originated in accordance with applicable laws or regulations. Additionally, for residential mortgage loans that we originate and sell, we may be required to repurchase the loans or indemnify or reimburse the securitization trust, investor or insurer for credit losses incurred on loans in the event of a breach of contractual representations or warranties in the agreements under which we sell the loans or in the insurance or guaranty agreements that we enter into with the FHA and VA. If economic conditions or the housing market worsen, we could have increased repurchase obligations and increased loss severity on repurchases. We may also have repurchase or other obligations to the extent we originate and securitize other assets, such as credit card loans. Furthermore, if we fail to satisfy our servicing obligations for the mortgage loans we service, we may be terminated as servicer or master servicer, required to indemnify the securitization trustee against losses, and/or contractually obligated to repurchase a mortgage loan or reimburse investors for credit losses, any of which could significantly reduce our net servicing income. We may also incur costs, liabilities to borrowers and/or securitization investors, legal actions, or other adverse consequences if we fail to meet our servicing obligations, including our obligations with respect to mortgage foreclosure actions or if we experience delays in the foreclosure process. Our mortgage banking revenue may be negatively affected to the extent our servicing costs increase because of higher foreclosure or other servicing related costs. In addition, we may continue to be subject to fines, penalties, business restrictions, reputational harm, and other adverse consequences as a result of actual or perceived deficiencies in our mortgage servicing practices, including with respect to our compliance with existing consent order requirements, our foreclosure practices, our loss mitigation activities such as loan modifications or forbearances, or our servicing of flood zone properties. We may also face risks, including regulatory, compliance, and market risks, as we pursue our previously announced plans to reduce the amount of residential mortgage loans we service. For additional information, see the “Overview,” “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Activities,” and “Critical Accounting Policies – Fair Value Measurements” sections and Note 13 (Legal Actions) and Note 17 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report. Wells Fargo & Company 74 COMPETITIVE RISKS We face significant and increasing competition in the rapidly evolving financial services industry. We compete with other financial institutions in a highly competitive industry that is undergoing significant changes as a result of financial regulatory reform, technological advances, increased public scrutiny, and economic conditions. Our success depends on, among other things, our ability to develop and maintain deep and enduring relationships with our customers based on the quality of our customer service, the wide variety of products and services that we can offer our customers and the ability of those products and services to satisfy our customers’ needs and preferences, the pricing of our products and services, the extensive distribution channels available for our customers, our innovation, and our reputation. Continued or increased competition in any one or all of these areas may negatively affect our customer relationships, market share and results of operations and/or cause us to increase our capital investment in our businesses in order to remain competitive. In addition, our ability to reposition or reprice our products and services from time to time may be limited and could be influenced significantly by the economic, regulatory and political environment for large financial institutions as well as by the actions of our competitors. Furthermore, any changes in the types of products and services that we offer our customers and/or the pricing for those products and services could result in a loss of customer relationships and market share and could materially adversely affect our results of operations. For example, if we are unable to successfully process payments or wire transfers as a result of technological, operational, or other reasons, this could potentially result in payment settlement delays or customer dissatisfaction, which may lead to remediation and other costs, a loss of customers, or other adverse consequences. Continued technological advances and the growth of e-commerce have made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer products and services that traditionally were banking products, and for financial institutions and other companies to provide electronic and internet-based financial solutions, including electronic securities trading, lending and payment solutions. In addition, technological advances, including digital currencies and alternative payment methods, may diminish the importance of depository institutions and other financial intermediaries in the transfer of funds between parties. Furthermore, technological advances, such as artificial intelligence, and other innovations may be leveraged by competitors to improve their products and services, efficiencies, operations, and customer service. We may not respond effectively to these and other competitive threats from existing and new competitors and may be forced to offer products and services at lower prices, increase our investment in our business to modify or adapt our existing products and services, and/or develop new products and services to respond to our customers’ needs and preferences. Moreover, we may face more difficulty responding to competitive threats if our competitors, including non-depository institutions, are subject to fewer regulatory requirements than us. To the extent we are not successful in developing and introducing new products and services or responding or adapting to the competitive landscape or to changes in customer preferences, we may lose customer relationships and our growth prospects and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. Our ability to attract and retain qualified employees is critical to the success of our business and failure to do so could adversely affect our business performance, competitive position and future prospects. The success of Wells Fargo is heavily dependent on the talents and efforts of our employees, including our senior leaders, and in many areas of our business, including commercial banking, brokerage, investment advisory, capital markets, risk management, and technology, the competition for highly qualified personnel is intense. We also seek to retain a pipeline of employees to provide continuity of succession for our senior leadership positions. In order to attract and retain highly qualified employees, we must provide competitive compensation, benefits and work arrangements, and effectively manage employee performance and development. Furthermore, to the extent our regulators impose restrictions on our compensation practices, our ability to attract and retain these qualified employees may be adversely affected, especially if our competitors are not subject to the same restrictions. Similarly, union organizing activity, some of which has been successful, could continue to increase our operational complexity and costs. In addition, our response to this activity could be perceived negatively and harm our reputation and business, subject us to legal actions, or adversely affect our ability to attract and retain qualified employees. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain qualified employees, including successors for senior leadership positions, our business performance, competitive position and future prospects may be adversely affected. FINANCIAL REPORTING RISKS Changes in accounting standards, and changes in how accounting standards are interpreted or applied, could materially affect our financial results and condition. From time to time the FASB and the SEC update the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our external financial statements. In addition, those who set and interpret accounting standards (such as the FASB, SEC, and banking regulators) may update their previous interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. Changes in financial accounting and reporting standards and changes in current interpretations are typically beyond our control, can be hard to predict, and could materially affect our financial results and condition, including requiring a retrospective restatement of prior period financial statements. Similarly, any change in our accounting policies could also materially affect our financial statements. For additional information, see the “Current Accounting Developments” section in this Report. Our financial statements require certain assumptions, judgments, and estimates and rely on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Pursuant to U.S. GAAP, we are required to use certain assumptions, judgments, and estimates in preparing our financial statements, including, among other items, in determining the allowance for credit losses, fair value measurements, and goodwill impairment. Several of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective, and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. If the assumptions, judgments, or estimates underlying our financial results are incorrect or different from actual results, we could experience unexpected losses or other adverse impacts, some of which could be significant. For a description of our critical accounting policies, see the “Critical Accounting Policies” section in this Report. Wells Fargo & Company 75 Risk Factors (continued) The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley) requires our management to evaluate the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting and requires our auditors to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting. We are required to disclose, in our annual report on Form 10-K, the existence of any “material weaknesses” in our internal controls. We cannot assure that we will not identify one or more material weaknesses as of the end of any given quarter or year, nor can we predict the effect on our reputation or stock price of disclosure of a material weakness. We could also be required to devote significant resources to remediate any material weakness. In addition, our customers may rely on the effectiveness of certain of our operational and internal controls as a service provider, and any deficiency in those controls could affect our customers and damage our reputation or business. Sarbanes-Oxley also limits the types of non-audit services our outside auditors may provide to us in order to preserve their independence from us. If our auditors were found not to be independent of us, we could be required to engage new auditors and re-file financial statements and audit reports with the SEC. We could be out of compliance with SEC rules until new financial statements and audit reports were filed, limiting our ability to raise capital and resulting in other adverse consequences. * * * Any factor described in this Report or in any of our other SEC filings could by itself, or together with other factors, adversely affect our financial results and condition. Refer to our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC in 2025 for material changes to the above discussion of risk factors. There are factors not discussed above or elsewhere in this Report that could adversely affect our financial results and condition. Wells Fargo & Company 76 Controls and Procedures Disclosure Controls and Procedures The Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness, as of December 31, 2024, of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2024. Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and includes those policies and procedures that: • pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company; • provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and • provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. No change occurred during fourth quarter 2024 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is set forth below and should be read with these limitations in mind. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management concluded that as of December 31, 2024, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective. KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s financial statements included in this Annual Report, issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. KPMG’s audit report appears on the following page. Wells Fargo & Company 77 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and Board of Directors Wells Fargo & Company: Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting We have audited Wells Fargo & Company and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statement of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 25, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Charlotte, North Carolina February 25, 2025 Wells Fargo & Company 78 Financial Statements Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statement of Income Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share amounts) 2024 2023 2022 Interest income Debt securities $ 18,042 16,108 11,781 Loans held for sale 491 363 513 Loans 57,895 57,155 37,715 Equity securities 677 682 707 Other interest income 13,672 10,810 3,308 Total interest income 90,777 85,118 54,024 Interest expense Deposits 24,282 16,503 2,349 Short-term borrowings 5,311 3,848 582 Long-term debt 12,463 11,572 5,505 Other interest expense 1,045 820 638 Total interest expense 43,101 32,743 9,074 Net interest income 47,676 52,375 44,950 Noninterest income Deposit and lending-related fees 6,515 6,140 6,713 Investment advisory and other asset-based fees 9,775 8,670 9,004 Commissions and brokerage services fees 2,521 2,375 2,242 Investment banking fees 2,665 1,649 1,439 Card fees 4,342 4,256 4,355 Mortgage banking 1,047 829 1,383 Net gains from trading and securities 5,434 4,368 1,461 Other 2,321 1,935 2,821 Total noninterest income 34,620 30,222 29,418 Total revenue 82,296 82,597 74,368 Provision for credit losses 4,334 5,399 1,534 Noninterest expense Personnel 35,729 35,829 34,340 Technology, telecommunications and equipment 4,583 3,920 3,375 Occupancy 3,052 2,884 2,881 Operating losses 1,757 1,183 6,984 Professional and outside services 4,607 5,085 5,188 Advertising and promotion 869 812 505 Other 4,001 5,849 3,932 Total noninterest expense 54,598 55,562 57,205 Income before income tax expense 23,364 21,636 15,629 Income tax expense 3,399 2,607 2,251 Net income before noncontrolling interests 19,965 19,029 13,378 Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests 243 (113) (299) Wells Fargo net income $ 19,722 19,142 13,677 Less: Preferred stock dividends and other 1,116 1,160 1,115 Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock $ 18,606 17,982 12,562 Per share information Earnings per common share $ 5.43 4.88 3.30 Diluted earnings per common share 5.37 4.83 3.27 Average common shares outstanding 3,426.1 3,688.3 3,805.2 Diluted average common shares outstanding 3,467.6 3,720.4 3,837.0 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. Wells Fargo & Company 79 Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Net income before noncontrolling interests $ 19,965 19,029 13,378 Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax: Net change in debt securities (292) 1,271 (10,500) Net change in derivatives and hedging activities (268) 411 (1,090) Defined benefit plans adjustments 160 68 154 Other (196) 34 (178) Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax (596) 1,784 (11,614) Total comprehensive income before noncontrolling interests 19,369 20,813 1,764 Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests — 2 2 Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests 243 (113) (299) Wells Fargo comprehensive income $ 19,126 20,924 2,061 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. Wells Fargo & Company 80 Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries Consolidated Balance Sheet (in millions, except shares) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Assets Cash and due from banks $ 37,080 33,026 Interest-earning deposits with banks 166,281 204,193 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements 105,330 80,456 Debt securities: Trading, at fair value (includes assets pledged as collateral of $86,142 and $62,537) 121,205 97,302 Available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $170,607 and $137,155, and includes assets pledged as collateral of $3,078 and $5,055) 162,978 130,448 Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value $193,779 and $227,316) 234,948 262,708 Loans held for sale (includes $4,713 and $2,892 carried at fair value) 6,260 4,936 Loans 912,745 936,682 Allowance for loan losses (14,183) (14,606) Net loans 898,562 922,076 Mortgage servicing rights (includes $6,844 and $7,468 carried at fair value) 7,779 8,508 Premises and equipment, net 10,297 9,266 Goodwill 25,167 25,175 Derivative assets 20,012 18,223 Equity securities (includes $22,322 and $19,841 carried at fair value; and assets pledged as collateral of $9,774 and $2,683) 60,644 57,336 Other assets (includes $168 and $49 carried at fair value) 73,302 78,815 Total assets (1) $ 1,929,845 1,932,468 Liabilities Noninterest-bearing deposits $ 383,616 360,279 Interest-bearing deposits (includes $318 and $1,297 carried at fair value) 988,188 997,894 Total deposits 1,371,804 1,358,173 Short-term borrowings (includes $266 and $219 carried at fair value) 108,806 89,559 Derivative liabilities 16,335 18,495 Accrued expenses and other liabilities (includes $28,530 and $25,335 carried at fair value) 78,756 71,210 Long-term debt (includes $3,495 and $2,308 carried at fair value) 173,078 207,588 Total liabilities (2) 1,748,779 1,745,025 Equity Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity: Preferred stock – aggregate liquidation preference of $19,376 and $20,216 18,608 19,448 Common stock – $1-2/3 par value, authorized 9,000,000,000 shares; issued 5,481,811,474 shares 9,136 9,136 Additional paid-in capital 60,817 60,555 Retained earnings 214,198 201,136 Accumulated other comprehensive loss (12,176) (11,580) Treasury stock, at cost – 2,192,867,645 shares and 1,882,948,892 shares (111,463) (92,960) Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity 179,120 185,735 Noncontrolling interests 1,946 1,708 Total equity 181,066 187,443 Total liabilities and equity $ 1,929,845 1,932,468 (1) Our consolidated assets at December 31 2024 and 2023, include the following assets of certain variable interest entities (VIEs) that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs: Loans, $11.2 billion and $4.9 billion; all other assets, $671 million and $435 million; and Total assets, $11.9 billion and $5.3 billion, respectively. (2) Our consolidated liabilities at December 31, 2024 and 2023, include the following VIE liabilities for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo: Long-term debt, $2.2 billion and $0; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $124 million and $115 million; and Total liabilities $2.4 billion and $115 million, respectively. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. Wells Fargo & Company 81 Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Preferred stock Balance, beginning of period $ 19,448 19,448 20,057 Preferred stock issued 2,000 1,725 — Preferred stock redeemed (2,840) (1,725) (609) Balance, end of period $ 18,608 19,448 19,448 Common stock Balance, beginning of period and end of period $ 9,136 9,136 9,136 Additional paid-in capital Balance, beginning of period $ 60,555 60,319 60,196 Stock-based compensation 1,281 1,122 1,002 Stock issued for employee plans, net (1,162) (986) (900) Other 143 100 21 Balance, end of period $ 60,817 60,555 60,319 Retained earnings Balance, beginning of period $ 201,136 187,968 180,146 Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (1) (158) 323 — Balance, beginning of period, adjusted 200,978 188,291 180,146 Net income 19,722 19,142 13,677 Common stock dividends (5,243) (4,879) (4,243) Preferred stock dividends (1,099) (1,141) (1,115) Other (160) (277) (497) Balance, end of period $ 214,198 201,136 187,968 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) Balance, beginning of period $ (11,580) (13,362) (1,746) Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax (596) 1,782 (11,616) Balance, end of period $ (12,176) (11,580) (13,362) Treasury stock Balance, beginning of period $ (92,960) (82,853) (79,757) Common stock issued 1,110 1,892 2,181 Common stock repurchased (19,630) (11,954) (6,033) Common stock issued to ESOP — — 747 Other 17 (45) 9 Balance, end of period $ (111,463) (92,960) (82,853) Unearned ESOP shares Balance, beginning of period $ — (429) (646) ESOP Preferred stock redeemed — — 646 Common stock issued to ESOP — — (618) Common stock released by ESOP — 429 189 Balance, end of period $ — — (429) Noncontrolling interests Balance, beginning of period $ 1,708 1,986 2,503 Net income (loss) 243 (113) (299) Other comprehensive income — 2 2 Other (5) (167) (220) Balance, end of period $ 1,946 1,708 1,986 Total equity $ 181,066 187,443 182,213 (1) Effective January 1, 2024, we adopted ASU 2023-02 – Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). Effective January 1, 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 82 Wells Fargo & Company Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Cash flows from operating activities: Net income before noncontrolling interests $ 19,965 19,029 13,378 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Provision for credit losses 4,334 5,399 1,534 Changes in fair value of MSRs and LHFS carried at fair value 265 851 (1,326) Depreciation, amortization and accretion 7,558 6,271 6,832 Deferred income tax expense (benefit) (911) (50) 1,239 Other, net (1,737) 7,149 (14,524) Originations and purchases of loans held for sale (37,992) (30,365) (74,910) Proceeds from sales of and paydowns on loans originally classified as held for sale 31,824 26,793 65,418 Net change in: Debt and equity securities, held for trading (20,491) 3,349 31,579 Derivative assets and liabilities (3,794) 4,155 7,850 Other assets 3,192 (6,838) (9,162) Other accrued expenses and liabilities 822 4,615 (860) Net cash provided by operating activities 3,035 40,358 27,048 Cash flows from investing activities: Net change in: Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (27,022) (12,729) (704) Available-for-sale debt securities: Proceeds from sales 27,901 14,651 16,895 Paydowns and maturities 34,331 14,872 19,791 Purchases (95,464) (26,051) (40,104) Held-to-maturity debt securities: Paydowns and maturities 27,896 18,372 27,666 Purchases — (4,225) (2,360) Equity securities, not held for trading: Proceeds from sales and capital returns 3,812 2,244 4,326 Purchases (8,363) (5,811) (6,984) Loans: Loans originated, net of principal collected 18,663 11,691 (73,512) Proceeds from sales of loans originally classified as held for investment 3,631 4,275 12,446 Purchases of loans (843) (1,637) (741) Other, net (193) 391 805 Net cash provided (used) by investing activities (15,651) 16,043 (42,476) Cash flows from financing activities: Net change in: Deposits 13,631 (25,812) (98,494) Short-term borrowings 18,710 38,414 16,564 Long-term debt: Proceeds from issuance 29,014 49,071 53,737 Repayment (55,582) (22,886) (19,587) Preferred stock: Proceeds from issuance 1,997 1,722 — Redeemed (2,840) (1,725) — Cash dividends paid (1,099) (1,141) (1,115) Common stock: Repurchased (19,448) (11,851) (6,033) Cash dividends paid (5,133) (4,789) (4,178) Other, net (784) (509) (539) Net cash provided (used) by financing activities (21,534) 20,494 (59,645) Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash (34,150) 76,895 (75,073) Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period (1) 236,052 159,157 234,230 Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period (1) $ 201,902 236,052 159,157 Supplemental cash flow disclosures: Cash paid for interest $ 43,619 30,431 8,289 Net cash paid (refunded) for income taxes 1,664 (1,786) 3,376 Significant non-cash activities: Transfers from available-for-sale debt securities to held-to-maturity debt securities — 3,687 50,132 Transfers from held-to-maturity debt securities to available-for-sale debt securities — 23,919 — Transfers from loans to loans held for sale 626 1,920 6,586 Reclassification of long-term debt to accrued expenses and other liabilities (2) 4,927 — — (1) Includes Cash and due from banks and Interest-earning deposits with banks on our consolidated balance sheet and excludes time deposits, which are included in Interest-earning deposits with banks. (2) Effective January 1, 2024, we reclassified unfunded commitment liabilities for affordable housing investments in connection with the adoption of ASU 2023-02. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. Wells Fargo & Company 83 Notes to Financial Statements See the “Glossary of Acronyms” at the end of this Report for terms used throughout the Financial Statements and related Notes. Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Wells Fargo & Company is a leading financial services company. We provide a diversified set of banking, investment and mortgage products and services, as well as consumer and commercial finance, to individuals, businesses and institutions throughout the U.S., and in countries outside the U.S. When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). Wells Fargo & Company (the Parent) is a financial holding company and a bank holding company. Our accounting and reporting policies conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and practices in the financial services industry. To prepare the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management must make estimates based on assumptions about future economic and market conditions (for example, unemployment, market liquidity, real estate prices, etc.) that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, income and expenses during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Management has made significant estimates in several areas, including: • allowance for credit losses (Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) and Note 3 (Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities)); • fair value measurements (Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) and Note 15 (Fair Value Measurements)); • liability for legal actions (Note 13 (Legal Actions)); • income taxes; and • goodwill impairment (Note 7 (Intangible Assets and Other Assets)). Actual results could differ from those estimates. Accounting Standards Adopted in 2024 In 2024, we adopted the following new accounting guidance: • Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2023-02, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method • ASU 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions • ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures ASU 2023-02 expands the use of the proportional amortization method of accounting for tax credit investments, which previously was limited to affordable housing investments that generate low-income housing tax credits. Upon adoption of the Update, an entity may elect to account for equity investments that generate income tax credits and benefits using the proportional amortization method if certain eligibility criteria are met. The proportional amortization method amortizes the cost of a tax credit investment in proportion to the income tax credits and income tax benefits received. The amortization and related income tax credits and benefits are recorded on a net basis within income tax expense. The cost of an investment includes unfunded commitments that are either legally binding or contingent but probable of funding. Such unfunded commitments are not recognized under other methods of accounting. We adopted the Update on January 1, 2024, on a modified retrospective basis with a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings. Upon adoption, we elected to account for eligible investments in our renewable energy tax credit portfolio using the proportional amortization method. These investments were previously accounted for using the equity method. We also elected to continue use of the proportional amortization method to account for our affordable housing investments. In addition, we elected to classify liabilities recognized for unfunded commitments related to proportional amortization method investments in accrued expenses and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet, including a change to unfunded commitments for affordable housing investments that were previously included in long-term debt. Prior period amounts were not impacted by these accounting changes. Table 1.1 presents the transition adjustments recorded upon the adoption of ASU 2023-02 as of January 1, 2024. Table 1.1: Transition Adjustment of ASU 2023-02 (in millions) Dec 31, 2023 Transition adjustment upon adoption Jan 1, 2024 Selected Balance Sheet Data Equity securities $ 57,336 1,700 59,036 Other assets 78,815 548 79,363 Accrued expenses and other liabilities 71,210 7,333 78,543 Long-term debt 207,588 (4,927) 202,661 Retained earnings 201,136 (158) 200,978 84 Wells Fargo & Company ASU 2022-03 clarifies the guidance regarding the measurement of fair value of equity securities subject to contractual restrictions that prohibit the sale of the security. Specifically, that such restrictions are not part of the unit of account of the security and therefore are not considered when measuring fair value. We adopted the Update on January 1, 2024, on a prospective basis. The Update did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements. ASU 2023-07 expands the disclosures about a public entity’s reportable segments, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. Specifically, the Update requires a public entity to disclose, on an interim and annual basis, its significant expense categories and amounts for each reportable segment that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM) and included in each reported measure of a segment’s profit or loss. The Update requires a public entity to disclose the title and position of the individual or the name of the group or committee identified as the CODM and disclose how the CODM uses each reported measure of segment profit or loss to assess performance and allocate resources. The Update also amends current guidance by permitting a public entity to report multiple measures of a segment’s profit or loss and clarifies that single reportable segment entities are subject to Topic 280 in its entirety. Additionally, the Update expands the current interim disclosure requirements to require that nearly all of the annual segment disclosures also be made on an interim basis. We adopted the Update on December 31, 2024, on a retrospective basis and accordingly, have recast our prior period segment reporting disclosures as of the earliest period presented to conform to the current period presentation. Consolidation Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Parent and our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling financial interest. When our consolidated subsidiaries follow specialized industry accounting, that accounting is retained in consolidation. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. We are also a variable interest holder in certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or where the entity does not have enough equity at risk to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties (collectively referred to as variable interest entities (VIEs)). Our variable interest arises from contractual, ownership or other monetary interests in the entity, which change with fluctuations in the fair value of the entity’s net assets. We consolidate a VIE if we are the primary beneficiary, which is when we have both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the VIE. To determine whether or not a variable interest we hold could potentially be significant to the VIE, we consider both qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size and form of our involvement with the VIE. We assess whether or not we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis. When we have significant influence over operating and financing decisions for a company but do not own a majority of the voting equity interests, we account for the investment using the equity method of accounting, which requires us to recognize our proportionate share of the company’s earnings. If we do not have significant influence, we account for the equity security under the fair value method, cost method or measurement alternative. Noncontrolling interests represent the portion of net income and equity attributable to third-party owners of consolidated subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned by Wells Fargo. Substantially all of our noncontrolling interests relate to our affiliated venture capital businesses. Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash are included in cash and due from banks and interest-earning deposits from banks on our consolidated balance sheet. Amounts include cash on hand, cash items in transit, and amounts due from or held with other depository institutions. See Note 26 (Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions) for additional information on the restrictions on cash and cash equivalents. Trading Activities We engage in trading activities to accommodate the investment and risk management activities of our customers. These activities predominantly occur in our Corporate and Investment Banking reportable operating segment. Trading assets and liabilities include debt securities, equity securities, loans held for sale, derivatives, structured debt liabilities, and short sales, which are reported within our consolidated balance sheet based on the accounting classification of the instrument. In addition, certain instruments that we have elected to account for under the fair value method, such as debt securities that are held for investment purposes and structured debt liabilities, are classified as trading. Our trading assets and liabilities are carried on our consolidated balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net gains from trading and securities within noninterest income. Interest income and interest expense are recognized in net interest income. Customer accommodation trading activities include our actions as an intermediary to buy and sell financial instruments and market-making activities. We also take positions to manage our exposure to customer accommodation activities. We hold financial instruments for trading in long positions, as well as short positions, to facilitate our trading activities. As an intermediary, we interact with market buyers and sellers to facilitate the purchase and sale of financial instruments to meet the anticipated or current needs of our customers. For example, we may purchase or sell a derivative to a customer who wants to manage interest rate risk exposure. We typically enter into an offsetting derivative or security position to manage our exposure to the customer transaction. We earn income based on the transaction price difference between the customer transaction and the offsetting position, which is reflected in earnings where the fair value changes and related interest income and expense of the positions are recorded. Our market-making activities include taking long and short trading positions to facilitate customer order flow. These activities are typically executed on a short-term basis. As a market-maker we earn income due to: (1) the difference between the price paid or received for the purchase and sale of the security (bid-ask spread), (2) the net interest income of the positions, and (3) the changes in fair value of the trading positions held on our consolidated balance sheet. Additionally, we may enter into separate derivative or security positions to manage our exposure related to our long and short trading positions taken in our market-making activities. Income earned on these market-making activities are reflected in earnings where the fair value changes and related interest income and expense of the positions are recorded. Wells Fargo & Company 85 Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities Our investments in debt securities that are not held for trading purposes are classified as either available-for-sale (AFS) or held- to-maturity (HTM). Investments in debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as HTM. HTM debt securities are recognized at amortized cost, net of the allowance for credit losses (ACL). Our remaining investments in debt securities not held for trading purposes are classified as AFS. AFS debt securities are recognized at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income (OCI). Unrealized gains and losses reported in OCI are based on the difference between amortized cost and fair value, net of the ACL and applicable income taxes. For both AFS and HTM debt securities, amortized cost is the unpaid principal amount, net of unamortized basis adjustments. Basis adjustments may include purchase premiums or discounts, fair value hedge accounting basis adjustments, fair value write- downs related to recognition of intent or required to sell impairment losses, and charge-offs or recoveries of amounts deemed uncollectible. Accrued interest receivable is not included in the amortized cost. See Note 3 (Available-for-Sale and Held- to-Maturity Debt Securities) for additional information. INTEREST INCOME AND GAIN/LOSS RECOGNITION. Unamortized premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income over the contractual life of the security using the effective interest method, except for purchased callable debt securities carried at a premium. For purchased callable debt securities carried at a premium, the premium is amortized into interest income to the next call date using the effective interest method. As principal repayments are received on securities (e.g., mortgage-backed securities (MBS)), a proportionate amount of the related premium or discount is recognized in income such that the effective interest rate on the remaining portion of the security continues unchanged. We recognize realized gains and losses on the sale of debt securities in net gains from trading and securities within noninterest income using the specific identification method. IMPAIRMENT AND CREDIT LOSSES. Unrealized losses on AFS debt securities are driven by a number of factors, including changes in interest rates and credit spreads which impact most types of debt securities, and prepayment rates which impact MBS and collateralized loan obligations (CLO). Additional considerations for certain types of AFS debt securities include: • Debt securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies, including federal agency MBS, are not impacted by credit movements given the explicit or implicit guarantees provided by the U.S. government. • Debt securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions are most impacted by changes in the relationship between municipal and term funding credit curves rather than by changes in the credit quality of the underlying securities. • Structured securities, such as MBS and CLO, are also impacted by changes in projected collateral losses of assets underlying the security. For AFS debt securities where fair value is less than amortized cost basis, we recognize impairment in earnings if we have the intent to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. Impairment is recognized in net gains on trading and securities within noninterest income equal to the difference between the amortized cost basis, net of ACL, and the fair value of the AFS debt security. Following the recognition of this impairment, the AFS debt security’s new amortized cost basis is fair value. For AFS debt securities where fair value is less than amortized cost basis where we did not recognize impairment in earnings, we record an ACL as of the balance sheet date to the extent unrealized loss is due to credit losses. See the “Allowance for Credit Losses” section in this Note for our accounting policies relating to the ACL for debt securities, which also includes debt securities classified as HTM. TRANSFERS BETWEEN CATEGORIES OF DEBT SECURITIES. Transfers of debt securities from the AFS to HTM classification are recorded at fair value, and accordingly the amortized cost of the security transferred to HTM is adjusted to fair value. Unrealized gains or losses reported in AOCI at the transfer date are amortized into earnings over the same period as the unamortized premiums and discounts using the effective interest method. Any ACL previously recorded under the AFS debt security model is reversed and an ACL under the HTM debt security model is re-established. The reversal and re- establishment of the ACL are recorded in provision for credit losses. Transfers of debt securities from the HTM to AFS classification are recorded at fair value. The HTM amortized cost becomes the AFS amortized cost, and the debt security is remeasured at fair value with the unrealized gains and losses reported in OCI. Any ACL previously recorded under the HTM debt security model is reversed and an ACL under the AFS debt security model is re-established. The reversal and re- establishment of the ACL are recorded in provision expense. Transfers from HTM to AFS are only expected to occur under limited circumstances. NONACCRUAL AND PAST DUE, AND CHARGE-OFF POLICIES. We generally place debt securities on nonaccrual status using factors similar to those described for loans. When we place a debt security on nonaccrual status, we reverse the accrued unpaid interest receivable against interest income and suspend the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. If the ultimate collectability of the principal is in doubt on a nonaccrual debt security, any cash collected is first applied to reduce the security’s amortized cost basis to zero, followed by recovery of amounts previously charged off, and subsequently to interest income. Generally, we return a debt security to accrual status when all delinquent interest and principal become current under the contractual terms of the security and collectability of remaining principal and interest is no longer doubtful. Our debt securities are considered past due when contractually required principal or interest payments have not been made on the due dates. Our charge-off policy for debt securities is similar to our charge-off policy for commercial loans. Subsequent to charge- off, the debt security will be designated as nonaccrual and follow the process described above for any cash received. Collateralized Financing Agreements Resale and repurchase agreements, as well as securities borrowing and lending agreements, are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the acquisition or sale price plus accrued interest. We monitor the fair value of securities or other assets purchased and sold as well as the collateral pledged and received. Additional collateral is pledged or returned to maintain the appropriate collateral position for the transactions. These financing transactions do not Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 86 Wells Fargo & Company create material credit risk given the collateral provided and the related monitoring process. We include securities purchased under securities financing agreements in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements on our consolidated balance sheet. We include collateral other than securities purchased under resale agreements in loans on our consolidated balance sheet. We include securities sold under securities financing agreements in short-term borrowings on our consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, short-term borrowings were predominantly federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Assets and liabilities arising from collateralized financing transactions with a single counterparty are presented net on the balance sheet provided they meet certain criteria that permit balance sheet netting. See Note 18 (Securities Financing Activities) for additional information on our offsetting policy for collateralized financing transactions with securities collateral. Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale (LHFS) generally includes originated or purchased commercial and residential mortgage loans for sale in the securitization or whole loan market. Residential mortgage LHFS are accounted for at either fair value or the lower of cost or fair value (LOCOM) and may be measured on an individual or pool level basis. Commercial LHFS are generally accounted for at LOCOM, except for certain commercial LHFS in our trading business that are used in market-making activities where we have elected the fair value option. Commercial LHFS are generally measured on an individual basis. See Note 15 (Fair Value Measurements) for additional information regarding LHFS fair value measurements. As LHFS are measured at fair value or LOCOM, these loans do not have an allowance for loan losses and are not subject to our loan charge off policies. Gains and losses on residential and commercial mortgage LHFS are generally recorded in mortgage banking noninterest income. Gains and losses on trading LHFS are recognized in net gains from trading activities. Gains and losses on other LHFS are recognized in other noninterest income. Direct loan origination costs and fees for LHFS under the fair value option are recognized in earnings at origination. For LHFS recorded at LOCOM, direct loan origination costs and fees are deferred at origination and are recognized in earnings at time of sale. Interest income on LHFS is calculated based upon the note rate of the loan and is recorded in interest income. Interest rate lock commitments to originate mortgage LHFS are accounted for as derivatives and are measured at fair value. When a determination is made at the time of commitment to originate loans as held for investment, it is our intent to hold these loans to maturity or for the foreseeable future, subject to periodic review under our management evaluation processes, including corporate asset/liability management. If subsequent changes occur, including changes in interest rates, our business strategy, or other market conditions, we may change our intent to hold these loans. When management makes this determination, we immediately transfer these loans to the LHFS portfolio at LOCOM. Loans Loans are reported at amortized cost, reflecting their outstanding principal balances net of any unearned income, cumulative charge-offs, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Unearned income, deferred fees and costs, and discounts and premiums are amortized to interest income generally over the contractual life of the loan using the effective interest method. Loan commitment fees collected at closing are deferred and amortized to noninterest income on a straight-line basis over the commitment period if loan funding is unlikely. Upon funding, deferred loan commitment fees are amortized to interest income over the contractual life of the loan. Loans also include financing leases where we are the lessor (see the “Leasing Activity” section in this Note for our accounting policy for leases) and resale agreements involving collateral other than securities (see “Securities and Other Collateralized Financing Agreements” section in this Note for our accounting policy for other collateralized financing agreements). See Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) for additional information regarding our accounting for loans. NONACCRUAL AND PAST DUE LOANS. We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when: • the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain (generally based on an assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and the adequacy of collateral, if any), such as in bankruptcy or other circumstances; • they are 90 days (120 days with respect to residential mortgage loans) past due for interest or principal, unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection; • part of the principal balance has been charged off; or • for junior lien mortgage loans, we have evidence that the related first lien mortgage may be 120 days past due or in the process of foreclosure regardless of the junior lien delinquency status. Credit card loans are not placed on nonaccrual status, but are generally fully charged off when the loan reaches 180 days past due. When we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse the accrued unpaid interest receivable against interest income and suspend amortization of any net deferred fees. If the ultimate collectability of the recorded loan balance is in doubt on a nonaccrual loan, the cost recovery method is used and cash collected is applied to first reduce the carrying value of the loan to zero and then as a recovery of prior charge-offs. Otherwise, interest income may be recognized to the extent cash is received. Generally, we return a loan to accrual status when all delinquent interest and principal become current under the terms of the loan agreement and collectability of remaining principal and interest is no longer doubtful. We may re-underwrite modified loans at the time of a restructuring to determine if there is sufficient evidence of sustained repayment capacity based on the borrower’s financial strength, including documented income, debt to income ratios and other factors. If the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and the underwriting process shows the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will generally remain in accruing status. Loans will be placed on nonaccrual status and we may record a charge-off if the re-underwriting did not include an evaluation of the borrower’s ability to repay or we believe it is probable that principal and interest contractually due under the modified terms of the agreement will not be collectible. Modified loans that are placed on nonaccrual status will generally return to accrual status when repayment of principal and interest is reasonably assured and the borrower has demonstrated a sustained period of performance (generally six consecutive Wells Fargo & Company 87 months of payments, or equivalent, inclusive of payments made prior to a modification, if applicable). Our loans are considered past due when contractually required principal or interest payments have not been made on the due dates. LOAN CHARGE-OFF POLICIES. For commercial loans, we generally fully charge off or charge down to net realizable value (fair value of collateral, less estimated costs to sell) for loans secured by collateral when: • management judges the loan to be uncollectible; • repayment is deemed to be protracted beyond reasonable time frames; • the loan has been classified as a loss by either our internal loan review process or our banking regulatory agencies; • the customer has filed bankruptcy and the loss becomes evident owing to a lack of assets; • the loan is 180 days past due unless both well-secured and in the process of collection; or • the loan is probable of foreclosure, and we have received an appraisal of less than the recorded loan balance. For consumer loans, we fully charge off or charge down to net realizable value when deemed uncollectible due to bankruptcy or other factors, or no later than reaching a defined number of days past due, as follows: • Residential mortgage loans – We generally charge down to net realizable value when the loan is 180 days past due and fully charge-off when the loan exceeds extended delinquency dates. • Auto loans – We generally fully charge off when the loan is 120 days past due. • Credit card loans – We generally fully charge off when the loan is 180 days past due. • Unsecured loans – We generally fully charge off when the loan is 120 days past due. • Unsecured lines – We generally fully charge off when the loan is 180 days past due. • Other secured loans – We generally fully or partially charge down to net realizable value when the loan is 120 days past due. FORECLOSED ASSETS. Foreclosed assets obtained through our lending activities primarily include real estate and are included in other assets. Generally, loans have been written down to their net realizable value prior to foreclosure. Any further reduction to their net realizable value is recorded with a charge to the ACL at foreclosure. We allow up to 90 days after foreclosure to finalize determination of net realizable value. Thereafter, changes in net realizable value are recorded to noninterest expense. The net realizable value of these assets is reviewed and updated periodically depending on the type of property. Certain government-guaranteed mortgage loans upon foreclosure are included in accounts receivable in other assets. These receivables were loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and are measured based on the balance expected to be recovered from the FHA or VA. PURCHASED CREDIT DETERIORATED LOANS. Loans acquired that are of poor credit quality and with more than an insignificant evidence of credit deterioration since their origination or issuance are purchased credit deteriorated (PCD) loans. PCD loans are recorded at their purchase price plus an ACL estimated at the time of acquisition. Under this approach, there is no provision for credit losses recognized at acquisition; rather, there is a gross-up of the purchase price of the loan for the estimate of expected credit losses and a corresponding ACL recorded. Changes in estimates of expected credit losses after acquisition are recognized as provision for credit losses in subsequent periods. In general, interest income recognition for PCD loans is consistent with interest income recognition for similar non-PCD loans. Allowance for Credit Losses The ACL is management’s estimate of the current expected life- time credit losses in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments, at the balance sheet date, excluding loans and unfunded credit commitments carried at fair value or held for sale. Additionally, we maintain an ACL for AFS and HTM debt securities, other financing receivables measured at amortized cost, and other off-balance sheet credit exposures. While we attribute portions of the allowance to specific financial asset classes (loan and debt security portfolios), loan portfolio segments (commercial and consumer) or major security type, the entire ACL is available to absorb credit losses of the Company. Our ACL process involves procedures to appropriately consider the unique risk characteristics of our financial asset classes, portfolio segments, and major security types. For each loan portfolio segment and each major HTM debt security type, losses are estimated collectively for groups of loans or securities with similar risk characteristics. For loans and securities that do not share similar risk characteristics with other financial assets, the losses are estimated individually, which generally includes our nonperforming large commercial loans and non-accruing HTM debt securities. For AFS debt securities, losses are estimated at the individual security level. Our ACL amounts are influenced by a variety of factors, including changes in loan and debt security volumes, portfolio credit quality, and general economic conditions. General economic conditions are forecasted using economic variables which will create volatility as those variables change over time. See Table 1.2 for key economic variables used for our loan portfolios. Table 1.2: Key Economic Variables Loan Portfolio Key economic variables Total commercial • Gross domestic product • Commercial real estate asset prices, where applicable • Unemployment rate Residential mortgage • Home price index • Unemployment rate Other consumer (including credit card, auto, and other consumer) • Unemployment rate Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 88 Wells Fargo & Company Our approach for estimating expected life-time credit losses for loans and debt securities includes the following key components: • An initial loss forecast period of two years for all portfolio segments and classes of financing receivables and off- balance-sheet credit exposures. This period reflects management’s expectation of losses based on forward- looking economic scenarios over that time. We forecast multiple economic scenarios that generally include a base scenario with an optimistic (upside) and one or more pessimistic (downside) scenarios, which are weighted by management to estimate future credit losses. • Long-term average loss expectations estimated by reverting to the long-term average, on a linear basis, for each of the economic variables forecasted during the initial loss forecast period. These long-term averages are based on observations over multiple economic cycles. The reversion period, which may be up to two years, is assessed on a quarterly basis. • The remaining contractual term of a loan is adjusted for expected prepayments and certain expected extensions, renewals, or modifications. We extend the contractual term when we are not able to unconditionally cancel contractual renewals or extension options. Credit card loans have indeterminate maturities, which requires that we determine a contractual life by estimating the application of future payments to the outstanding loan amount. • For AFS debt securities and certain beneficial interests classified as HTM, we utilize DCF methods to measure the ACL, which incorporate expected credit losses using the conceptual components described above. For most HTM debt securities, the ACL is measured using an expected loss model, similar to the methodology used for loans. The ACL for financial assets held at amortized cost is a valuation account that is deducted from, or added to, the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected. When credit expectations change, the valuation account is adjusted with changes reported in provision for credit losses. If amounts previously charged off are subsequently expected to be collected, we may recognize a negative allowance, which is limited to the amount that was previously charged off. For financial assets with an ACL estimated using DCF methods, changes in the ACL due to the passage of time are recorded in interest income. The ACL for AFS debt securities reflects the amount of unrealized loss related to expected credit losses, limited by the amount that fair value is less than the amortized cost basis (fair value floor) and cannot have an associated negative allowance. For certain financial assets, such as residential real estate loans guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), an agency of the federal government, U. S. Treasury and Agency mortgage-backed debt securities and certain sovereign debt securities, the Company has not recognized an ACL as our expectation of loss is zero, based on historical losses and consideration of current and forecasted conditions. For financial assets that are collateral-dependent, we use the fair value of the collateral to measure the ACL. If we intend to sell the underlying collateral, we will measure the ACL based on the collateral’s net realizable value. In most situations, based on our charge-off policies, we will immediately write-down the financial asset to the fair value of the collateral or net realizable value. For consumer loans, collateral-dependent financial assets may have collateral in the form of residential real estate, autos or other personal assets. For commercial loans, collateral-dependent financial assets may have collateral in the form of commercial real estate or other business assets. We do not generally record an ACL for accrued interest receivables because uncollectible accrued interest is reversed through interest income in a timely manner in line with our non- accrual and past due policies for loans and debt securities. For consumer credit card and certain consumer lines of credit, we include an ACL for accrued interest and fees since these loans are neither placed on nonaccrual status nor written off until the loan is 180 days past due. Accrued interest receivables are included in other assets, except for certain revolving loans, such as credit card loans. COMMERCIAL LOAN PORTFOLIO SEGMENT ACL METHODOLOGY. Generally, commercial loans, which include net investments in lease financing, are assessed for estimated losses by grading each loan using various risk factors as identified through periodic reviews. Our estimation approach for the commercial portfolio reflects the estimated probability of default in accordance with the borrower’s financial strength and the severity of loss in the event of default, considering the quality of any underlying collateral. Probability of default, loss severity at the time of default, and exposure at default are statistically derived through historical observations of default and losses after default within each credit risk rating. These estimates are adjusted as appropriate for risks identified from current and forecasted economic conditions and credit quality trends. Unfunded credit commitments are evaluated based on a conversion factor to derive a funded loan equivalent amount. The estimated probability of default and loss severity at the time of default are applied to the funded loan equivalent amount to estimate losses for unfunded credit commitments. CONSUMER LOAN PORTFOLIO SEGMENT ACL METHODOLOGY. For consumer loans, we determine the allowance using a pooled approach based on the individual risk characteristics of the loans within those pools. Quantitative modeling methodologies that estimate probability of default, loss severity at the time of default and exposure at default are typically leveraged to estimate expected loss. These methodologies pool loans, generally by product types with similar risk characteristics, such as residential real estate mortgages, auto loans and credit cards. As appropriate and to achieve greater accuracy, we may further stratify selected portfolios by sub-product, risk pool, loss type, geographic location and other predictive characteristics. We use attributes such as delinquency status, Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) scores, and loan-to-value ratios (where applicable) in the development of our consumer loan models, in addition to home price trends, unemployment trends, and other economic variables that may influence the frequency and severity of losses in the consumer portfolio. OTHER QUALITATIVE FACTORS. The ACL includes amounts for qualitative factors which may not be adequately reflected in our loss models. These amounts represent management’s judgment of risks related to the processes and assumptions used in establishing the ACL. Generally, these amounts are established at a granular level below our loan portfolio segments. We also consider economic environmental factors, modeling assumptions and performance, process risk, and other subjective factors, including industry trends and emerging risk assessments. Wells Fargo & Company 89 OFF-BALANCE SHEET CREDIT EXPOSURES. Our off-balance sheet credit exposures include unfunded loan commitments (generally in the form of revolving lines of credit), financial guarantees not accounted for as insurance contracts or derivatives, including standby letters of credit, and other similar instruments. For off- balance sheet credit exposures, we recognize an ACL associated with the unfunded amounts. We do not recognize an ACL for commitments that are unconditionally cancelable at our discretion. Additionally, we recognize an ACL for financial guarantees that create off-balance sheet credit exposure, such as loans sold with credit recourse and factoring guarantees. ACL for off-balance sheet credit exposures are reported as a liability in accrued expenses and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS. Other financial assets are evaluated for expected credit losses. These other financial assets include accounts receivable for fees, receivables from government- sponsored enterprises, such as Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), and GNMA, and other accounts receivables from high-credit quality counterparties, such as central clearing counterparties. Many of these financial assets are generally not expected to have an ACL as there is a zero loss expectation (e.g., government guarantee) based on no historical credit losses and consideration of current and forecasted conditions. Some financial assets, such as loans to employees, maintain an ACL that is presented on a net basis with the related amortized cost amounts in other assets on our consolidated balance sheet. A provision for credit losses is not recognized separately from the regular income or expense associated with these financial assets. Securities purchased under resale agreements are generally over-collateralized by securities or cash and short-term in nature. We have elected the practical expedient for these financial assets given collateral maintenance provisions. These provisions require that we monitor the collateral value and customers are required to replenish collateral, if needed. Accordingly, we generally do not maintain an ACL for these financial assets. See Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) for additional information. Leasing Activity AS LESSOR. We lease equipment to our customers under financing or operating leases. Financing leases, which includes both direct financing and sales-type leases, are presented in loans and are recorded at the discounted amounts of lease payments receivable plus the estimated residual value of the leased asset. Leveraged leases, which are a form of financing leases, are reduced by related non-recourse debt from third- party investors. Lease payments receivable reflect contractual lease payments adjusted for renewal or termination options that we believe the customer is reasonably certain to exercise. The residual value reflects our best estimate of the expected sales price for the equipment at lease termination based on sales history adjusted for recent trends in the expected exit markets. Many of our leases allow the customer to extend the lease at prevailing market terms or purchase the asset for fair value at lease termination. Our allowance for loan losses for financing leases considers both the collectability of the lease payments receivable as well as the estimated residual value of the leased asset. We typically purchase residual value insurance on our financing leases to reduce the risk of loss at lease termination. In connection with a lease, we may finance the customer’s purchase of other products or services from the equipment vendor and allocate the contract consideration between the use of the asset and the purchase of those products or services. Amounts allocated are reported in loans as commercial and industrial loans, rather than as lease financing. Our primary income from financing leases is interest income recognized using the effective interest method. Variable lease revenue, such as reimbursement for property taxes, are included in lease income within noninterest income. Operating lease assets are presented in other assets, net of accumulated depreciation. Periodic depreciation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the leased asset and are included in other noninterest expense. Operating lease assets are reviewed periodically for impairment and an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of operating lease assets exceeds fair value and is not recoverable. Recoverability is evaluated by comparing the carrying amount of the leased assets to undiscounted cash flows expected through the operation or sale of the asset. Impairment charges for operating lease assets are included in other noninterest income. Operating lease rental income for leased assets is recognized in lease income within noninterest income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable revenue on operating leases include reimbursements of costs, including property taxes, which fluctuate over time, as well as rental revenue based on usage. For leases of railcars, revenue for maintenance services provided under the lease is recognized in lease income. We elected to exclude from revenue and expenses any sales tax incurred on lease payments which are reimbursed by the lessee. Substantially all of our leased assets are protected against casualty loss through third-party insurance. AS LESSEE. We enter into lease agreements to obtain the right to use assets for our business operations, which includes real estate such as office space and branches. Lease liabilities and right-of- use (ROU) assets are recognized when we enter into operating or financing leases and represent our obligations and rights to use these assets over the period of the leases and may be re- measured for certain modifications. Operating lease liabilities include fixed and in-substance fixed payments for the contractual duration of the lease, adjusted for renewals or terminations which were considered probable of exercise when measured. The lease payments are discounted using a rate that approximates a collateralized borrowing rate for the estimated duration of the lease as the implicit discount rate is typically not known. The discount rate is updated when re-measurement events occur. The related operating lease ROU assets may differ from operating lease liabilities due to initial direct costs, deferred or prepaid lease payments and lease incentives. We present operating lease liabilities in accrued expenses and other liabilities and the related operating lease ROU assets in other assets. The amortization of operating lease ROU assets and the accretion of operating lease liabilities are reported together as fixed lease expense and are included in occupancy expense within noninterest expense. The fixed lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. Some operating leases include variable lease payments and are recognized as incurred in net occupancy expense within noninterest expense. We account for maintenance or other services incurred under our leases as lease payments. We exclude certain asset classes, with original terms of less than one year from the operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities. The related Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 90 Wells Fargo & Company short-term lease expense is included in net occupancy expense. Finance lease liabilities are presented in long-term debt and the associated finance ROU assets are presented in premises and equipment. See Note 8 (Leasing Activity) for additional information. Deposits, Short-term Borrowings, and Long-term Debt Customer deposits, short-term borrowings, and long-term debt are carried at amortized cost, unless we have elected the fair value option. For example, we elect the fair value option for certain structured debt liabilities. We generally report borrowings with original maturities of one year or less as short-term borrowings and borrowings with original maturities of greater than one year as long-term debt on our consolidated balance sheet. We do not reclassify long-term debt to short-term borrowings within a year of maturity. Refer to Note 9 (Deposits) for further information on deposits, Note 10 (Long-Term Debt) for further information on long-term debt, and Note 15 (Fair Value Measurements) for additional information on fair value, including fair value option elections. Securitizations and Beneficial Interests Securitizations are transactions in which financial assets are sold to a Special Purpose Entity (SPE), which then issues beneficial interests collateralized by the transferred financial assets. Beneficial interests are generally issued in the form of senior and subordinated interests, and in some cases, we may obtain beneficial interests issued by the SPE. Additionally, from time to time, we may re-securitize certain financial assets in a new securitization transaction. The assets and liabilities transferred to a SPE are excluded from our consolidated balance sheet if the transfer qualifies as a sale and we are not required to consolidate the SPE. For transfers of financial assets recorded as sales, we recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained (including beneficial interests or mortgage servicing rights) and all liabilities incurred. We record a gain or loss in noninterest income for the difference between assets obtained (net of liabilities incurred) and the carrying amount of the assets sold. Beneficial interests obtained from, and liabilities incurred in, securitizations with off-balance sheet entities may include debt and equity securities, loans, MSRs, derivative assets and liabilities, other assets, and other obligations such as liabilities for mortgage repurchase losses or long-term debt and are accounted for as described within this Note. See Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for additional information about our involvement with SPEs. Mortgage Servicing Rights We recognize mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) resulting from a sale or securitization of mortgage loans that we originate or through a direct purchase of such rights. Our residential MSRs are accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in mortgage banking income in the period in which the change occurs. Commercial MSRs are initially recorded at fair value and are subsequently measured at LOCOM and amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income. The amortization of MSRs is reported in mortgage banking noninterest income, analyzed monthly and adjusted to reflect changes in prepayment rates, as well as other factors. Commercial MSRs are periodically evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those assets. For purposes of impairment evaluation, we stratify MSRs based on the predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans, including investor and product type. If, by individual stratum, the carrying amount of these MSRs exceeds fair value, a valuation allowance is established. The valuation and sensitivity of MSRs is discussed further in Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities), Note 15 (Fair Value Measurements) and Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities). Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. We use the straight-line method of depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense for premises and equipment was $1.4 billion in 2024, $1.3 billion in 2023, and $1.2 billion in 2022. Estimated useful lives range up to 40 years for buildings and improvements, up to 10 years for furniture and equipment, and the shorter of the estimated useful life (up to 8 years) or the lease term for leasehold improvements. Goodwill and Intangible Assets GOODWILL. Goodwill is recorded for business combinations when the purchase price is higher than the fair value of the acquired net assets, including identifiable intangible assets. We assess goodwill for impairment at a reporting unit level on an annual basis or more frequently in certain circumstances. We have determined that our reporting units are at the reportable operating segment level or one level below. We identify the reporting units based on how the segments and reporting units are managed, taking into consideration the economic characteristics, nature of the products and services, and customers of the segments and reporting units. We allocate goodwill to applicable reporting units at the time we acquire a business and we may reallocate goodwill when we have a significant business reorganization. If we sell a business, a portion of goodwill is included with the carrying amount of the divested business. We have the option of performing a qualitative assessment of goodwill. We may also elect to bypass the qualitative test and proceed directly to a quantitative test. If we perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill to test for impairment and conclude it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is greater than its carrying amount, quantitative tests are not required. However, if we determine it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, we complete a quantitative assessment to determine if there is goodwill impairment. We apply various quantitative valuation methodologies, including discounted cash flow and earnings multiple approaches, to determine the estimated fair value, which is compared with the carrying value of each reporting unit. A goodwill impairment loss is recognized if the fair value is less than the carrying amount, including goodwill. The goodwill impairment loss is limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. We recognize impairment losses as a charge to other noninterest expense and a reduction to the carrying value of goodwill. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are prohibited. OTHER INTANGIBLES. We amortize customer relationship intangible assets on an accelerated basis over useful lives not exceeding 10 years. We review intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Impairment is indicated if the sum of undiscounted estimated future net cash flows is less than the carrying value of the asset. Impairment is Wells Fargo & Company 91 permanently recognized by writing down the asset to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value. Derivatives and Hedging Activities DERIVATIVES. We recognize all derivatives at fair value. On the date we enter into a derivative contract, we categorize the derivative as either an accounting hedge, economic hedge, or part of our customer accommodation trading portfolio. Accounting hedges are either fair value or cash flow hedges. Fair value hedges represent the hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment. Cash flow hedges represent the hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be paid or received related to a recognized asset or liability. Economic hedges and customer accommodation trading derivatives do not qualify for, or we have elected not to apply, hedge accounting. Economic hedges are derivatives we use to manage interest rate, foreign currency and certain other risks associated with our non-trading activities. Our customer accommodation trading portfolio represents derivatives related to our trading business activities. We report changes in the fair values of economic hedges and customer accommodation trading derivatives in noninterest income or noninterest expense. FAIR VALUE HEDGES. We record changes in the fair value of the derivative in earnings, except for certain derivatives in which a portion is recorded to OCI. We record basis adjustments to the amortized cost of the hedged asset or liability due to the changes in fair value related to the hedged risk, except for basis adjustments related to active portfolio layer method hedges which are maintained at a portfolio level and not allocated to the individual assets in the portfolio. The offset to fair value hedge basis adjustments is recorded in earnings. We present derivative gains or losses in the same income statement category as the hedged asset or liability, as follows: • For fair value hedges of interest rate risk, amounts are reflected in net interest income; • For hedges of foreign currency risk, amounts representing the fair value changes less the accrual for periodic cash flow settlements are reflected in noninterest income. The periodic cash flow settlements are reflected in net interest income; • For hedges of both interest rate risk and foreign currency risk, amounts representing the fair value change less the accrual for periodic cash flow settlements is attributed to both net interest income and noninterest income. The periodic cash flow settlements are reflected in net interest income. The entire derivative gain or loss is included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness for all fair value hedge relationships, except for hedges of foreign-currency denominated AFS debt securities and long-term debt liabilities hedged with cross-currency swaps. The change in fair value of these swaps attributable to cross-currency basis spread changes is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The initial fair value of the excluded component is amortized to net interest income and the difference between changes in fair value of the excluded component and the amount recorded in earnings is recorded in OCI. CASH FLOW HEDGES. We record changes in the fair value of the derivative in OCI. We subsequently reclassify gains and losses from these changes in fair value from OCI to earnings in the same period(s) that the hedged transaction affects earnings and in the same income statement category as the hedged item. The entire gain or loss on these derivatives is included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. DOCUMENTATION AND EFFECTIVENESS ASSESSMENT FOR ACCOUNTING HEDGES. For fair value and cash flow hedges qualifying for hedge accounting, we formally document at inception the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, our risk management objective, strategy and our evaluation of effectiveness for our hedge transactions. Evaluation of hedge effectiveness assesses whether the derivative designated in each hedging relationship is expected to be and has been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows. We assess hedge effectiveness using regression analysis, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. For portfolio layer method fair value hedges, an assessment test is also performed at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis to support our expectation that the hedged item is anticipated to be outstanding for the designated hedge period. DISCONTINUING HEDGE ACCOUNTING. We are required to discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when a derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item, the forecasted transaction is no longer probable of occurring in a cash flow hedge, or the hedged item is no longer anticipated to be outstanding for the designated hedge period in a portfolio layer method hedge. We may voluntarily discontinue hedge accounting at any time. Any derivatives we continue to hold that are no longer designated as fair value or cash flow hedges are recognized as economic hedges or customer accommodation trading derivatives. For discontinued fair value hedges, the cumulative basis adjustments to the hedged item and accumulated amounts reported in OCI are accounted for in the same manner as other components of the carrying amount of the asset or liability. For example, for financial debt instruments such as AFS debt securities, loans or long-term debt, these amounts are amortized into net interest income over the remaining life of the asset or liability similar to other amortized cost basis adjustments. Any portfolio level basis adjustments related to discontinued hedged items under the portfolio layer method are allocated to remaining securities in the portfolio on a proportionate basis. If the hedged item is derecognized, the accumulated amounts reported in OCI are immediately reclassified to net interest income. For discontinued cash flow hedges in which the original hedged forecasted transaction will probably occur, the accumulated gains and losses reported in OCI continue to be reclassified to earnings in the same period(s) the originally forecasted transaction affects earnings at which point the related OCI amount is reclassified to net interest income. If it becomes probable that the forecasted transaction will no longer occur, the accumulated gains and losses reported in OCI are immediately reclassified to noninterest income. EMBEDDED DERIVATIVES. We may enter into hybrid financial instruments that embody an embedded derivative and a host contract. For certain structured debt liabilities issued by our trading business, the fair value option is elected to account for the entire hybrid instrument at fair value with changes in fair value recorded to earnings. If the fair value option is not elected, we may be required to separately record the embedded derivative at fair value from the host contract where the remaining host contract is reported as the difference between Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 92 Wells Fargo & Company the basis of the hybrid instrument and the fair value of the bifurcated derivative. Bifurcated derivatives are carried at fair value and accounted for in accordance with its categorization as an accounting hedge, economic hedge, or customer accommodation trading derivative. The accounting for the remaining host contract is the same as other assets and liabilities of a similar type and reported on our consolidated balance sheet based upon the accounting classification of the instrument. COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK AND NETTING. By using derivatives, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk, which is the risk that counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. If a counterparty fails to perform, our counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset on our consolidated balance sheet. We minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. To the extent derivatives are subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements with the same counterparty, derivative assets and liabilities and related cash collateral receivable or payable amounts are reported net on our consolidated balance sheet. Cash collateral exchanged for derivatives cleared with centrally cleared counterparties is recorded as a reduction to derivative fair value asset and liability amounts. Cash collateral exchanged related to over-the-counter bilateral derivatives is recorded as separate non-derivative receivables or payables. Cash collateral related to centrally cleared derivatives, also referred to as variation margin, is exchanged based upon derivative fair value changes, typically on a one-day lag. For additional information on our derivatives and hedging activities, see Note 14 (Derivatives). Equity Securities Equity securities are investments that represent noncontrolling ownership interests in third-party entities, such as corporations, partnerships, or limited liability companies. Marketable equity securities have readily determinable fair values and are predominantly used in our trading activities. Marketable equity securities are carried at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses recognized in net gains from trading and securities in noninterest income. Dividend income from marketable equity securities is recognized in interest income. Nonmarketable equity securities do not have readily determinable fair values and are accounted for using one of the following accounting methods: • Fair value through net income: This method is an election. The securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized in net gains from trading and securities in noninterest income; • Equity method: This method is applied when we have the ability to exert significant influence over the investee. The securities are initially recorded at cost and adjusted for our share of the investee’s earnings or losses, less any dividends received and impairment. Equity method adjustments for our share of the investee’s earnings or losses are recognized in other noninterest income, except for venture capital investments which are recognized in net gains from trading and securities in noninterest income. Distributions received from the investee, including dividends, are recognized as a reduction of the investment carrying value; • Proportional amortization method: This method is applied to affordable housing and renewable energy investments if certain eligibility criteria are met. The investments are initially recorded at cost plus unfunded commitments that are either legally binding or contingent but probable of funding and are amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and income tax benefits received. The amortization of the investments and the related tax impacts are recognized on a net basis in income tax expense; • Cost method: This method is required for specific securities, such as Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank stock. These securities are carried at cost less any impairment; • Measurement alternative: This method is used for all remaining nonmarketable equity securities. These securities are initially recorded at cost and are remeasured to fair value upon either (1) an observable price change in an orderly transaction of the same or similar security of the same issuer; or (2) impairment. Realized and unrealized gains and losses from nonmarketable equity securities, including impairment losses and measurement alternative fair value remeasurements, are recognized in net gains from trading and securities in noninterest income. Dividend income from nonmarketable equity securities, other than equity method securities, is recognized in interest income. Our review for impairment for nonmarketable equity securities not carried at fair value includes an analysis of the facts and circumstances of each security, such as the expectations of the issuer’s cash flows, capital needs, and the viability of its business model, as well as our intent or requirement to sell the security. When the fair value of an equity method or cost method investment is less than its carrying value, we write-down the security to fair value when the decline in value is considered to be other than temporary. The determination of whether an impairment is other than temporary includes a number of factors including the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer as well as the length of time and extent of the impairment. When the fair value of an investment accounted for using the measurement alternative is less than its carrying value, we write- down the security to fair value without the consideration of anticipated recovery. See Note 4 (Equity Securities) for additional information. Pension Accounting We sponsor a frozen noncontributory qualified defined benefit retirement plan, the Wells Fargo & Company Cash Balance Plan (Cash Balance Plan), which covers eligible employees of Wells Fargo. We also sponsor nonqualified defined benefit plans that provide supplemental defined benefit pension benefits to certain eligible employees. We account for our defined benefit pension plans using an actuarial model. Principal assumptions used in determining the net periodic pension cost and the pension obligation include the discount rate, the expected long- term rate of return on plan assets and projected mortality rates. A single weighted-average discount rate is used to estimate the present value of our future pension benefit obligations. We determine the discount rate using a yield curve derived from a broad-based population of high-quality corporate bonds with maturity dates that closely match the estimated timing of the expected benefit payments. We use the full year curve approach to estimate the interest cost component of pension expense for our principal defined benefit and postretirement plans. The full yield curve approach aligns specific spot rates along the yield curve to the projected benefit payment cash flows. The determination of our expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is highly quantitative by nature. We evaluate the Wells Fargo & Company 93 current asset allocations and expected returns using forward- looking capital market assumptions. We use the resulting projections to derive a baseline expected rate of return for the Cash Balance Plan’s prescribed asset mix. Mortality rate assumptions are based on mortality tables published by the Society of Actuaries adjusted to reflect our specific experience. At year end, we re-measure our defined benefit plan liabilities and related plan assets and recognize any resulting actuarial gain or loss in OCI. We generally amortize net actuarial gain or loss in excess of a 5% corridor from AOCI into net periodic pension cost over the estimated average remaining participation period, which at December 31, 2024, is 17 years. See Note 22 (Employee Benefits) for additional information on our pension accounting. Income Taxes We file income tax returns in the jurisdictions in which we operate and evaluate income tax expense in two components: current and deferred income tax expense. Current income tax expense represents our estimated taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period and includes income tax expense related to uncertain tax positions. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that management believes has a greater than 50% likelihood of realization upon settlement. Tax benefits not meeting our realization criteria represent unrecognized tax benefits. Deferred income taxes are based on the balance sheet method and deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Under the balance sheet method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to management’s judgment that realization is more likely than not. A valuation allowance reduces deferred tax assets to the realizable amount. See Note 23 (Income Taxes) for a further description of our provision for income taxes and related income tax assets and liabilities. Stock-Based Compensation Our long-term incentive plans provide awards for employee services in various forms, such as restricted share rights (RSRs) and performance share awards (PSAs). Stock-based awards are measured at fair value on the grant date. The cost is recognized in personnel expense, net of actual forfeitures, in our consolidated statement of income normally over the vesting period of the award; awards with graded vesting are expensed on a straight-line method. Awards to employees who are retirement eligible at the grant date are subject to immediate expensing upon grant. Awards to employees who become retirement eligible before the final vesting date are expensed between the grant date and the date the employee becomes retirement eligible. Except for retirement and other limited circumstances, RSRs are canceled when employment ends. For PSAs, compensation expense fluctuates based on the estimated outcome of meeting the performance conditions. The total expense that will be recognized on these awards is finalized upon the completion of the performance period. For additional information on our stock-based employee compensation plans, see Note 12 (Common Stock and Stock Plans). Earnings Per Common Share We compute earnings per common share by dividing net income applicable to common stock (net income less dividends on preferred stock and the excess of consideration transferred over carrying value of preferred stock redeemed, if any) by the average number of common shares outstanding during the period. We compute diluted earnings per common share using net income applicable to common stock and adding the effect of common stock equivalents (e.g., restricted share rights) that are dilutive to the average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Fair Value Measurements Fair value represents the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is based on an exit price notion that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. We measure our assets and liabilities at fair value when we are required to record them at fair value, when we have elected the fair value option and to fulfill fair value disclosure requirements. Assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis require a fair value measurement at each reporting period. Assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are adjusted to fair value only as required through write-downs of individual assets and the application of accounting methods such as LOCOM and the measurement alternative. We classify our assets and liabilities measured at fair value based upon a three-level hierarchy that assigns the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The three levels are as follows: • Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. • Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market. • Level 3 – Valuation is generated from techniques that use one or more significant assumptions that are not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of discounted cash flow models, market comparable pricing, option pricing models, and similar techniques. Significant unobservable inputs used in our Level 3 fair value measurements include discount rates, default rates, comparability adjustments, and prepayment rates. The classification of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. We monitor the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy and transfers between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 accordingly. Observable market data includes but is not limited to quoted prices and market transactions. Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 94 Wells Fargo & Company Changes in economic conditions or market liquidity generally will drive changes in availability of observable market data. Changes in availability of observable market data, which also may result in changing the valuation technique used, are generally the cause of transfers between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3. The amounts reported as transfers represent the fair value as of the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred. See Note 15 (Fair Value Measurements) for a more detailed discussion of the valuation methodologies that we apply to our assets and liabilities. Foreign Currency Matters Assets and liabilities of our foreign operations are recorded in their respective functional currency and subsequently translated into U.S. dollars using applicable exchange rates for consolidated financial reporting. Foreign currency translation adjustments are reported within AOCI. See Note 25 (Other Comprehensive Income) for additional information. Foreign currency-denominated transactions are remeasured in U.S. dollars using applicable exchange rates. The resulting remeasurement gains or losses, along with any related hedges, are recognized in net gains from trading and securities within noninterest income. See Note 2 (Trading Activities) for additional information. Subsequent Events We have evaluated the effects of events that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2024, and there have been no material events that would require recognition in our 2024 consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the Notes to the consolidated financial statements. Wells Fargo & Company 95 Note 2: Trading Activities Table 2.1 presents a summary of our trading assets and liabilities measured at fair value through earnings. Table 2.1: Trading Assets and Liabilities (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Trading assets: Debt securities $ 121,205 97,302 Equity securities 19,270 18,449 Loans held for sale 3,587 1,793 Gross trading derivative assets 97,696 71,990 Netting (1) (77,926) (54,069) Total trading derivative assets 19,770 17,921 Total trading assets 163,832 135,465 Trading liabilities: Short sale and other liabilities 28,744 25,471 Interest-bearing deposits 318 1,297 Long-term debt 3,495 2,308 Gross trading derivative liabilities 96,783 77,807 Netting (1) (81,345) (60,366) Total trading derivative liabilities 15,438 17,441 Total trading liabilities $ 47,995 46,517 (1) Represents balance sheet netting for trading derivative asset and liability balances, and trading portfolio level valuation adjustments. See Note 14 (Derivatives) for additional information. Table 2.2 provides net interest income earned from trading assets and liabilities, and net gains and losses due to the realized and unrealized gains and losses from trading activities. Net interest income also includes dividend income on trading securities and dividend expense on trading securities we have sold, but not yet purchased. Table 2.2: Net Interest Income and Net Gains (Losses) from Trading Activities Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Net interest income: Interest income (1) $ 5,541 4,229 3,011 Interest expense 874 643 592 Total net interest income 4,667 3,586 2,419 Net gains (losses) from trading activities, by risk type (2): Interest rate 823 444 456 Commodity 382 372 345 Equity 1,195 1,106 883 Foreign exchange 2,299 2,124 1,168 Credit 585 753 (736) Total net gains from trading activities 5,284 4,799 2,116 Total trading-related net interest and noninterest income $ 9,951 8,385 4,535 (1) Substantially all relates to interest income on debt and equity securities. (2) Includes gains (losses) on trading portfolio level valuation adjustments, as well as remeasurement gains (losses) on foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, including related hedges. See Note 14 (Derivatives) for additional information. 96 Wells Fargo & Company Note 3: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities Table 3.1 provides the amortized cost, net of the allowance for credit losses (ACL) for debt securities, and fair value by major categories of available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities, which are carried at fair value, and held-to-maturity (HTM) debt securities, which are carried at amortized cost, net of the ACL. The net unrealized gains (losses) for AFS debt securities are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), net of the ACL and applicable income taxes. Information on debt securities held for trading is included in Note 2 (Trading Activities). For both AFS and HTM debt securities, amortized cost is the unpaid principal amount, net of unamortized basis adjustments. Basis adjustments may include purchase premiums or discounts, fair value hedge accounting basis adjustments, fair value write-downs related to recognition of intent to sell, impairment losses, and charge-offs or recoveries of amounts deemed uncollectible. Outstanding balances exclude accrued interest receivable on AFS and HTM debt securities, which are included in other assets. See Note 7 (Intangible Assets and Other Assets) for additional information on accrued interest receivable. Amounts considered to be uncollectible are reversed through interest income. Table 3.1: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities Outstanding (in millions) Amortized cost, net (1) Gross unrealized gains Gross unrealized losses Net unrealized gains (losses) Fair value December 31, 2024 Available-for-sale debt securities: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies $ 23,791 1 (507) (506) 23,285 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions (2) 12,542 11 (518) (507) 12,035 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities 129,703 84 (6,758) (6,674) 123,029 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities (3) 1,844 3 (41) (38) 1,806 Collateralized loan obligations 2,196 6 — 6 2,202 Other debt securities 574 50 (3) 47 621 Total available-for-sale debt securities, excluding portfolio level basis adjustments 170,650 155 (7,827) (7,672) 162,978 Portfolio level basis adjustments (4) (43) 43 — Total available-for-sale debt securities 170,607 155 (7,827) (7,629) 162,978 Held-to-maturity debt securities: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies 3,794 — (1,779) (1,779) 2,015 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions 18,200 — (3,342) (3,342) 14,858 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities 193,982 — (36,029) (36,029) 157,953 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities (3) 1,364 50 (81) (31) 1,333 Collateralized loan obligations 15,888 56 — 56 15,944 Other debt securities 1,720 — (44) (44) 1,676 Total held-to-maturity debt securities 234,948 106 (41,275) (41,169) 193,779 Total $ 405,555 261 (49,102) (48,798) 356,757 December 31, 2023 Available-for-sale debt securities: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies $ 47,351 2 (1,886) (1,884) 45,467 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions (2) 20,654 36 (624) (588) 20,066 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities 63,741 111 (4,274) (4,163) 59,578 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities (3) 2,892 1 (144) (143) 2,749 Collateralized loan obligations 1,538 — (5) (5) 1,533 Other debt securities 1,025 46 (16) 30 1,055 Total available-for-sale debt securities, excluding portfolio level basis adjustments 137,201 196 (6,949) (6,753) 130,448 Portfolio level basis adjustments (4) (46) 46 — Total available-for-sale debt securities 137,155 196 (6,949) (6,707) 130,448 Held-to-maturity debt securities: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies 3,790 — (1,503) (1,503) 2,287 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions 18,624 3 (2,939) (2,936) 15,688 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities 209,170 136 (30,918) (30,782) 178,388 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities (3) 1,276 18 (120) (102) 1,174 Collateralized loan obligations 28,122 75 (63) 12 28,134 Other debt securities 1,726 — (81) (81) 1,645 Total held-to-maturity debt securities 262,708 232 (35,624) (35,392) 227,316 Total $ 399,863 428 (42,573) (42,099) 357,764 (1) Represents amortized cost of the securities, net of the ACL of $34 million and $1 million related to AFS debt securities and $95 million and $93 million related to HTM debt securities at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (2) Includes investments in tax-exempt preferred debt securities issued by investment funds or trusts that predominantly invest in tax-exempt municipal securities. The amortized cost, net of the ACL, and fair value of these types of securities, was $2.8 billion at December 31, 2024, and $5.5 billion at December 31, 2023. (3) Predominantly consists of commercial mortgage-backed securities at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. (4) Represents fair value hedge basis adjustments related to active portfolio layer method hedges of AFS debt securities, which are not allocated to individual securities in the portfolio. For additional information, see Note 14 (Derivatives). Wells Fargo & Company 97 Table 3.2 details the breakout of purchases of and transfers to HTM debt securities by major category of security. The table excludes the transfer of HTM debt securities with a fair value of $23.2 billion to AFS debt securities in first quarter 2023 in connection with the adoption of ASU 2022-01. Table 3.2: Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities Purchases and Transfers Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Purchases of held-to-maturity debt securities (1): Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions $ — — 843 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities $ — 4,225 2,051 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities 167 94 211 Total purchases of held-to-maturity debt securities 167 4,319 3,105 Transfers from available-for-sale debt securities to held-to-maturity debt securities (2): Federal agency mortgage-backed securities — 3,687 50,132 Total transfers from available-for-sale debt securities to held-to-maturity debt securities $ — 3,687 50,132 (1) Inclusive of securities purchased but not yet settled and non-cash purchases from securitization of loans held for sale (LHFS). (2) Represents fair value as of the date of the transfers. Debt securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity had pre-tax unrealized losses recorded in AOCI of $320 million and $4.5 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, at the time of the transfers. Table 3.3 shows the composition of interest income, provision for credit losses, and gross realized gains and losses from sales and impairment write-downs included in earnings related to AFS and HTM debt securities (pre-tax). Table 3.3: Income Statement Impacts for Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Interest income (1): Available-for-sale $ 6,489 5,202 3,095 Held-to-maturity 6,512 7,118 6,220 Total interest income 13,001 12,320 9,315 Provision for credit losses: Available-for-sale 44 (26) 1 Held-to-maturity 1 7 (11) Total provision for credit losses 45 (19) (10) Realized gains and losses (2): Gross realized gains 32 37 276 Gross realized losses (952) (27) (125) Net realized gains (losses) $ (920) 10 151 (1) Excludes interest income from trading debt securities, which is disclosed in Note 2 (Trading Activities). (2) Realized gains and losses relate to AFS debt securities. There were no realized gains or losses from HTM debt securities in all periods presented. Note 3: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities (continued) 98 Wells Fargo & Company Credit Quality We monitor credit quality of debt securities by evaluating various attributes and utilize such information in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the ACL for debt securities. The credit quality indicators that we most closely monitor include credit ratings and delinquency status and are based on information as of our financial statement date. CREDIT RATINGS. Credit ratings express opinions about the credit quality of a debt security. We determine the credit rating of a security according to the lowest credit rating made available by national recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSROs). Debt securities rated investment grade, that is those with ratings similar to BBB-/Baa3 or above, as defined by NRSROs, are generally considered by the rating agencies and market participants to be low credit risk. Conversely, debt securities rated below investment grade, labeled as “speculative grade” by the rating agencies, are considered to be distinctively higher credit risk than investment grade debt securities. For debt securities not rated by NRSROs, we determine an internal credit grade of the debt securities (used for credit risk management purposes) equivalent to the credit ratings assigned by major credit agencies. Substantially all of our debt securities were rated by NRSROs at December 31, 2024 and 2023. Table 3.4 shows the percentage of fair value of AFS debt securities and amortized cost of HTM debt securities determined to be rated investment grade, inclusive of securities rated based on internal credit grades. Table 3.4: Investment Grade Debt Securities Available-for-Sale Held-to-Maturity ($ in millions) Fair value % investment grade Amortized cost % investment grade December 31, 2024 Total portfolio (1) $ 162,978 99% $ 235,043 99% Breakdown by category: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies (2) $ 146,314 100% $ 197,777 100% Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions 12,035 99 18,210 100 Collateralized loan obligations (3) 2,202 100 15,904 100 All other debt securities (4) 2,427 89 3,152 61 December 31, 2023 Total portfolio (1) $ 130,448 99% $ 262,801 99% Breakdown by category: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies (2) $ 105,045 100% $ 212,960 100% Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions 20,066 99 18,635 100 Collateralized loan obligations (3) 1,533 100 28,154 100 All other debt securities (4) 3,804 95 3,052 64 (1) 99% were rated AA- and above at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. (2) Includes federal agency mortgage-backed securities. (3) 100% were rated AA- and above at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. (4) Includes non-U.S. government, non-agency mortgage-backed, and all other debt securities. DELINQUENCY STATUS AND NONACCRUAL DEBT SECURITIES. Debt security issuers that are delinquent in payment of amounts due under contractual debt agreements have a higher probability of recognition of credit losses. As such, as part of our monitoring of the credit quality of the debt security portfolio, we consider whether debt securities we own are past due in payment of principal or interest payments and whether any securities have been placed into nonaccrual status. Debt securities that are past due and still accruing or in nonaccrual status were insignificant at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. Net charge-offs on debt securities were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Wells Fargo & Company 99 Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Debt Securities Table 3.5 shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of AFS debt securities by length of time those individual securities in each category have been in a continuous loss position. Debt securities on which we have recorded credit impairment are categorized as being “less than 12 months” or “12 months or more” in a continuous loss position based on the point in time that the fair value declined to below the amortized cost basis, net of the allowance for credit losses. Table 3.5: Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value – Available-for-Sale Debt Securities Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total (in millions) Gross unrealized losses (1) Fair value Gross unrealized losses (1) Fair value Gross unrealized losses (1) Fair value December 31, 2024 Available-for-sale debt securities: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies $ (77) 14,000 (430) 7,778 (507) 21,778 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions (11) 748 (507) 7,215 (518) 7,963 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities (1,465) 71,424 (5,293) 40,722 (6,758) 112,146 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities (1) 22 (40) 1,307 (41) 1,329 Other debt securities — — (3) 114 (3) 114 Total available-for-sale debt securities $ (1,554) 86,194 (6,273) 57,136 (7,827) 143,330 December 31, 2023 Available-for-sale debt securities: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies $ (5) 942 (1,881) 43,722 (1,886) 44,664 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions (12) 1,405 (612) 11,247 (624) 12,652 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities (76) 7,149 (4,198) 41,986 (4,274) 49,135 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities (1) 42 (143) 2,697 (144) 2,739 Collateralized loan obligations — — (5) 979 (5) 979 Other debt securities — — (16) 420 (16) 420 Total available-for-sale debt securities $ (94) 9,538 (6,855) 101,051 (6,949) 110,589 (1) Gross unrealized losses exclude portfolio level basis adjustments. We have assessed each debt security with gross unrealized losses included in the previous table for credit impairment. As part of that assessment we evaluated and concluded that we do not intend to sell any of the debt securities, and that it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell, prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. We evaluate, where necessary, whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the debt securities’ amortized cost basis. Credit impairment is recorded as an ACL for debt securities. For descriptions of the factors we consider when analyzing debt securities for impairment as well as methodology and significant inputs used to measure credit losses, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). Note 3: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities (continued) 100 Wells Fargo & Company Contractual Maturities Table 3.6 and Table 3.7 show the remaining contractual maturities of AFS and HTM debt securities, respectively. Table 3.6: Contractual Maturities – Available-for-Sale Debt Securities By remaining contractual maturity ($ in millions) Total Within one year After one year through five years After five years through ten years After ten years December 31, 2024 Available-for-sale debt securities: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies Amortized cost, net $ 23,791 1,749 9,736 10,947 1,359 Fair value 23,285 1,745 9,362 10,918 1,260 Weighted average yield 3.19% 2.76 2.33 4.23 1.44 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions Amortized cost, net $ 12,542 144 3,565 3,158 5,675 Fair value 12,035 143 3,514 2,888 5,490 Weighted average yield 3.29% 3.59 3.52 3.03 3.27 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities Amortized cost, net $ 129,703 20 58 522 129,103 Fair value 123,029 20 57 493 122,459 Weighted average yield 4.46% 2.80 4.23 2.55 4.47 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities Amortized cost, net $ 1,844 — 1 89 1,754 Fair value 1,806 — 1 84 1,721 Weighted average yield 4.31% — 5.41 4.89 4.28 Collateralized loan obligations Amortized cost, net $ 2,196 — 60 792 1,344 Fair value 2,202 — 60 793 1,349 Weighted average yield 6.20% — 6.60 6.32 6.11 Other debt securities Amortized cost, net $ 574 60 165 333 16 Fair value 621 60 175 359 27 Weighted average yield 5.05% 3.57 6.24 4.89 1.63 Total available-for-sale debt securities Amortized cost, net (1) $ 170,650 1,973 13,585 15,841 139,251 Fair value 162,978 1,968 13,169 15,535 132,306 Weighted average yield (2) 4.21% 2.77 2.68 4.06 4.40 (1) Amortized cost, net excludes portfolio level basis adjustments of $(43) million. (2) Weighted average yields are calculated using the effective yield method and are weighted based on amortized cost, net of ACL. The effective yield method is calculated using the contractual coupon and the impact of any premiums and discounts and is shown pre-tax. We have not included the effect of any related hedging derivatives. The effective yield for mortgage-backed securities excludes unscheduled principal payments, and remaining expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature. Wells Fargo & Company 101 Table 3.7: Contractual Maturities – Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities By remaining contractual maturity ($ in millions) Total Within one year After one year through five years After five years through ten years After ten years December 31, 2024 Held-to-maturity debt securities: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies Amortized cost, net $ 3,794 — — — 3,794 Fair value 2,015 — — — 2,015 Weighted average yield 1.59% — — — 1.59 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions Amortized cost, net $ 18,200 203 497 468 17,032 Fair value 14,858 201 481 441 13,735 Weighted average yield 2.37% 1.20 2.33 2.72 2.37 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities Amortized cost, net $ 193,982 — — — 193,982 Fair value 157,953 — — — 157,953 Weighted average yield 2.35% — — — 2.35 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities Amortized cost, net $ 1,364 — 49 42 1,273 Fair value 1,333 — 54 44 1,235 Weighted average yield 3.53% — 5.45 3.08 3.47 Collateralized loan obligations Amortized cost, net $ 15,888 — 76 14,512 1,300 Fair value 15,944 — 77 14,565 1,302 Weighted average yield 6.30% — 6.56 6.31 6.07 Other debt securities Amortized cost, net $ 1,720 — 977 743 — Fair value 1,676 — 942 734 — Weighted average yield 5.27% — 4.75 5.95 — Total held-to-maturity debt securities Amortized cost, net $ 234,948 203 1,599 15,765 217,381 Fair value 193,779 201 1,554 15,784 176,240 Weighted average yield (1) 2.64% 1.20 4.11 6.18 2.37 (1) Weighted average yields are calculated using the effective yield method and are weighted based on amortized cost, net of ACL. The effective yield method is calculated using the contractual coupon and the impact of any premiums and discounts and is shown pre-tax. We have not included the effect of any related hedging derivatives. The effective yield for mortgage-backed securities excludes unscheduled principal payments, and remaining expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature. Note 3: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities (continued) 102 Wells Fargo & Company Note 4: Equity Securities Table 4.1 provides a summary of our equity securities by business purpose and accounting method. Table 4.1: Equity Securities (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Equity securities held for trading at fair value (1) $ 19,270 18,449 Not held for trading: Equity securities at fair value 3,052 1,392 Tax credit investments (2) 21,933 20,016 Private equity (3) 12,607 12,203 Federal Reserve Bank stock and other at cost (4) 3,782 5,276 Total equity securities not held for trading 41,374 38,887 Total equity securities $ 60,644 57,336 (1) Represents securities held as part of our customer accommodation trading activities. For additional information on these activities, see Note 2 (Trading Activities). Includes securities with a fair value of $590 million at December 31, 2024, subject to contractual lock-up periods restricting the sale of the securities, the majority of which expire in second quarter 2025. (2) Includes affordable housing investments of $12.3 billion and $12.9 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and renewable energy investments of $9.4 billion and $6.8 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Tax credit investments are accounted for using either the proportional amortization method or the equity method. See Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for information about tax credit investments. (3) Includes equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative of $9.3 billion and $9.1 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which were predominantly securities associated with our venture capital investments. The remaining securities are accounted for using the equity method. (4) Includes $3.5 billion of investments in Federal Reserve Bank stock at both December 31, 2024 and 2023, and $224 million and $1.7 billion of investments in Federal Home Loan Bank stock at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Net Gains and Losses Not Held for Trading Table 4.2 provides a summary of the net gains and losses from equity securities not held for trading, which excludes equity method adjustments for our share of the investee’s earnings or losses that are recognized in other noninterest income. Gains and losses for securities held for trading are reported in net gains from trading and securities. Table 4.2: Net Gains (Losses) from Equity Securities Not Held for Trading (in millions) Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 Net gains (losses) from equity securities carried at fair value 442 84 (307) Net gains (losses) from equity securities not carried at fair value (1): Impairment write-downs (773) (1,307) (2,452) Net unrealized gains (2) 679 578 1,101 Net realized gains 722 204 852 Total net gains (losses) from equity securities not carried at fair value 628 (525) (499) Total net gains (losses) from equity securities not held for trading $ 1,070 (441) (806) (1) Includes amounts related to venture capital and private equity investments in consolidated portfolio companies, which are not reported in equity securities on our consolidated balance sheet. (2) Includes unrealized gains (losses) due to observable price changes from equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative. Wells Fargo & Company 103 Measurement Alternative Table 4.3 provides additional information about the impairment write-downs and observable price changes from nonmarketable equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative. Gains and losses related to these adjustments are also included in Table 4.2. Table 4.3: Net Gains (Losses) from Measurement Alternative Equity Securities (in millions) Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 Net gains (losses) recognized in earnings during the period: Gross unrealized gains from observable price changes $ 758 607 1,115 Gross unrealized losses from observable price changes (9) (29) (14) Impairment write-downs (618) (1,113) (2,263) Net realized gains from sale 227 42 98 Total net gains (losses) recognized during the period $ 358 (493) (1,064) Table 4.4 presents cumulative carrying value adjustments to nonmarketable equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative that were still held at the end of each reporting period presented. Table 4.4: Measurement Alternative Cumulative Gains (Losses) (in millions) Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 Cumulative gains (losses): Gross unrealized gains from observable price changes $ 7,457 7,614 7,141 Gross unrealized losses from observable price changes (53) (44) (14) Impairment write-downs (3,747) (3,772) (2,896) Note 4: Equity Securities (continued) 104 Wells Fargo & Company Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses Table 5.1 presents total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any unearned income, cumulative charge-offs, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans, and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. These amounts were less than 1% of our total loans outstanding at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. Outstanding balances exclude accrued interest receivable on loans, except for certain revolving loans, such as credit card loans. See Note 7 (Intangible Assets and Other Assets) for additional information on accrued interest receivable. Amounts considered to be uncollectible are reversed through interest income. During 2024, we reversed accrued interest receivable of $41 million for our commercial portfolio segment and $401 million for our consumer portfolio segment, compared with $39 million and $275 million, respectively, for 2023. Table 5.1: Loans Outstanding (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Commercial and industrial $ 381,241 380,388 Commercial real estate 136,505 150,616 Lease financing 16,413 16,423 Total commercial 534,159 547,427 Residential mortgage 250,269 260,724 Credit card 56,542 52,230 Auto 42,367 47,762 Other consumer (1) 29,408 28,539 Total consumer 378,586 389,255 Total loans $ 912,745 936,682 (1) Includes $21.4 billion and $18.3 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, of securities-based loans originated by the Wealth and Investment Management (WIM) operating segment. Our non-U.S. loans are reported by respective class of financing receivable in the table above. Substantially all of our non-U.S. loan portfolio is commercial loans. Table 5.2 presents total non-U.S. commercial loans outstanding by class of financing receivable. Table 5.2: Non-U.S. Commercial Loans Outstanding (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Commercial and industrial $ 62,038 72,215 Commercial real estate 5,123 6,916 Lease financing 598 697 Total non-U.S. commercial loans $ 67,759 79,828 Loan Concentrations Loan concentrations may exist when there are amounts loaned to borrowers engaged in similar activities or similar types of loans extended to a diverse group of borrowers that would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions. Commercial and industrial loans and lease financing to borrowers in the financials except banks industry represented 17% and 16% of total loans at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, we did not have concentrations representing 10% or more of our total loan portfolio in the commercial real estate (CRE) portfolios (real estate mortgage and real estate construction) by state or property type. Residential mortgage loans to borrowers in the state of California represented 12% of total loans at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. These California loans are generally diversified among the larger metropolitan areas in California, with no single area consisting of more than 4% of total loans at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. We continuously monitor changes in real estate values and underlying economic or market conditions for the geographic areas of our residential mortgage portfolio as part of our credit risk management process. Some of our residential mortgage loans include an interest- only feature as part of the loan terms. These interest-only loans were approximately 2% of total loans at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. Substantially all of these interest-only loans at origination were considered to be prime or near prime. We do not offer option adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM) products, nor do we offer variable-rate mortgage products with fixed payment amounts, commonly referred to within the financial services industry as negative amortizing mortgage loans. Wells Fargo & Company 105 Loan Purchases, Sales, and Transfers Table 5.3 presents the proceeds paid or received for purchases and sales of loans and transfers from loans held for investment to mortgages/loans held for sale. The table excludes loans for which we have elected the fair value option and government insured/guaranteed loans because their loan activity normally does not impact the ACL. Table 5.3: Loan Purchases, Sales, and Transfers (in millions) Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 Commercial Consumer Total Commercial Consumer Total Purchases $ 839 4 843 1,340 306 1,646 Sales and net transfers (to)/from LHFS (2,662) (194) (2,856) (3,313) (917) (4,230) Unfunded Credit Commitments Unfunded credit commitments are legally binding agreements to lend to customers with terms covering usage of funds, contractual interest rates, expiration dates, and any required collateral. Our commercial lending commitments include, but are not limited to, (i) commitments for working capital and general corporate purposes, (ii) financing to customers who warehouse financial assets secured by real estate, consumer, or corporate loans, (iii) financing that is expected to be syndicated or replaced with other forms of long-term financing, and (iv) commercial real estate lending. We also originate multipurpose lending commitments under which commercial customers have the option to draw on the facility in one of several forms, including the issuance of letters of credit, which reduces the unfunded commitment amounts of the facility. The maximum credit risk for these commitments will generally be lower than the contractual amount because these commitments may expire without being used or may be cancelled at the customer’s request. We may reduce or cancel lines of credit in accordance with the contracts and applicable law. Our credit risk monitoring activities include managing the amount of commitments, both to individual customers and in total, and the size and maturity structure of these commitments. We do not recognize an ACL for commitments that are unconditionally cancellable at our discretion. We issue commercial letters of credit to assist customers in purchasing goods or services, typically for international trade. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had $968 million and $1.1 billion, respectively, of outstanding issued commercial letters of credit. See Note 17 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) for additional information on issued standby letters of credit. We may be a fronting bank, whereby we act as a representative for other lenders, and advance funds or provide for the issuance of letters of credit under syndicated loan or letter of credit agreements. Any advances are generally repaid in less than a week and would normally require default of both the customer and another lender to expose us to loss. The contractual amount of our unfunded credit commitments, including unissued letters of credit, is summarized in Table 5.4. The table is presented net of commitments syndicated to others, including the fronting arrangements described above, and excludes issued letters of credit and discretionary amounts where our approval or consent is required prior to any loan funding or commitment increase. Table 5.4: Unfunded Credit Commitments (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Commercial and industrial $ 401,947 388,043 Commercial real estate 12,505 20,851 Total commercial 414,452 408,894 Residential mortgage (1) 23,872 29,754 Credit card 163,256 156,012 Other consumer 7,985 8,847 Total consumer 195,113 194,613 Total unfunded credit commitments $ 609,565 603,507 (1) Includes lines of credit totaling $22.5 billion and $28.6 billion as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued) 106 Wells Fargo & Company Allowance for Credit Losses Table 5.5 presents the ACL for loans, which consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments. Total net loan charge-offs increased $1.3 billion from December 31, 2023, reflecting higher losses in our credit card portfolio driven by higher loan balances and higher losses in our commercial real estate portfolio driven by the office property type. The ACL for loans decreased $452 million from December 31, 2023, reflecting decreases across most loan portfolios, partially offset by increases for credit card loans. Table 5.5: Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans ($ in millions) Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 Balance, beginning of period $ 15,088 13,609 Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (1) — (429) Balance, beginning of period, adjusted 15,088 13,180 Provision for credit losses 4,330 5,385 Loan charge-offs: Commercial and industrial (729) (510) Commercial real estate (945) (593) Lease financing (52) (31) Total commercial (1,726) (1,134) Residential mortgage (64) (136) Credit card (2,842) (2,009) Auto (652) (832) Other consumer (560) (485) Total consumer (4,118) (3,462) Total loan charge-offs (5,844) (4,596) Loan recoveries: Commercial and industrial 132 165 Commercial real estate 42 27 Lease financing 17 19 Total commercial 191 211 Residential mortgage 133 160 Credit card 387 329 Auto 296 354 Other consumer 65 72 Total consumer 881 915 Total loan recoveries 1,072 1,126 Net loan charge-offs (4,772) (3,470) Other (10) (7) Balance, end of period $ 14,636 15,088 Components: Allowance for loan losses $ 14,183 14,606 Allowance for unfunded credit commitments 453 482 Allowance for credit losses $ 14,636 15,088 Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans 0.52% 0.37 Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans 1.55 1.56 Allowance for credit losses for loans as a percentage of total loans 1.60 1.61 (1) Represents the change in our allowance for credit losses for loans as a result of our adoption of ASU 2022–02, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures, on January 1, 2023. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. Wells Fargo & Company 107 Table 5.6 summarizes the activity in the ACL by our commercial and consumer portfolio segments. Table 5.6: Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans Activity by Portfolio Segment Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 Commercial Consumer Total Commercial Consumer Total Balance, beginning of period $ 8,412 6,676 15,088 6,956 6,653 13,609 Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (1) — — — 27 (456) (429) Balance, beginning of period, adjusted 8,412 6,676 15,088 6,983 6,197 13,180 Provision for credit losses 1,079 3,251 4,330 2,365 3,020 5,385 Loan charge-offs (1,726) (4,118) (5,844) (1,134) (3,462) (4,596) Loan recoveries 191 881 1,072 211 915 1,126 Net loan charge-offs (1,535) (3,237) (4,772) (923) (2,547) (3,470) Other (10) — (10) (13) 6 (7) Balance, end of period $ 7,946 6,690 14,636 8,412 6,676 15,088 (1) Represents the change in our allowance for credit losses for loans as a result of our adoption of ASU 2022–02, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures, on January 1, 2023. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. Credit Quality We monitor credit quality by evaluating various attributes and utilize such information in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the ACL for loans. The following sections provide the credit quality indicators we most closely monitor. The credit quality indicators are generally based on information as of our financial statement date. COMMERCIAL CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS. We manage a consistent process for assessing commercial loan credit quality. Commercial loans are generally subject to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings, which is our primary credit quality indicator. Our ratings are aligned to regulatory definitions of pass and criticized categories with the criticized segmented among special mention, substandard, doubtful, and loss categories. Table 5.7 provides the outstanding balances of our commercial loan portfolio by risk category and credit quality information by origination year for term loans. Revolving loans may convert to term loans as a result of a contractual provision in the original loan agreement or if modified for a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. At December 31, 2024, we had $498.4 billion and $35.7 billion of pass and criticized commercial loans, respectively. Gross charge-offs by loan class are included in the following table for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, which we monitor as part of our credit risk management practices; however, charge-offs are not a primary credit quality indicator for our loan portfolio. Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued) 108 Wells Fargo & Company Table 5.7: Commercial Loan Categories by Risk Categories and Vintage (in millions) Term loans by origination year Revolving loans Revolving loans converted to term loans Total 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 Prior December 31, 2024 Commercial and industrial Pass $ 46,670 23,891 23,142 13,883 4,963 10,892 241,365 1,247 366,053 Criticized 909 899 1,644 803 139 774 9,990 30 15,188 Total commercial and industrial 47,579 24,790 24,786 14,686 5,102 11,666 251,355 1,277 381,241 Gross charge-offs (1) 79 107 26 39 8 7 463 — 729 Commercial real estate Pass 22,021 11,432 25,314 21,096 8,193 23,121 5,872 179 117,228 Criticized 3,396 1,847 5,427 4,240 1,478 2,616 273 — 19,277 Total commercial real estate 25,417 13,279 30,741 25,336 9,671 25,737 6,145 179 136,505 Gross charge-offs 81 78 124 158 145 359 — — 945 Lease financing Pass 4,516 4,628 2,681 1,457 573 1,290 — — 15,145 Criticized 391 382 250 103 66 76 — — 1,268 Total lease financing 4,907 5,010 2,931 1,560 639 1,366 — — 16,413 Gross charge-offs 3 17 14 10 5 3 — — 52 Total commercial loans $ 77,903 43,079 58,458 41,582 15,412 38,769 257,500 1,456 534,159 Term loans by origination year Revolving loans Revolving loans converted to term loans Total 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 Prior December 31, 2023 Commercial and industrial Pass $ 40,966 38,756 21,702 7,252 10,024 8,342 239,456 348 366,846 Criticized 892 1,594 1,237 160 204 480 8,975 — 13,542 Total commercial and industrial 41,858 40,350 22,939 7,412 10,228 8,822 248,431 348 380,388 Gross charge-offs (1) 102 22 53 11 8 7 307 — 510 Commercial real estate Pass 18,181 33,557 30,629 12,001 11,532 19,686 6,537 163 132,286 Criticized 2,572 4,091 4,597 1,822 2,748 2,141 359 — 18,330 Total commercial real estate 20,753 37,648 35,226 13,823 14,280 21,827 6,896 163 150,616 Gross charge-offs 20 107 32 134 197 103 — — 593 Lease financing Pass 5,593 3,846 2,400 1,182 798 1,518 — — 15,337 Criticized 345 292 182 98 84 85 — — 1,086 Total lease financing 5,938 4,138 2,582 1,280 882 1,603 — — 16,423 Gross charge-offs 3 8 8 5 4 3 — — 31 Total commercial loans $ 68,549 82,136 60,747 22,515 25,390 32,252 255,327 511 547,427 (1) Includes charge-offs on overdrafts, which are generally charged-off at 60 days past due. Wells Fargo & Company 109 Table 5.8 provides days past due (DPD) information for commercial loans, which we monitor as part of our credit risk management practices; however, delinquency is not a primary credit quality indicator for commercial loans. Table 5.8: Commercial Loan Categories by Delinquency Status (in millions) Still accruing Nonaccrual loans Total commercial loans Current-29 DPD 30-89 DPD 90+ DPD December 31, 2024 Commercial and industrial $ 379,147 794 537 763 381,241 Commercial real estate 131,794 472 468 3,771 136,505 Lease financing 16,156 173 — 84 16,413 Total commercial loans $ 527,097 1,439 1,005 4,618 534,159 December 31, 2023 Commercial and industrial $ 379,099 584 43 662 380,388 Commercial real estate 145,721 562 145 4,188 150,616 Lease financing 16,177 182 — 64 16,423 Total commercial loans $ 540,997 1,328 188 4,914 547,427 CONSUMER CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS. We have various classes of consumer loans that present unique credit risks. Loan delinquency, Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) credit scores and loan- to-value (LTV) for residential mortgage loans are the primary credit quality indicators that we monitor and utilize in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the ACL for the consumer loan portfolio segment. Many of our loss estimation techniques used for the ACL for loans rely on delinquency-based models; therefore, delinquency is an important indicator of credit quality in the establishment of our ACL for consumer loans. We obtain FICO scores at loan origination and the scores are generally updated at least quarterly, except in limited circumstances, including compliance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA). FICO scores are not available for certain loan types or may not be required if we deem it unnecessary due to strong collateral and other borrower attributes. LTV is the ratio of the outstanding loan balance divided by the property collateral value. For junior lien mortgages, we use the total combined loan balance of first and junior lien mortgages (including unused line of credit amounts). We obtain LTVs using a cascade approach which first uses values provided by automated valuation models (AVMs) for the property. If an AVM is not available, then the value is estimated using the original appraised value adjusted by the change in Home Price Index (HPI) for the property location. If an HPI is not available, the original appraised value is used. The HPI value is normally the only method considered for high value properties, generally with an original value of $1.5 million or more, as the AVM values have proven less accurate for these properties. Generally, we update LTVs on a quarterly basis. Certain loans do not have an LTV due to a lack of industry data availability and portfolios acquired from or serviced by other institutions. Gross charge-offs by loan class are included in the following tables for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, which we monitor as part of our credit risk management practices; however, charge-offs are not a primary credit quality indicator for our loan portfolio. Credit quality information is provided with the year of origination for term loans. Revolving loans may convert to term loans as a result of a contractual provision in the original loan agreement or if modified for a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. Table 5.9 provides the outstanding balances of our residential mortgage loans by our primary credit quality indicators. Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued) 110 Wells Fargo & Company Table 5.9: Credit Quality Indicators for Residential Mortgage Loans by Vintage (in millions) Term loans by origination year Revolving loans Revolving loans converted to term loans Total 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 Prior December 31, 2024 By delinquency status: Current-29 DPD $ 10,780 11,611 43,482 59,206 32,964 71,302 5,910 6,319 241,574 30-89 DPD 19 15 69 55 22 636 27 142 985 90+ DPD — 8 43 23 10 338 19 172 613 Government insured/guaranteed loans (1) 2 10 17 41 94 6,933 — — 7,097 Total $ 10,801 11,644 43,611 59,325 33,090 79,209 5,956 6,633 250,269 By updated FICO: 740+ $ 10,231 10,931 40,431 55,880 31,150 61,856 4,671 3,917 219,067 700-739 411 448 1,978 2,208 1,165 4,601 635 882 12,328 660-699 93 151 756 775 411 2,196 314 533 5,229 620-659 27 52 196 172 101 944 103 287 1,882 <620 2 15 139 130 56 1,209 133 449 2,133 No FICO available 35 37 94 119 113 1,470 100 565 2,533 Government insured/guaranteed loans (1) 2 10 17 41 94 6,933 — — 7,097 Total $ 10,801 11,644 43,611 59,325 33,090 79,209 5,956 6,633 250,269 By updated LTV: 0-80% $ 10,360 11,089 40,341 58,434 32,727 71,821 5,874 6,521 237,167 80.01-100% 398 482 3,088 758 193 259 61 72 5,311 >100% (2) 9 38 121 53 20 49 10 17 317 No LTV available 32 25 44 39 56 147 11 23 377 Government insured/guaranteed loans (1) 2 10 17 41 94 6,933 — — 7,097 Total $ 10,801 11,644 43,611 59,325 33,090 79,209 5,956 6,633 250,269 Gross charge-offs $ — — — 1 2 27 2 32 64 (in millions) Term loans by origination year Revolving loans Revolving loans converted to term loans Total 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 Prior December 31, 2023 By delinquency status: Current-29 DPD $ 13,192 46,065 62,529 35,124 19,364 60,391 8,044 6,735 251,444 30-89 DPD 6 70 58 28 30 724 41 151 1,108 90+ DPD — 18 12 8 14 327 24 201 604 Government insured/guaranteed loans (1) 5 15 39 97 112 7,300 — — 7,568 Total $ 13,203 46,168 62,638 35,257 19,520 68,742 8,109 7,087 260,724 By updated FICO: 740+ $ 12,243 42,550 58,827 33,232 18,000 50,938 6,291 4,092 226,173 700-739 679 2,324 2,510 1,219 888 4,478 883 979 13,960 660-699 185 843 861 422 310 2,261 417 601 5,900 620-659 45 227 179 110 66 978 150 322 2,077 <620 11 122 100 64 46 1,245 174 464 2,226 No FICO available 35 87 122 113 98 1,542 194 629 2,820 Government insured/guaranteed loans (1) 5 15 39 97 112 7,300 — — 7,568 Total $ 13,203 46,168 62,638 35,257 19,520 68,742 8,109 7,087 260,724 By updated LTV: 0-80% $ 12,434 39,624 61,421 34,833 19,123 61,043 7,903 6,923 243,304 80.01-100% 687 6,286 1,065 232 203 207 103 114 8,897 >100% (2) 51 193 57 33 31 38 21 24 448 No LTV available 26 50 56 62 51 154 82 26 507 Government insured/guaranteed loans (1) 5 15 39 97 112 7,300 — — 7,568 Total $ 13,203 46,168 62,638 35,257 19,520 68,742 8,109 7,087 260,724 Gross charge-offs $ — 1 — — 2 63 4 66 136 (1) Represents residential mortgage loans whose repayments are insured or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, such as the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). Loans insured/guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and 90+ DPD totaled $2.8 billion and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (2) Reflects total loan balances with LTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV. Wells Fargo & Company 111 Table 5.10 provides the outstanding balances of our credit card loan portfolio by primary credit quality indicators. The revolving loans converted to term loans in the credit card loan category represent credit card loans with modified terms that require payment over a specific term. Table 5.10: Credit Quality Indicators for Credit Card Loans (in millions) December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 Revolving loans Revolving loans converted to term loans Total Revolving loans Revolving loans converted to term loans Total By delinquency status: Current-29 DPD $ 54,389 535 54,924 50,428 350 50,778 30-89 DPD 699 67 766 660 49 709 90+ DPD 815 37 852 717 26 743 Total $ 55,903 639 56,542 51,805 425 52,230 By updated FICO: 740+ $ 21,784 28 21,812 19,153 21 19,174 700-739 12,359 74 12,433 11,727 51 11,778 660-699 11,093 132 11,225 10,592 84 10,676 620-659 5,356 117 5,473 5,273 76 5,349 <620 5,161 286 5,447 4,861 192 5,053 No FICO available 150 2 152 199 1 200 Total $ 55,903 639 56,542 51,805 425 52,230 Gross charge-offs $ 2,669 173 2,842 1,909 100 2,009 Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued) 112 Wells Fargo & Company Table 5.11 provides the outstanding balances of our Auto loan portfolio by primary credit quality indicators. Table 5.11: Credit Quality Indicators for Auto Loans by Vintage (in millions) Term loans by origination year 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 Prior Total December 31, 2024 By delinquency status: Current-29 DPD $ 13,846 9,175 8,415 7,205 2,042 684 41,367 30-89 DPD 32 63 270 380 122 60 927 90+ DPD 2 5 25 31 7 3 73 Total $ 13,880 9,243 8,710 7,616 2,171 747 42,367 By updated FICO: 740+ $ 8,758 6,197 4,358 3,199 841 249 23,602 700-739 2,483 1,307 1,188 1,020 307 101 6,406 660-699 1,689 864 1,028 930 280 95 4,886 620-659 623 401 667 661 198 72 2,622 <620 319 455 1,450 1,775 529 223 4,751 No FICO available 8 19 19 31 16 7 100 Total $ 13,880 9,243 8,710 7,616 2,171 747 42,367 Gross charge-offs $ 10 48 246 270 55 23 652 (in millions) Term loans by origination year 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 Prior Total December 31, 2023 By delinquency status: Current-29 DPD $ 14,022 13,052 12,376 4,335 2,161 448 46,394 30-89 DPD 43 328 545 195 106 40 1,257 90+ DPD 4 34 49 14 7 3 111 Total $ 14,069 13,414 12,970 4,544 2,274 491 47,762 By updated FICO: 740+ $ 9,460 6,637 5,487 1,853 963 176 24,576 700-739 2,232 1,969 1,861 701 347 68 7,178 660-699 1,405 1,745 1,729 623 295 61 5,858 620-659 572 1,162 1,228 425 195 46 3,628 <620 388 1,876 2,621 915 452 130 6,382 No FICO available 12 25 44 27 22 10 140 Total $ 14,069 13,414 12,970 4,544 2,274 491 47,762 Gross charge-offs $ 15 265 392 99 52 9 832 Wells Fargo & Company 113 Table 5.12 provides the outstanding balances of our Other consumer loans portfolio by primary credit quality indicators. Table 5.12: Credit Quality Indicators for Other Consumer Loans by Vintage (in millions) Term loans by origination year Revolving loans Revolving loans converted to term loans Total 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 Prior December 31, 2024 By delinquency status: Current-29 DPD $ 1,860 1,835 1,160 286 80 59 23,903 112 29,295 30-89 DPD 5 23 17 3 1 2 14 6 71 90+ DPD 2 9 7 2 — 1 13 8 42 Total $ 1,867 1,867 1,184 291 81 62 23,930 126 29,408 By updated FICO: 740+ $ 1,360 868 452 119 48 26 961 41 3,875 700-739 280 368 207 50 14 10 433 17 1,379 660-699 110 304 201 44 6 8 335 17 1,025 620-659 24 114 93 29 3 5 127 11 406 <620 14 120 112 29 4 7 138 16 440 No FICO available (1) 79 93 119 20 6 6 21,936 24 22,283 Total $ 1,867 1,867 1,184 291 81 62 23,930 126 29,408 Gross charge-offs (2) $ 150 165 127 31 5 6 66 10 560 (in millions) Term loans by origination year Revolving loans Revolving loans converted to term loans Total 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 Prior December 31, 2023 By delinquency status: Current-29 DPD $ 3,273 2,132 571 167 93 61 21,988 106 28,391 30-89 DPD 24 32 9 1 1 2 17 6 92 90+ DPD 9 14 3 1 — 1 15 13 56 Total $ 3,306 2,178 583 169 94 64 22,020 125 28,539 By updated FICO: 740+ $ 1,911 926 265 85 36 28 1,152 27 4,430 700-739 642 409 107 27 14 10 507 16 1,732 660-699 403 365 93 16 11 8 395 16 1,307 620-659 129 166 45 6 6 5 147 11 515 <620 75 152 49 8 8 6 152 17 467 No FICO available (1) 146 160 24 27 19 7 19,667 38 20,088 Total $ 3,306 2,178 583 169 94 64 22,020 125 28,539 Gross charge-offs (2) $ 178 158 52 9 9 6 62 11 485 (1) Substantially all loans are revolving securities-based loans originated by the WIM operating segment and therefore do not require a FICO score. (2) Includes charge-offs on overdrafts, which are generally charged-off at 60 days past due. Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued) 114 Wells Fargo & Company NONACCRUAL LOANS. Table 5.13 provides loans on nonaccrual status. Nonaccrual loans may have an ACL or a negative allowance for credit losses from expected recoveries of amounts previously written off. Table 5.13: Nonaccrual Loans Outstanding balance Recognized interest income Nonaccrual loans Nonaccrual loans without related allowance for credit losses (1) Year ended December 31, (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 2024 2023 Commercial and industrial $ 763 662 2 149 29 17 Commercial real estate 3,771 4,188 41 107 25 29 Lease financing 84 64 17 10 — — Total commercial 4,618 4,914 60 266 54 46 Residential mortgage 2,991 3,192 1,887 2,047 177 192 Auto 89 115 — — 14 18 Other consumer 32 35 — — 4 4 Total consumer 3,112 3,342 1,887 2,047 195 214 Total nonaccrual loans $ 7,730 8,256 1,947 2,313 249 260 (1) Nonaccrual loans may not have an allowance for credit losses if the loss expectations are zero given the related collateral value. LOANS IN PROCESS OF FORECLOSURE. Our recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in process of foreclosure was $705 million and $837 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which included $540 million and $660 million, respectively, of loans that are government insured/guaranteed. Under the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau guidelines, we do not commence the foreclosure process on residential mortgage loans until after the loan is 120 days delinquent. Foreclosure procedures and timelines vary depending on whether the property address resides in a judicial or non-judicial state. Judicial states require the foreclosure to be processed through the state’s courts while non-judicial states are processed without court intervention. Foreclosure timelines vary according to state law. LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING. Certain loans 90 days or more past due are still accruing, because they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) residential mortgage or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. Table 5.14 shows loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed. Table 5.14: Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Total: $ 4,802 3,751 Less: government insured/guaranteed loans (1) 2,801 2,646 Total, not government insured/guaranteed $ 2,001 1,105 By segment and class, not government insured/ guaranteed: Commercial and industrial $ 537 43 Commercial real estate 468 145 Total commercial 1,005 188 Residential mortgage 39 31 Credit card 852 743 Auto 71 101 Other consumer 34 42 Total consumer 996 917 Total, not government insured/guaranteed $ 2,001 1,105 (1) Represents residential mortgage loans whose repayments are insured or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, such as the FHA or the VA. Wells Fargo & Company 115 LOAN MODIFICATIONS TO BORROWERS EXPERIENCING FINANCIAL DIFFICULTY. We may agree to modify the contractual terms of a loan to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. Our commercial loan modifications may include principal forgiveness, interest rate reductions, payment delays, term extensions, or a combination of these modifications. Commercial loan term extensions have terms that vary based on the borrower’s request and are evaluated by our credit teams on an individual basis. Our consumer loan modifications vary based upon the loan product and the modification program offered to the borrower, and may include interest rate reductions, payment delays, term extensions, principal forbearance or forgiveness, or a combination of these modifications. Generally, our consumer loan modification programs modify the loan terms to achieve payment terms that are more affordable to the borrower and, as a result, increase the likelihood of full repayment of principal and interest. Our residential mortgage loan modification programs may offer a short-term payment deferral based upon the borrower’s demonstrated hardship, up to 12 months. If additional assistance is needed after 12 months, the borrower may request another loan modification. Modifications may also include a trial payment period of three months to determine if the borrower can perform in accordance with the proposed permanent loan modification terms. Loans in a trial payment period continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. Credit card loan modifications result in a reduction in the credit card interest rate and may be offered on a short-term or long-term basis. A short-term interest rate reduction program reduces the borrower’s interest rate for 12 months. A long-term interest rate reduction program provides a reduction of the interest rate over a fixed five-year term. During the modification period, the borrower’s revolving charge privileges are revoked. Auto loan modifications generally include insignificant (e.g., three months or less) payment deferrals over the loan term. The following disclosures provide information on loan modifications in the form of principal forgiveness, interest rate reductions, other-than-insignificant (e.g., greater than three months) payment delays, term extensions or a combination of these modifications, as well as the financial effects of these modifications, and loan performance in the twelve months following the modification. Loans that both modify and are paid off or charged-off during the period are not included in the disclosures below. These disclosures do not include loans discharged by a bankruptcy court as the only concession, which were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Table 5.15 presents the outstanding balance of modified commercial loans and the related financial effects of these modifications. At the time of modification, we may require that the borrower provide additional economic support, such as partial repayment, additional collateral, or guarantees. Table 5.15: Commercial Loan Modifications and Financial Effects ($ in millions) Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 Commercial and industrial modifications: Term extension $ 503 286 All other modifications and combinations 152 144 Total commercial and industrial modifications $ 655 430 Total commercial and industrial modifications as a % of loan class 0.17 % 0.11 Financial effects: Weighted average term extension (months) 25 15 Commercial real estate modifications: Term extension $ 2,085 458 All other modifications and combinations 336 9 Total commercial real estate modifications $ 2,421 467 Total commercial real estate modifications as a % of loan class 1.77 % 0.31 Financial effects: Weighted average term extension (months) 25 24 Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued) 116 Wells Fargo & Company Commercial loans that received a modification during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and subsequently defaulted in the period were insignificant. Defaults that occur on commercial modifications are reported based on a payment default definition of 90 days past due. Table 5.16 provides past due information on commercial loan modifications during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the amount of related gross charge-offs during these periods. For loan modifications that include a payment deferral, payment performance is not included in the table below until the loan exits the deferral period and payments resume. Table 5.16: Payment Performance of Commercial Loan Modifications (in millions) By delinquency status Gross charge-offs Current-29 DPD 30-89 DPD 90+ DPD Total Year ended December 31, 2024 Commercial and industrial $ 609 35 28 672 112 Commercial real estate 2,292 94 37 2,423 13 Total commercial $ 2,901 129 65 3,095 125 December 31, 2023 Commercial and industrial $ 308 8 8 324 45 Commercial real estate 380 87 — 467 2 Total commercial $ 688 95 8 791 47 Table 5.17 presents the outstanding balance of modified consumer loans and the related financial effects of these modifications. Modified loans within the Auto and Other consumer loan classes were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and accordingly, are excluded from the following tables and disclosures. Loans in a trial payment period are not included in the following loan modification disclosures until the borrower has successfully completed the trial period and the loan modification is formally executed. Residential mortgage loans in a trial payment period totaled $98 million and $109 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Table 5.17: Consumer Loan Modifications and Financial Effects ($ in millions) Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 Residential mortgage modifications (1): Payment delay $ 363 472 Term extension 35 67 Term extension and payment delay 89 88 Interest rate reduction, and term extension, and payment delay 45 80 All other modifications and combinations 39 57 Total residential mortgage modifications $ 571 764 Total residential mortgage modifications as a % of loan class 0.23 % 0.29 Financial effects: Weighted average interest rate reduction 1.70 % 1.65 Weighted average payments deferred (months) (2) 6 5 Weighted average term extension (years) 10.8 9.8 Credit card modifications: Interest rate reduction $ 772 459 Total credit card modifications $ 772 459 Total credit card modifications as a % of loan class 1.37 % 0.88 Financial effects: Weighted average interest rate reduction 22.04 % 21.63 (1) Payment delay modifications include loan modifications that defer a set amount of principal to the end of the loan term. The outstanding balance of loans with principal deferred to the end of the loan term was $344 million and $292 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (2) Excludes the financial effects of loans with a set amount of principal deferred to the end of the loan term. The weighted average period of principal deferred was 24.6 years and 25.4 years for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Wells Fargo & Company 117 Consumer loans that received a modification during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and subsequently defaulted in the period totaled $212 million and $280 million, respectively. Defaults that occur on consumer modifications are reported based on a payment default definition of 60 days past due. Table 5.18 provides past due information on consumer loan modifications during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the amount of related gross charge-offs during these periods. Table 5.18: Payment Performance of Consumer Loan Modifications (in millions) By delinquency status Gross charge-offs Current-29 DPD 30-89 DPD 90+ DPD Total Year ended December 31, 2024 Residential mortgage (1) $ 349 126 93 568 7 Credit card (2) 644 123 87 854 180 Total consumer $ 993 249 180 1,422 187 December 31, 2023 Residential mortgage (1) $ 460 120 180 760 9 Credit card (2) 344 68 47 459 82 Total consumer $ 804 188 227 1,219 91 (1) Loan modifications in an active payment deferral are excluded. Includes loans where delinquency status was not reset to current upon exit from the deferral period. (2) Credit card loans that are past due at the time of the modification do not become current until they have three consecutive months of payment performance. Commitments to lend additional funds on commercial loans modified during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, were $499 million and $233 million, respectively, the majority of which were in the commercial and industrial portfolio. Commitments to lend additional funds on consumer loans modified during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, were insignificant. Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued) 118 Wells Fargo & Company TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs). In January 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02, which eliminated the accounting and reporting guidance for TDRs. Table 5.19 and Table 5.20 present TDR information for the period ended December 31, 2022. Table 5.19: TDR Modifications Primary modification type (1) Financial effects of modifications ($ in millions) Principal forgiveness Interest rate reduction Other concessions (2) Total Charge- offs (3) Weighted average interest rate reduction Recorded investment related to interest rate reduction (4) Year ended December 31, 2022 Commercial and industrial $ 24 24 349 397 — 10.69% $ 24 Commercial real estate — 12 112 124 — 0.92 12 Lease financing — — 2 2 — — — Total commercial 24 36 463 523 — 7.51 36 Residential mortgage 1 369 1,357 1,727 6 1.61 369 Credit card — 311 — 311 — 20.33 311 Auto 2 7 63 72 16 4.33 7 Other consumer — 19 3 22 1 11.48 19 Trial modifications (5) — — 228 228 — — — Total consumer 3 706 1,651 2,360 23 10.14 706 Total $ 27 742 2,114 2,883 23 10.02% $ 742 (1) Amounts represent the recorded investment in loans after recognizing the effects of the TDR, if any. TDRs may have multiple types of concessions, but are presented only once in the first modification type based on the order presented in the table above. The reported amounts include loans remodified of $445 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. (2) Other concessions include loans with payment (principal and/or interest) deferral, loans discharged in bankruptcy, loan renewals, term extensions and other interest and noninterest adjustments, but exclude modifications that also forgive principal and/or reduce the contractual interest rate. (3) Charge-offs include write-downs of the investment in the loan in the period it is contractually modified. The amount of charge-off will differ from the modification terms if the loan has been charged down prior to the modification based on our policies. In addition, there may be cases where we have a charge-off/down with no legal principal modification. (4) Recorded investment related to interest rate reduction reflects the effect of reduced interest rates on loans with an interest rate concession as one of their concession types, which includes loans reported as a principal primary modification type that also have an interest rate concession. (5) Trial modifications are granted a delay in payments due under the original terms during the trial payment period. However, these loans continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. Any subsequent permanent modification generally includes interest rate related concessions; however, the exact concession type and resulting financial effect are usually not known until the loan is permanently modified. Trial modifications for the period are presented net of previously reported trial modifications that became permanent in the current period. Table 5.20: Defaulted TDRs Recorded investment of defaults (in millions) Year ended December 31, 2022 Commercial and industrial $ 55 Commercial real estate 14 Total commercial 69 Residential mortgage 142 Credit card 43 Auto 21 Other consumer 2 Total consumer 208 Total $ 277 Wells Fargo & Company 119 Note 6: Mortgage Banking Activities Mortgage banking activities consist of residential and commercial mortgage originations, sales and servicing. We apply the fair value method to residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) and apply the amortization method to commercial MSRs. Table 6.1 presents MSRs, including the changes in MSRs measured using the fair value method and the amortization method. Table 6.1: Mortgage Servicing Rights (in millions) Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 Residential MSRs at fair value, beginning of period $ 7,468 9,310 6,920 Originations/purchases 94 161 1,003 Sales and other (1) (312) (902) (614) Net additions (reductions) (218) (741) 389 Changes in fair value: Due to valuation inputs or assumptions: Market interest rates (2) 538 228 3,417 Servicing and foreclosure costs (45) (14) (17) Discount rates (73) (149) 42 Prepayment estimates and other (3) 72 21 (188) Net changes in valuation inputs or assumptions 492 86 3,254 Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows (4) (898) (1,187) (1,253) Total changes in fair value (406) (1,101) 2,001 Residential MSRs at fair value, end of period 6,844 7,468 9,310 Commercial MSRs at amortized cost, end of period (5) 935 1,040 1,170 Total MSRs $ 7,779 8,508 10,480 (1) For the year ended December 31, 2022, residential MSRs decreased $611 million due to the sale of interest-only strips related to excess servicing cash flows from agency residential mortgage- backed securitizations. (2) Includes prepayment rate changes due to changes in market interest rates. Residential MSRs are economically hedged with derivative instruments to reduce exposure to changes in market interest rates. (3) Represents other changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions, including prepayment rate estimation changes that are independent of mortgage interest rate changes. (4) Represents the reduction in the residential MSR fair value for the cash flows expected to be collected during the period, net of income accreted due to the passage of time. (5) The estimated fair value of commercial MSRs was $1.5 billion, $1.6 billion, and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, and 2022, respectively. In August 2024, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell the non-agency third-party servicing segment of our commercial mortgage servicing business, including the related mortgage servicing rights and servicer advances. At the closing of this transaction, we expect commercial MSRs at amortized cost to be reduced. Table 6.2 provides key weighted-average assumptions used in the valuation of residential MSRs and sensitivity of the current fair value of residential MSRs to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions. See Note 15 (Fair Value Measurements) for additional information on key assumptions for residential MSRs. Table 6.2: Assumptions and Sensitivity of Residential MSRs ($ in millions, except cost to service amounts) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Fair value of interests held $ 6,844 7,468 Expected weighted-average life (in years) 6.4 6.3 Key assumptions: Prepayment rate assumption (1) 8.1% 8.9 Impact on fair value from 10% adverse change $ (191) (224) Impact on fair value from 25% adverse change (461) (538) Discount rate assumption 10.1% 9.4 Impact on fair value from 100 basis point increase $ (270) (294) Impact on fair value from 200 basis point increase (519) (565) Cost to service assumption ($ per loan) 103 105 Impact on fair value from 10% adverse change (134) (148) Impact on fair value from 25% adverse change (334) (369) (1) Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior. 120 Wells Fargo & Company The sensitivities in the preceding table are hypothetical and caution should be exercised when relying on this data. Changes in value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the value of the other interests held is calculated independently without changing any other assumptions. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in others, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. We present information for our managed servicing portfolio in Table 6.3 using unpaid principal balance for loans serviced and subserviced for others and carrying value for owned loans serviced. As the servicer of loans for others, we advance certain payments of principal, interest, taxes, insurance, and default- related expenses. The credit risk related to these advances is limited since the reimbursement is generally senior to cash payments to investors and are generally reimbursed within a short timeframe from cash flows from the trust, government- sponsored enterprise (GSEs), insurer, or borrower. We maintain an allowance for uncollectible amounts for advances on loans serviced for others that may not be reimbursed if the payments were not made in accordance with applicable servicing agreements or if the insurance or servicing agreements contain limitations on reimbursements. We also advance payments of taxes and insurance for our owned loans which are collectible from the borrower. Servicing advances on owned loans are written-off when deemed uncollectible. Table 6.3: Managed Servicing Portfolio ($ in billions, unless otherwise noted) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Residential mortgages Commercial mortgages Residential mortgages Commercial mortgages Serviced and subserviced for others (1) $ 488 531 560 548 Owned loans serviced 252 117 262 128 Total managed servicing portfolio 740 648 822 676 Total serviced for others, excluding subserviced for others 487 522 560 539 MSRs as a percentage of loans serviced for others 1.41 % 0.18 1.33 0.19 Weighted average note rate (mortgage loans serviced for others) 3.76 5.05 3.76 5.27 Servicer advances, net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts ($ in millions) (1) $ 977 1,173 1,103 1,031 (1) In August 2024, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell the non-agency third-party servicing segment of our commercial mortgage servicing business, including the related mortgage servicing rights and servicer advances. At the closing of this transaction, we expect commercial mortgage loans serviced for others and commercial mortgage servicer advances to be reduced. Table 6.4 presents the components of mortgage banking noninterest income. Table 6.4: Mortgage Banking Noninterest Income Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Contractually specified servicing fees, late charges and ancillary fees $ 1,862 2,124 2,475 Unreimbursed servicing costs (1) (121) (115) (189) Amortization for commercial MSRs (2) (231) (238) (247) Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows (3) (A) (898) (1,187) (1,253) Net servicing fees 612 584 786 Changes in fair value of MSRs due to valuation inputs or assumptions (4) (B) 492 86 3,254 Net derivative losses from economic hedges (5) (522) (234) (3,507) Market-related valuation changes to residential MSRs, net of hedge results (30) (148) (253) Total net servicing income 582 436 533 Net gains on mortgage loan originations/sales (6) 465 393 850 Total mortgage banking noninterest income $ 1,047 829 1,383 Total changes in residential MSRs carried at fair value (A)+(B) $ (406) (1,101) 2,001 (1) Includes costs associated with foreclosures, unreimbursed interest advances to investors, other interest costs, and transaction costs associated with sales of residential MSRs. (2) Estimated future amortization expense for commercial MSRs was $220 million, $178 million, $141 million, $121 million, and $89 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2026, 2027, 2028, and 2029, respectively. (3) Represents the reduction in the cash flows expected to be collected during the period, net of income accreted due to the passage of time, for residential MSRs measured using the fair value method. (4) Refer to the analysis of changes in residential MSRs presented in Table 6.1 in this Note for more detail. (5) See Note 14 (Derivatives) for additional information on economic hedges for residential MSRs. (6) Includes net gains of $81 million, $95 million, and $2.5 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, related to derivatives used as economic hedges of mortgage loans held for sale and derivative loan commitments. Wells Fargo & Company 121 Note 7: Intangible Assets and Other Assets Intangible assets include MSRs, goodwill, and customer relationship and other intangibles. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities). Customer relationship and other intangibles, which are included in other assets on our consolidated balance sheet, had a net carrying value of $73 million and $118 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Table 7.1 shows the allocation of goodwill to our reportable operating segments. Table 7.1: Goodwill (in millions) Consumer Banking and Lending Commercial Banking Corporate and Investment Banking Wealth and Investment Management Corporate Consolidated Company December 31, 2022 $ 16,418 2,931 5,375 344 105 25,173 Foreign currency translation — 2 — — — 2 December 31, 2023 16,418 2,933 5,375 344 105 25,175 Foreign currency translation — (8) — — — (8) December 31, 2024 $ 16,418 2,925 5,375 344 105 25,167 Table 7.2 presents the components of other assets. Table 7.2: Other Assets (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Corporate/bank-owned life insurance (1) $ 19,751 19,705 Accounts receivable (2) 19,608 30,541 Interest receivable: AFS and HTM debt securities 1,544 1,616 Loans 3,420 3,933 Trading and other 1,371 1,211 Operating lease assets (lessor) 5,286 5,558 Operating lease ROU assets (lessee) 3,850 3,412 Other (3) 18,472 12,839 Total other assets $ 73,302 78,815 (1) Corporate/bank-owned life insurance is recognized at cash surrender value. (2) Primarily includes derivatives clearinghouse receivables, trade date receivables, and servicer advances, which are recognized at amortized cost. (3) Predominantly includes income tax receivables, prepaid expenses, physical commodities inventory (recognized at LOCOM), and venture capital investments in consolidated portfolio companies. 122 Wells Fargo & Company Note 8: Leasing Activity As a Lessor Table 8.1 presents the composition of our leasing revenue and Table 8.2 provides the components of our investment in lease financing. Noninterest income on leases, included in Table 8.1 is included in other noninterest income on our consolidated statement of income. Lease expense, included in other noninterest expense on our consolidated statement of income, was $633 million, $697 million, and $750 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Table 8.1: Leasing Revenue (in millions) Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 Interest income on lease financing $ 904 740 600 Other lease revenue: Variable revenue on lease financing 92 97 114 Fixed revenue on operating leases 918 968 972 Variable revenue on operating leases 43 43 58 Other lease-related revenue (1) 178 129 125 Noninterest income on leases 1,231 1,237 1,269 Total leasing revenue $ 2,135 1,977 1,869 (1) Includes net gains (losses) on disposition of assets leased under operating leases or lease financings, and impairment charges. Table 8.2: Investment in Lease Financing (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Lease receivables $ 15,290 15,142 Residual asset values 3,712 3,678 Unearned income (2,589) (2,397) Lease financing $ 16,413 16,423 Our net investment in financing and sales-type leases included $509 million and $640 million of leveraged leases at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As shown in Table 7.2, included in Note 7 (Intangible Assets and Other Assets), we had $5.3 billion and $5.6 billion in operating lease assets at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which was net of $2.9 billion and $3.0 billion of accumulated depreciation for 2024 and 2023, respectively. Depreciation expense for the operating lease assets was $407 million, $453 million, and $477 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Table 8.3 presents future lease payments owed by our lessees. Table 8.3: Maturities of Lease Receivables December 31, 2024 (in millions) Direct financing and sales- type leases Operating leases 2025 $ 4,628 562 2026 3,562 423 2027 2,548 317 2028 1,622 222 2029 908 141 Thereafter 2,022 258 Total lease receivables $ 15,290 1,923 As a Lessee Table 8.4 presents balances for our operating leases. Table 8.4: Operating Lease Right-of-Use (ROU) Assets and Lease Liabilities (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 ROU assets $ 3,850 3,412 Lease liabilities 4,423 4,060 Table 8.5 provides the composition of our lease costs, which are included in occupancy expense. Table 8.5: Lease Costs Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Fixed lease expense – operating leases $ 971 990 1,022 Variable lease expense 271 268 277 Other (1) (43) (52) (37) Total lease costs $ 1,199 1,206 1,262 (1) Includes gains recognized from sale leaseback transactions and sublease rental income. Table 8.6 provides the future lease payments under operating leases as well as information on the remaining average lease term and discount rate as of December 31, 2024. Table 8.6: Lease Payments on Operating Leases (in millions, except for weighted averages) Dec 31, 2024 2025 $ 889 2026 938 2027 799 2028 661 2029 473 Thereafter 1,234 Total lease payments 4,994 Less: imputed interest 571 Total operating lease liabilities $ 4,423 Weighted average remaining lease term (in years) 6.6 Weighted average discount rate 3.6 % Our operating leases predominantly expire within the next 15 years, with the longest lease expiring in 2105. We do not include renewal or termination options in the establishment of the lease term when we are not reasonably certain that we will exercise them. As of December 31, 2024, we had additional operating leases commitments of $74 million, predominantly for real estate, which leases had not yet commenced. These leases are expected to commence during 2026 and have lease terms of 1 year to 18 years. Wells Fargo & Company 123 Note 9: Deposits Table 9.1 presents a summary of both time certificates of deposit (CDs) and other time deposits issued by domestic and non-U.S. offices. Table 9.1: Time Deposits (in millions) December 31, 2024 2023 Total time deposits $ 139,865 192,267 Time deposits in excess of $250,000 29,675 57,489 The contractual maturities of time deposits are presented in Table 9.2. Table 9.2: Contractual Maturities of Time Deposits (in millions) December 31, 2024 2025 $ 126,470 2026 5,919 2027 3,554 2028 3,005 2029 614 Thereafter 303 Total $ 139,865 124 Wells Fargo & Company Note 10: Long-Term Debt We issue long-term debt denominated in multiple currencies, predominantly in U.S. dollars. Our issuances, which are generally unsecured, have both fixed and floating interest rates. Principal is repaid upon contractual maturity, unless redeemed at our option at an earlier date. Interest is paid predominantly on either a semi- annual or annual basis. As a part of our overall interest rate risk management strategy, we often use derivatives to manage our exposure to interest rate risk. We also use derivatives to manage our exposure to foreign currency risk. As a result, substantially all the long-term debt presented below is hedged in a hedge accounting relationship. We are subject to various financial and operational covenants as part of our long-term borrowing arrangements. Some of these arrangements have provisions that may limit the merger or sale of certain subsidiary banks and the issuance of capital stock or convertible securities by certain subsidiary banks. Table 10.1 presents a summary of our long-term debt carrying values, which reflects unamortized debt discounts and premiums and hedge basis adjustments, unless we have elected the fair value option. See Note 14 (Derivatives) for additional information on qualifying hedge contracts and Note 15 (Fair Value Measurements) for additional information on fair value option elections. The interest rates displayed represent the range of contractual rates in effect at December 31, 2024. These interest rates do not include the effects of any associated derivatives designated in a hedge accounting relationship. Table 10.1: Long-Term Debt (in millions) December 31, 2024 2023 Maturity date(s) Stated interest rate(s) Wells Fargo & Company (Parent only) Senior Fixed-rate notes 2025-2045 0.63-6.75% $ 33,194 42,384 Floating-rate notes 2026-2048 3.90-6.51% 3,339 1,046 FixFloat notes 2026-2053 1.74-6.49% 85,130 77,958 Structured notes (1) 7,189 6,900 Total senior debt – Parent 128,852 128,288 Subordinated Fixed-rate notes (2) 2025-2046 3.87-7.57% 17,091 18,841 Total subordinated debt – Parent 17,091 18,841 Junior subordinated Fixed-rate notes 2029-2036 5.95-7.95% 789 828 Floating-rate notes 2027 5.41-5.92% 368 355 Total junior subordinated debt – Parent 1,157 1,183 Total long-term debt – Parent (2) 147,100 148,312 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and other bank entities (Bank) Senior Fixed-rate notes 2025-2026 4.81-5.55% 8,262 6,506 Floating-rate notes 2025-2053 4.29-6.18% 1,864 1,416 Floating-rate advances – Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) (3) 2025 4.83-4.85% 3,000 38,000 Structured notes (1) 2,582 1,137 Finance leases 2025-2029 1.69-4.90% 16 19 Total senior debt – Bank 15,724 47,078 Subordinated Fixed-rate notes 2025-2038 5.85-7.74% 3,236 3,416 Total subordinated debt – Bank 3,236 3,416 Junior subordinated Floating-rate notes 2027 5.36-5.57% 429 414 Total junior subordinated debt – Bank (4) 429 414 Credit card securitizations (5) 2027 4.29-4.94% 2,240 — Other bank debt (6) 2025-2064 0.50-8.75% 3,080 7,558 Total long-term debt – Bank $ 24,709 58,466 (continued on following page) Wells Fargo & Company 125 (continued from previous page) (in millions) December 31, 2024 2023 Maturity date(s) Stated interest rate(s) Other consolidated subsidiaries Senior Structured notes (1) $ 1,269 810 Total long-term debt – Other consolidated subsidiaries 1,269 810 Total long-term debt (7) $ 173,078 207,588 (1) Includes certain structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, an embedded equity, commodity, or currency index, or basket of indices, for which the maturity may be accelerated based on the value of a referenced index or security. In addition, a major portion consists of zero coupon notes where interest is paid as part of the final redemption amount. (2) Includes fixed-rate subordinated notes issued by the Parent at a discount of $114 million and $118 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $2 million at both December 31, 2024 and 2023, to effect a modification of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., notes. These subordinated notes are carried at their par amount on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent presented in Note 27 (Parent-Only Financial Statements). In addition, Parent long-term debt presented in Note 27 also includes affiliate related issuance costs of $365 million and $379 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (3) We pledge certain assets as collateral to secure advances from the FHLB. For additional information, see Note 19 (Pledged Assets and Collateral). (4) Includes $429 million and $414 million of junior subordinated debentures held by unconsolidated wholly-owned trust preferred security VIEs at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. See Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for additional information about trust preferred security VIEs. (5) We pledge certain assets as collateral which can only be used to settle the liabilities of the consolidated VIE. For additional information about credit card securitizations, see Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities). (6) Effective January 1, 2024, we reclassified $4.9 billion of unfunded commitment liabilities for affordable housing investments to accrued expenses and other liabilities in connection with the adoption of ASU 2023-02. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). (7) The majority of long-term debt is redeemable at our option at one or more dates prior to contractual maturity. The aggregate carrying value of long-term debt that matures (based on contractual payment dates) as of December 31, 2024, in each of the following five years and thereafter is presented in Table 10.2. Table 10.2: Maturity of Long-Term Debt (in millions) December 31, 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 Thereafter Total Wells Fargo & Company (Parent Only) Senior debt $ 8,771 24,321 7,787 20,286 10,742 56,945 128,852 Subordinated debt 940 2,683 2,390 — — 11,078 17,091 Junior subordinated debt — — 368 — 266 523 1,157 Total long-term debt – Parent 9,711 27,004 10,545 20,286 11,008 68,546 147,100 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and other bank entities (Bank) Senior debt 7,826 7,687 3 28 2 178 15,724 Subordinated debt 150 — 26 193 — 2,867 3,236 Junior subordinated debt — — 429 — — — 429 Credit card securitizations — — 2,240 — — — 2,240 Other bank debt 110 58 71 71 47 2,723 3,080 Total long-term debt – Bank 8,086 7,745 2,769 292 49 5,768 24,709 Other consolidated subsidiaries Senior debt 377 220 43 5 288 336 1,269 Total long-term debt – Other consolidated subsidiaries 377 220 43 5 288 336 1,269 Total long-term debt $ 18,174 34,969 13,357 20,583 11,345 74,650 173,078 Note 10: Long-Term Debt (continued) 126 Wells Fargo & Company Note 11: Preferred Stock We are authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock, without par value. Outstanding preferred shares rank senior to common shares both as to the payment of dividends and liquidation preferences but have no general voting rights. All outstanding preferred stock with a liquidation preference value, except for Series L Preferred Stock, may be redeemed for the liquidation preference value, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends, on any dividend payment date on or after the earliest redemption date for that series. Additionally, these same series of preferred stock may be redeemed following a “regulatory capital treatment event,” as described in the terms of each series. Capital actions, including redemptions of our preferred stock, may be subject to regulatory approval or conditions. In addition, we are authorized to issue 4 million shares of preference stock, without par value. We have not issued any preference shares under this authorization. If issued, preference shares would be limited to one vote per share. In March 2024, we redeemed our Preferred Stock, Series R. In June 2024, we redeemed our Preferred Stock, Series S. In July 2024, we issued $2.0 billion of our Preferred Stock, Series FF. Table 11.1 summarizes information about our preferred stock. Table 11.1: Preferred Stock (in millions, except shares) December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 Earliest redemption date Shares authorized and designated Shares issued and outstanding Liquidation preference value Carrying value Shares authorized and designated Shares issued and outstanding Liquidation preference value Carrying value DEP Shares Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (DEP) Currently redeemable 97,000 96,546 $ — — 97,000 96,546 $ — — Preferred Stock: Series L (1) 7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A — 4,025,000 3,967,906 3,968 3,200 4,025,000 3,967,981 3,968 3,200 Series R 6.625% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Redeemed — — — — 34,500 33,600 840 840 Series S 5.90% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Redeemed — — — — 80,000 80,000 2,000 2,000 Series U 5.875% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A 6/15/2025 80,000 80,000 2,000 2,000 80,000 80,000 2,000 2,000 Series Y 5.625% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Currently redeemable 27,600 27,600 690 690 27,600 27,600 690 690 Series Z 4.75% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A 3/15/2025 80,500 80,500 2,013 2,013 80,500 80,500 2,013 2,013 Series AA 4.70% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A 12/15/2025 46,800 46,800 1,170 1,170 46,800 46,800 1,170 1,170 Series BB 3.90% Fixed-Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A 3/15/2026 140,400 140,400 3,510 3,510 140,400 140,400 3,510 3,510 Series CC 4.375% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A 3/15/2026 46,000 42,000 1,050 1,050 46,000 42,000 1,050 1,050 Series DD 4.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A 9/15/2026 50,000 50,000 1,250 1,250 50,000 50,000 1,250 1,250 Series EE 7.625% Fixed-Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A 9/15/2028 69,000 69,000 1,725 1,725 69,000 69,000 1,725 1,725 Series FF 6.85% Fixed-Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A 9/15/2029 80,000 80,000 2,000 2,000 — — — — Total 4,742,300 4,680,752 $ 19,376 18,608 4,776,800 4,714,427 $ 20,216 19,448 (1) At the option of the holder, each share of Series L Preferred Stock may be converted at any time into 6.3814 shares of common stock, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. If converted within 30 days of certain liquidation or change of control events, the holder may receive up to 16.5916 additional shares, or, at our option, receive an equivalent amount of cash in lieu of common stock. We may convert some or all of the Series L Preferred Stock into shares of common stock if the closing price of our common stock exceeds 130 percent of the conversion price of the Series L Preferred Stock for 20 trading days during any period of 30 consecutive trading days. We declared dividends of $298 million on Series L Preferred Stock in each of the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. Wells Fargo & Company 127 Note 12: Common Stock and Stock Plans Common Stock Table 12.1 and Table 12.2 present information related to our common stock. Table 12.1: Common Stock Shares Number of shares Shares reserved (1) 233,154,695 Shares issued 5,481,811,474 Shares not reserved or issued 3,285,033,831 Total shares authorized 9,000,000,000 (1) Shares reserved for employee stock plans (employee restricted share rights, performance share awards, 401(k), and deferred compensation plans), convertible securities, dividend reinvestment and common stock purchase plans, and director plans. Table 12.2: Common Stock Shares Outstanding (in millions) Number of Shares Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 Balance, beginning of period 3,598.9 3,833.8 3,885.8 Issued 22.8 37.2 43.5 Repurchased (332.8) (272.1) (110.4) Issued to ESOP — — 14.9 Balance, end of period 3,288.9 3,598.9 3,833.8 Dividend Reinvestment and Common Stock Purchase Plans Participants in our dividend reinvestment and common stock direct purchase plans may purchase shares of our common stock at fair market value by reinvesting dividends and/or making optional cash payments under the plan’s terms. Employee Stock Plans We offer stock-based employee compensation plans as described below. For additional information on our accounting for stock-based compensation plans, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). We have granted restricted share rights (RSRs) and performance share awards (PSAs) as our primary long-term incentive awards. Holders of RSRs and PSAs may be entitled to receive additional RSRs and PSAs (dividend equivalents) equal to the cash dividends that would have been paid had the RSRs or PSAs been issued and outstanding shares. RSRs and PSAs granted as dividend equivalents are subject to the same vesting schedule and conditions as the underlying award. Table 12.3 summarizes the major components of stock compensation expense and the related recognized tax benefit. Table 12.3: Stock Compensation Expense (in millions) Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 RSRs $ 1,180 1,069 947 Performance shares 101 53 31 Total stock compensation expense $ 1,281 1,122 978 Related recognized tax benefit $ 317 277 242 The total number of shares of common stock available for grant under the plans at December 31, 2024, was 77 million. 128 Wells Fargo & Company Restricted Share Rights Holders of RSRs are entitled to the related shares of common stock at no cost generally vesting over three to five years after the RSRs are granted. A summary of the status of our RSRs at December 31, 2024, and changes during 2024 is presented in Table 12.4. Table 12.4: Restricted Share Rights Number Weighted- average grant-date fair value Nonvested at January 1, 2024 59,547,247 $ 43.07 Granted 28,897,700 50.59 Vested (23,954,867) 46.54 Canceled or forfeited (2,448,184) 46.54 Nonvested at December 31, 2024 62,041,896 45.10 The weighted-average grant date fair value of RSRs granted during 2023 and 2022 was $44.15 and $51.80, respectively. At December 31, 2024, there was $1.2 billion of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested RSRs. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years. The total fair value of RSRs that vested during 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $1.2 billion, $954 million and $1.0 billion, respectively. Director Awards We granted RSRs to non-employee directors at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2024 and 2023. These stock awards vested immediately. Performance Share Awards Holders of PSAs are entitled to the related shares of common stock at no cost subject to the Company’s achievement of specified financial performance goals over a three-year period. The number of performance shares that vest can be adjusted downward to zero and upward to a maximum of 150% of the target. The awards vest in the quarter after the end of the three- year period with a determination of the number of shares following the certification of performance results by the Human Resources Committee of the Board. A summary of the status of our PSAs at December 31, 2024, and changes during 2024 is in Table 12.5, based on the performance adjustments recognized as of December 2024. Table 12.5: Performance Share Awards Number Weighted- average grant-date fair value Nonvested at January 1, 2024 4,287,823 $ 36.51 Granted 1,563,471 44.57 Vested (2,403,495) 46.24 Canceled or forfeited (8,431) 39.09 Nonvested at December 31, 2024 3,439,368 33.37 The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance awards granted during 2023 and 2022 was $44.33 and $52.80, respectively. At December 31, 2024, there was $23 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested performance awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years. The total fair value of PSAs that vested during 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $134 million, $31 million and $19 million, respectively. Wells Fargo & Company 129 Note 13: Legal Actions Wells Fargo and certain of our subsidiaries are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory, governmental, arbitration, and other proceedings or investigations concerning matters arising from the conduct of our business activities, and many of those proceedings and investigations expose Wells Fargo to potential financial loss or other adverse consequences. These proceedings and investigations include actions brought against Wells Fargo and/or our subsidiaries with respect to corporate-related matters and transactions in which Wells Fargo and/or our subsidiaries were involved. In addition, Wells Fargo and our subsidiaries may be requested to provide information to or otherwise cooperate with government authorities in the conduct of investigations of other persons or industry groups. We establish accruals for legal actions when potential losses associated with the actions become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. For such accruals, we record the amount we consider to be the best estimate within a range of potential losses that are both probable and estimable; however, if we cannot determine a best estimate, then we record the low end of the range of those potential losses. There can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of legal actions, including the matters described below, and the actual costs of resolving legal actions may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued for those actions. ADVISORY ACCOUNT CASH SWEEP MATTERS. The United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has undertaken an investigation regarding the cash sweep options that the Company provides to investment advisory clients at account opening. In January 2025, the Company entered into an agreement with the SEC pursuant to which the Company paid $35 million to resolve the SEC’s investigation. In addition, putative class actions have been filed in federal district courts alleging that the Company breached its fiduciary duties or agreements with regard to rates paid to clients in its cash sweep program. ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING AND ECONOMIC SANCTIONS RELATED INVESTIGATIONS. Government authorities are conducting inquiries or investigations regarding issues related to the Company’s anti-money laundering and sanctions programs. On September 12, 2024, the Company announced that Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. entered into a formal agreement with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) related to the bank’s anti- money laundering and sanctions risk management practices. COMPANY 401(K) PLAN LITIGATION. On September 26, 2022, participants in the Company’s 401(k) plan filed a putative class action in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota alleging that the Company violated the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 in connection with certain transactions associated with the Employee Stock Ownership Plan feature of the Company’s 401(k) plan, including the manner in which the 401(k) plan purchased certain securities used in connection with the Company’s contributions to the 401(k) plan. HIRING PRACTICES MATTERS. Government agencies, including the United States Department of Justice and the SEC, have undertaken formal or informal inquiries or investigations regarding the Company’s hiring practices related to diversity. The United States Department of Justice and the SEC have since closed their investigations without taking action. A putative securities fraud class action has also been filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that the Company and certain of its executive officers made false or misleading statements about the Company’s hiring practices related to diversity. Allegations related to the Company’s hiring practices related to diversity are also among the subjects of a shareholder derivative lawsuit pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. HOME MORTGAGE DISCRIMINATION LITIGATION. Plaintiffs representing a class of home mortgage applicants and customers filed putative class actions against Wells Fargo alleging that Wells Fargo’s mortgage lending policies and practices resulted in disparate treatment and disparate impact against minority applicants. These actions have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. INTERCHANGE LITIGATION. Plaintiffs representing a class of merchants have filed putative class actions, and individual merchants have filed individual actions, alleging that Visa and Mastercard, as well as certain payment card issuing banks including Wells Fargo, unlawfully colluded to set interchange rates associated with Visa and Mastercard payment card transactions and that enforcement of certain Visa and Mastercard rules and alleged tying and bundling of services offered to merchants were anticompetitive. These actions have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. Wells Fargo, along with other defendants and entities, are parties to loss and judgment sharing agreements, which provide that they, along with other entities, will share, based on a formula, in any losses or judgments from the relevant litigation. In July 2012, Visa, Mastercard, and the financial institution defendants, including Wells Fargo, agreed to pay a total of approximately $6.6 billion in order to settle the consolidated action. Several merchants opted out of the settlement and are pursuing individual actions. In June 2016, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacated the settlement agreement and reversed and remanded the consolidated action to the district court for further proceedings. In November 2016, the district court appointed lead class counsel for a damages class and an equitable relief class. The parties entered into a settlement agreement to resolve the damages class claims pursuant to which defendants agreed to pay a total of approximately $6.2 billion, which includes approximately $5.3 billion of funds remaining in escrow from the 2012 settlement and $900 million in additional funding. Wells Fargo’s allocated responsibility for the additional funding is approximately $94.5 million. The court granted final approval of the settlement on December 13, 2019, which was affirmed by the Second Circuit on March 15, 2023. On September 27, 2021, the district court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification in the equitable relief case. On March 26, 2024, Visa and Mastercard entered into a settlement agreement to resolve the equitable relief class claims, which was denied by the district court on June 25, 2024. Some of the opt-out and direct-action cases have been settled while others remain pending. SEMINOLE TRIBE TRUSTEE LITIGATION. The Seminole Tribe of Florida filed a complaint in Florida state court alleging that Wells Fargo, as trustee, charged excess fees in connection with the administration of a minor’s trust and failed to invest the assets of the trust prudently. The complaint was later amended 130 Wells Fargo & Company to include three individual current and former beneficiaries as plaintiffs and to remove the Tribe as a party to the case. Trial commenced in the case in February 2025. ZELLE LITIGATION. On December 20, 2024, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona against multiple financial services companies, including Wells Fargo, regarding fund transfers made through the Zelle Network. OUTLOOK. As described above, the Company establishes accruals for legal actions when potential losses associated with the actions become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The high end of the range of reasonably possible losses in excess of the Company’s accrual for probable and estimable losses was approximately $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2024. The outcomes of legal actions are unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, and it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible. It is also inherently difficult to estimate the amount of any loss and there may be matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but not currently estimable. Accordingly, actual losses may be in excess of the established accrual or the range of reasonably possible loss. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage, and established reserves, Wells Fargo believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against Wells Fargo and/or its subsidiaries will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s consolidated financial condition. However, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of a matter, if unfavorable, may be material to Wells Fargo’s results of operations for any particular period. Wells Fargo & Company 131 Note 14: Derivatives We use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. We designate certain derivatives as hedging instruments in qualifying hedge accounting relationships (fair value or cash flow hedges). Our remaining derivatives consist of economic hedges that do not qualify for, or we have elected not to apply, hedge accounting and derivatives held for customer accommodation trading purposes. Risk Management Derivatives Our asset/liability management approach to interest rate, foreign currency and certain other risks includes the use of derivatives, which are typically designated as fair value or cash flow hedges, or economic hedges. We use derivatives to help minimize significant, unplanned fluctuations in earnings, fair values of assets and liabilities, and cash flows caused by interest rate, foreign currency and other market risk volatility. This approach involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates, foreign currency and other exposures, which may cause the hedged assets and liabilities to gain or lose fair value, do not have a significant adverse effect on the net interest margin, cash flows and earnings. Customer Accommodation Trading We also use various derivatives, including interest rate, commodity, equity, credit and foreign exchange contracts, as an accommodation to our customers as part of our trading businesses. These derivative transactions, which involve engaging in market-making activities or acting as an intermediary, are conducted in an effort to help customers manage their market risks. We usually offset our exposure from such derivatives by entering into other financial contracts, such as separate derivative or security transactions. Table 14.1 presents the total notional or contractual amounts and fair values for our derivatives. Derivative transactions can be measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on our consolidated balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is generally not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which derivative cash flows are determined. Table 14.1: Notional or Contractual Amounts and Fair Values of Derivatives December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 (in millions) Notional or contractual amount Fair value Notional or contractual amount Fair value Derivative assets Derivative liabilities Derivative assets Derivative liabilities Derivatives designated as hedging instruments Interest rate contracts $ 294,127 352 863 357,096 639 570 Commodity contracts 4,756 17 10 2,600 24 12 Foreign exchange contracts 3,326 12 370 4,193 60 395 Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments 381 1,243 723 977 Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments Interest rate contracts 9,510,281 28,463 30,272 10,409,720 31,806 36,312 Commodity contracts 96,321 2,624 1,623 88,491 2,717 2,734 Equity contracts 487,097 15,201 15,606 438,458 13,305 13,810 Foreign exchange contracts 3,506,412 51,944 50,555 2,273,383 24,707 26,762 Credit contracts 47,557 96 50 60,439 113 44 Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments 98,328 98,106 72,648 79,662 Total derivatives before netting 98,709 99,349 73,371 80,639 Netting (78,697) (83,014) (55,148) (62,144) Total $ 20,012 16,335 18,223 18,495 Balance Sheet Offsetting We execute substantially all of our derivative transactions under master netting arrangements. When legally enforceable, these master netting arrangements give the ability, in the event of default by the counterparty, to liquidate securities held as collateral and to offset receivables and payables with the same counterparty. We reflect all derivative balances and related cash collateral subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements on a net basis on our consolidated balance sheet. We do not net non-cash collateral that we receive or pledge against derivative balances on our consolidated balance sheet. For disclosure purposes, we present “Total Derivatives, net” which represents the aggregate of our net exposure to each counterparty after considering the balance sheet netting adjustments and any non-cash collateral. We manage derivative exposure by monitoring the credit risk associated with each counterparty using counterparty-specific credit risk limits, using master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral. Table 14.2 provides information on the fair values of derivative assets and liabilities subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements with the same counterparty, the balance sheet netting adjustments and the resulting net fair value amount recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, as well as the non-cash collateral associated with such arrangements. In addition to the netting amounts included in the table, we also 132 Wells Fargo & Company have balance sheet netting related to resale and repurchase agreements that are disclosed within Note 18 (Securities Financing Activities). Table 14.2: Offsetting of Derivative Assets and Liabilities December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 (in millions) Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities Interest rate contracts Over-the-counter (OTC) $ 26,350 27,786 29,040 31,809 OTC cleared 961 1,126 1,581 1,397 Exchange traded 178 121 195 201 Total interest rate contracts 27,489 29,033 30,816 33,407 Commodity contracts OTC 1,936 1,121 2,014 2,254 Exchange traded 301 327 512 356 Total commodity contracts 2,237 1,448 2,526 2,610 Equity contracts OTC 6,139 9,977 5,375 8,501 Exchange traded 7,195 4,271 4,790 3,970 Total equity contracts 13,334 14,248 10,165 12,471 Foreign exchange contracts OTC 51,541 50,654 24,511 26,961 Total foreign exchange contracts 51,541 50,654 24,511 26,961 Credit contracts OTC 91 46 77 39 Total credit contracts 91 46 77 39 Total derivatives subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, gross 94,692 95,429 68,095 75,488 Less: Gross amounts offset Counterparty netting (1) (69,080) (68,945) (50,692) (50,606) Cash collateral netting (9,617) (14,069) (4,456) (11,538) Total derivatives subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, net 15,995 12,415 12,947 13,344 Derivatives not subject to enforceable master netting arrangements 4,017 3,920 5,276 5,151 Total derivatives recognized in consolidated balance sheet, net 20,012 16,335 18,223 18,495 Non-cash collateral (4,024) (2,853) (2,587) (4,388) Total Derivatives, net $ 15,988 13,482 15,636 14,107 (1) Represents amounts with counterparties subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that have been offset in our consolidated balance sheet, including portfolio level valuation adjustments related to customer accommodation and other trading derivatives. These valuation adjustments were primarily related to interest rate and foreign exchange contracts. Tables 14.7 and 14.8 present information related to derivative valuation adjustments. Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedges For fair value hedges, we use interest rate swaps to convert certain of our fixed-rate long-term debt and time certificates of deposit to floating rates to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk. We also enter into cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk associated with the issuance of non-U.S. dollar denominated long-term debt. We also enter into futures contracts, forward contracts, and swap contracts to hedge our exposure to the price risk of physical commodities included in other assets on our consolidated balance sheet. In addition, we use interest rate swaps, cross- currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge against changes in fair value of certain investments in AFS debt securities due to changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates, or both. For certain fair value hedges of interest rate risk, we use the portfolio layer method to hedge stated amounts of closed portfolios of AFS debt securities. For certain fair value hedges of foreign currency risk, changes in fair value of cross-currency swaps attributable to changes in cross-currency basis spreads are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and recorded in other comprehensive income (OCI). See Note 25 (Other Comprehensive Income) for the amounts recognized in other comprehensive income. For cash flow hedges, we use interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in interest payments received on certain interest- earning deposits with banks and certain floating-rate commercial loans. We also use cross-currency swaps to hedge variability in interest payments on fixed-rate foreign currency-denominated long-term debt due to changes in foreign exchange rates. We estimate $547 million pre-tax of deferred net losses related to cash flow hedges in OCI at December 31, 2024, will be reclassified into net interest income during the next twelve months. For cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2024, we are hedging our interest rate and foreign currency exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions for a maximum of approximately 8 years. For additional information on our accounting hedges, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). Wells Fargo & Company 133 Table 14.3 and Table 14.4 show the net gains (losses) related to derivatives in cash flow and fair value hedging relationships, respectively. Table 14.3: Gains (Losses) Recognized on Cash Flow Hedging Relationships Net interest income Total recorded in net income Total recorded in OCI (in millions) Loans Other interest income Long- term debt Derivative gains (losses) Derivative gains (losses) Year ended December 31, 2024 Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income $ 57,895 13,672 (12,463) N/A (356) Interest rate contracts: Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income (444) (396) — (840) 840 Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCI N/A N/A N/A N/A (1,222) Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts (444) (396) — (840) (382) Foreign exchange contracts: Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income — — (7) (7) 7 Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCI N/A N/A N/A N/A (1) Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts — — (7) (7) 6 Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on cash flow hedges $ (444) (396) (7) (847) (376) Year ended December 31, 2023 Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income $ 57,155 10,810 (11,572) N/A 545 Interest rate contracts: Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income (267) (449) — (716) 716 Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCI N/A N/A N/A N/A (201) Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts (267) (449) — (716) 515 Foreign exchange contracts: Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income — — (8) (8) 8 Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCI N/A N/A N/A N/A — Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts — — (8) (8) 8 Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on cash flow hedges $ (267) (449) (8) (724) 523 Year ended December 31, 2022 Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income $ 37,715 3,308 (5,505) N/A (1,448) Interest rate contracts: Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income (20) 24 — 4 (4) Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCI N/A N/A N/A N/A (1,524) Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts (20) 24 — 4 (1,528) Foreign exchange contracts: Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income — — (10) (10) 10 Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCI N/A N/A N/A N/A (17) Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts — — (10) (10) (7) Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on cash flow hedges $ (20) 24 (10) (6) (1,535) Note 14: Derivatives (continued) 134 Wells Fargo & Company Table 14.4: Gains (Losses) Recognized on Fair Value Hedging Relationships Net interest income Noninterest income Total recorded in net income Total recorded in OCI (in millions) Debt securities Deposits Long-term debt Net gains from trading and securities Other Derivative gains (losses) Derivative gains (losses) Year ended December 31, 2024 Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income $ 18,042 (24,282) (12,463) 5,434 2,321 N/A (356) Interest contracts Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives 864 (398) (3,752) — — (3,286) N/A Recognized on derivatives 212 (57) (2,109) — — (1,954) — Recognized on hedged items (202) 47 2,072 — — 1,917 N/A Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts 874 (408) (3,789) — — (3,323) — Foreign exchange contracts Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives — — (114) — — (114) N/A Recognized on derivatives — — 6 (103) — (97) 20 Recognized on hedged items — — (19) 105 — 86 N/A Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts — — (127) 2 — (125) 20 Commodity contracts Recognized on derivatives — — — — (372) (372) — Recognized on hedged items — — — — 456 456 N/A Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on commodity contracts — — — — 84 84 — Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on fair value hedges $ 874 (408) (3,916) 2 84 (3,364) 20 Year ended December 31, 2023 Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income $ 16,108 (16,503) (11,572) 4,368 1,935 N/A 545 Interest contracts Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives 1,137 (346) (3,490) — — (2,699) N/A Recognized on derivatives (536) 312 2,634 — — 2,410 — Recognized on hedged items 534 (304) (2,631) — — (2,401) N/A Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts 1,135 (338) (3,487) — — (2,690) — Foreign exchange contracts Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives — — (223) — — (223) N/A Recognized on derivatives — — 75 — 108 183 22 Recognized on hedged items — — (98) — (99) (197) N/A Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts — — (246) — 9 (237) 22 Commodity contracts Recognized on derivatives — — — — 34 34 — Recognized on hedged items — — — — 45 45 N/A Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on commodity contracts — — — — 79 79 — Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on fair value hedges $ 1,135 (338) (3,733) — 88 (2,848) 22 Year ended December 31, 2022 Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income $ 11,781 (2,349) (5,505) 1,461 2,821 N/A (1,448) Interest contracts Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives 143 65 313 — — 521 N/A Recognized on derivatives 3,616 (345) (18,056) — — (14,785) — Recognized on hedged items (3,576) 350 17,919 — — 14,693 N/A Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts 183 70 176 — — 429 — Foreign exchange contracts Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives — — (189) — — (189) N/A Recognized on derivatives — — (1,120) — (1,021) (2,141) 87 Recognized on hedged items — — 1,097 — 1,005 2,102 N/A Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts — — (212) — (16) (228) 87 Commodity contracts Recognized on derivatives — — — — 57 57 — Recognized on hedged items — — — — (43) (43) N/A Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on commodity contracts — — — — 14 14 — Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on fair value hedges $ 183 70 (36) — (2) 215 87 Wells Fargo & Company 135 Table 14.5 shows the carrying amount and associated cumulative basis adjustment related to the application of hedge accounting that is included in the carrying amount of hedged assets and liabilities in fair value hedging relationships. Table 14.5: Hedged Items in Fair Value Hedging Relationships Hedged items currently designated Hedged items no longer designated (in millions) Carrying amount of assets/ (liabilities) (1)(2) Hedge accounting basis adjustment assets/(liabilities) (3) Carrying amount of assets/ (liabilities) (2) Hedge accounting basis adjustment assets/(liabilities) December 31, 2024 Available-for-sale debt securities (4)(5) $ 37,410 (1,546) 10,778 312 Other assets (6) 4,787 100 — — Interest-bearing deposits (54,084) (56) — — Long-term debt (151,743) 12,858 — — December 31, 2023 Available-for-sale debt securities (4)(5) $ 55,898 (2,384) 13,418 504 Other assets (6) 2,262 67 — — Interest-bearing deposits (89,641) (101) — — Long-term debt (146,940) 10,990 — — (1) Does not include the carrying amount of hedged items where only foreign currency risk is the designated hedged risk. The carrying amount excluded $260 million and $404 million for AFS debt securities where only foreign currency risk is the designated hedged risk as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (2) Represents the full carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability item as of the balance sheet date, except for circumstances in which only a portion of the asset or liability was designated as the hedged item in which case only the portion designated is presented. (3) The balance includes $566 million and $731 million of long-term debt cumulative basis adjustments as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, on terminated hedges whereby the hedged items have subsequently been re-designated into existing hedges. (4) Carrying amount represents the amortized cost. (5) At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the amortized cost of closed portfolios of AFS debt securities using the portfolio layer method was $18.6 billion and $28.2 billion, respectively, of which $9.0 billion and $25.8 billion was designated as hedged, respectively. The balance includes cumulative basis adjustments of $(43) million and $(46) million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to certain AFS debt securities designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge using the portfolio layer method. (6) Other assets consists of hedged physical commodity inventory. Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments include economic hedges and derivatives entered into for customer accommodation trading purposes. ECONOMIC HEDGES. Economic hedge derivatives do not qualify for, or we have elected not to apply, hedge accounting. We use economic hedge derivatives to manage our non-trading exposures to interest rate risk, equity price risk, foreign currency risk, and credit risk. Table 14.6 shows the net gains (losses) related to economic hedge derivatives. Gains (losses) on customer accommodation trading derivatives are excluded from Table 14.6. For additional information, see Note 2 (Trading Activities). Table 14.6: Gains (Losses) on Economic Hedge Derivatives Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Interest rate contracts (1) $ (633) (321) (2,202) Equity contracts (2) (17) (177) (1,147) Foreign exchange contracts (3) 300 (824) 547 Credit contracts (4) 4 13 6 Net gains (losses) recognized related to economic hedge derivatives $ (346) (1,309) (2,796) (1) Derivative gains and (losses) related to mortgage banking activities were recorded in mortgage banking noninterest income. These activities include hedges of residential MSRs, residential mortgage LHFS, derivative loan commitments, and other interests held. For additional information on our mortgage banking interest rate contracts, see Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities). Other derivative gains and (losses) not related to mortgage banking were recorded in other noninterest income. (2) Includes derivative gains and (losses) used to economically hedge the deferred compensation plan liabilities, which were recorded in personnel noninterest expense, and derivative instruments related to our previous sales of shares of Visa Inc. Class B common stock, which were recorded in other noninterest income. (3) Includes derivatives used to mitigate foreign exchange risk of specified foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. In 2024, gains and (losses) were recorded in net gains from trading and securities within noninterest income. Prior to 2024, gains and (losses) were recorded in other noninterest income. (4) Includes credit derivatives used to mitigate credit risk associated with loans. Gains and (losses) were recorded in other noninterest income. CUSTOMER ACCOMMODATION TRADING. For customer accommodation trading purposes, we use swaps, futures, forwards, spots and options to assist our customers in managing their own risks, including interest rate, commodity, equity, foreign exchange, and credit contracts. These derivatives are not linked to specific assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet or to forecasted transactions in an accounting hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. Customer accommodation trading derivatives also include derivatives entered into to manage our risk exposure related to trading assets or liabilities. Changes in the fair value of customer accommodation trading derivatives are recorded in net gains from trading and securities. Note 14: Derivatives (continued) 136 Wells Fargo & Company DERIVATIVE VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS. We incorporate certain adjustments in determining the fair value of our derivatives, including credit valuation adjustments (CVA) to reflect counterparty credit risk related to derivative assets, debit valuation adjustments (DVA) to reflect Wells Fargo’s own credit risk related to derivative liabilities, and funding valuation adjustments (FVA) to reflect the funding cost of uncollateralized or partially collateralized derivative assets and liabilities. CVA, which considers the effects of enforceable master netting agreements and collateral arrangements, reflects market-based views of the credit quality of each counterparty. We estimate CVA based on observed credits spreads in the credit default swap market and indices indicative of the credit quality of the counterparties to our derivatives. Table 14.7 presents the impact of derivative valuation adjustments (excluding the effect of any related hedges), which are included in net gains (losses) from trading and securities on the consolidated statement of income. For additional information, see Note 2 (Trading Activities). Table 14.7: Net Gains (Losses) from Derivative Valuation Adjustments Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 CVA $ 17 80 (88) DVA 4 (109) 173 FVA (85) — — Total $ (64) (29) 85 Table 14.8 presents the impact of derivative valuation adjustments on derivative fair values. Table 14.8: Derivative Valuation Adjustments Contra Liability (Contra Asset) (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 CVA $ (275) (292) DVA 226 222 FVA, net (85) — Total derivative valuation adjustments $ (134) (70) Sold Credit Derivatives Credit derivative contracts are arrangements whose value is derived from the transfer of credit risk of a reference asset or entity from one party (the purchaser of credit protection) to another party (the seller of credit protection). We generally use credit derivatives to assist customers with their risk management objectives by purchasing and selling credit protection on corporate debt obligations through the use of credit default swaps or through risk participation swaps to help manage counterparty exposure. We would be required to perform under the credit derivatives we sold in the event of default by the referenced obligors. Events of default include events such as bankruptcy, capital restructuring or lack of principal and/or interest payment. Table 14.9 provides details of sold credit derivatives. Table 14.9: Sold Credit Derivatives Notional amount (in millions) Protection sold Protection sold – non-investment grade December 31, 2024 Credit default swaps $ 10,516 684 Risk participation swaps 6,007 3,779 Total credit derivatives $ 16,523 4,463 December 31, 2023 Credit default swaps $ 18,453 1,399 Risk participation swaps 6,632 6,485 Total credit derivatives $ 25,085 7,884 Protection sold represents the estimated maximum exposure to loss that would be incurred if, upon an event of default, the value of our interests and any associated collateral declined to zero, and does not take into consideration any recovery value from the referenced obligation or offset from collateral held or any economic hedges. The amounts under non-investment grade represent the notional amounts of those credit derivatives on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the credit derivative and are a function of the underlying assets. We consider the credit risk to be low if the underlying assets under the credit derivative have an external rating that is investment grade. If an external rating is not available, we classify the credit derivative as non-investment grade. Our maximum exposure to sold credit derivatives is managed through posted collateral, which may include cash and non-cash collateral, and purchased credit derivatives with identical or similar reference positions in order to achieve our desired credit risk profile. Our credit risk management approach is designed to provide the ability to recover amounts that would be paid under sold credit derivatives. Credit-Risk Contingent Features Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions whereby if the credit rating of our debt were to be downgraded by certain major credit rating agencies, the counterparty could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. Table 14.10 illustrates our exposure to OTC bilateral derivative contracts with credit-risk contingent features, collateral we have posted, and the additional collateral we would be required to post if the credit rating of our debt was downgraded below investment grade. Table 14.10: Credit-Risk Contingent Features (in billions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Net derivative liabilities with credit-risk contingent features $ 23.8 23.7 Collateral posted 19.8 21.4 Additional collateral to be posted upon a below investment grade credit rating (1) 4.1 2.3 (1) Any credit rating below investment grade requires us to post the maximum amount of collateral. Wells Fargo & Company 137 Note 15: Fair Value Measurements We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to fulfill fair value disclosure requirements. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, such as derivatives, residential MSRs, and trading or AFS debt securities, are presented in Table 15.1 in this Note. Additionally, from time to time, we record fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis. These nonrecurring adjustments typically involve application of an accounting method such as lower of cost or fair value (LOCOM) and the measurement alternative, or write-downs of individual assets. Assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are presented in Table 15.4 in this Note. We provide in Table 15.9 estimates of fair value for financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value, such as loans and debt liabilities carried at amortized cost. FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY. We classify our assets and liabilities recorded at fair value as either Level 1, 2, or 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The highest priority (Level 1) is assigned to valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority (Level 3) is assigned to valuations that include one or more significant unobservable inputs. See Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) for a detailed description of the fair value hierarchy. In the determination of the classification of financial instruments in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we consider all available information, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness of transactions, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. This determination is ultimately based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category and judgments are made regarding the significance of the unobservable inputs to the instruments’ fair value measurement in its entirety. If one or more unobservable inputs is considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3. We do not classify nonmarketable equity securities in the fair value hierarchy if we use the non-published net asset value (NAV) per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient to measure fair value. Marketable equity securities with published NAVs are classified in the fair value hierarchy. Assets TRADING DEBT SECURITIES. Trading debt securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. These securities are valued using internal trader prices that are subject to independent price verification procedures, which includes comparing internal trader prices against multiple independent pricing sources, such as prices obtained from third-party pricing services, observed trades, and other approved market data. These pricing services compile prices from various sources and may apply matrix pricing for similar securities when no price is observable. We review pricing methodologies provided by pricing services to determine if observable market information is being used versus unobservable inputs. When evaluating the appropriateness of an internal trader price, compared with other independent pricing sources, considerations include the range and quality of available information and observability of trade data. These sources are used to evaluate the reasonableness of a trader price; however, valuing financial instruments involves judgments acquired from knowledge of a particular market. Substantially all of our trading debt securities are recorded using internal trader prices. AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE DEBT SECURITIES. AFS debt securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement for AFS debt securities is based upon various sources of market pricing. Where available, we use quoted prices in active markets. When instruments are traded in secondary markets and quoted prices in active markets do not exist for such securities, we use prices obtained from third-party pricing services and, to a lesser extent, may use prices obtained from independent broker-dealers (brokers), collectively vendor prices that are subject to independent price verification procedures. Substantially all of our AFS debt securities are recorded using vendor prices. See the “Level 3 Asset and Liability Valuation Processes – Vendor Developed Valuations” section in this Note for additional discussion of our processes when using vendor prices to record fair value of AFS debt securities, which includes those classified as Level 2 or Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. When vendor prices are deemed inappropriate, they may be adjusted based on other market data or internal models. We also use internal models when no vendor prices are available. Internal models use discounted cash flow techniques or market comparable pricing techniques and are subject to independent price verification procedures. LOANS HELD FOR SALE (LHFS). LHFS generally includes originated or purchased commercial and residential mortgage loans for sale in the securitization or whole loan market. A significant portion of residential LHFS, and our portfolio of commercial LHFS in our trading business, are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The remaining LHFS are held at LOCOM which may be written down to fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value for LHFS that are not part of our trading business is based on quoted market prices, where available, or the prices for other mortgage whole loans with similar characteristics. We may use securitization prices that are adjusted for typical securitization activities including servicing value, portfolio composition, market conditions and liquidity. Fair value for LHFS in our trading business is based on pending transactions when available. Where market pricing data or pending transactions are not available, we use a discounted cash flow model to estimate fair value. LOANS. Although loans are recorded at amortized cost, we record nonrecurring fair value adjustments to reflect write-downs that are based on the observable market price of the loan or current appraised value of the collateral less costs to sell. MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS (MSRs). Residential MSRs are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Commercial MSRs are carried at LOCOM and may be written down to fair value on a nonrecurring basis. MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. We determine the fair value of MSRs using a valuation model that estimates the present value of expected future net servicing income. The model incorporates assumptions that market participants may use in estimating future net servicing income cash flows, including estimates of prepayment rates (including housing price volatility for residential MSRs), discount rates, and cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs). See the “Level 3 Asset and Liability Valuation Processes – Internal Model Valuations” section in this Note for additional discussion of our processes when using internal models to record fair value of residential MSRs, which are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. 138 Wells Fargo & Company DERIVATIVES. Derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Other than certain exchange-traded derivatives that are actively traded and valued using quoted market prices, derivatives are measured using internal valuation techniques that are subject to independent price verification procedures. These instruments, which include derivatives traded in over-the- counter (OTC) markets, with clearinghouses, and on exchanges, are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, depending on the significance of unobservable inputs in the valuation. Valuation techniques and inputs to internal models depend on the type of derivative and nature of the underlying rate, price or index upon which the value of the derivative is based. Key inputs can include yield curves, credit curves, foreign exchange rates, prepayment rates, volatility measurements and correlation of certain of these inputs. See the “Level 3 Asset and Liability Valuation Processes – Internal Model Valuations” section in this Note for additional discussion of our processes when using internal models to record fair value of derivatives, which includes those classified as Level 2 or Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. We incorporate certain adjustments in determining the fair value of our derivatives, including credit valuation adjustments (CVA) to reflect counterparty credit risk related to derivative assets, debit valuation adjustments (DVA) to reflect Wells Fargo’s own credit risk related to derivative liabilities, and funding valuation adjustments (FVA) to reflect the funding cost of uncollateralized or partially collateralized derivative assets and liabilities. CVA, which considers the effects of enforceable master netting agreements and collateral arrangements, reflects market-based views of the credit quality of each counterparty. We estimate CVA based on observed credits spreads in the credit default swap market and indices indicative of the credit quality of the counterparties to our derivatives. EQUITY SECURITIES. Marketable equity securities and certain nonmarketable equity securities that we have elected to account for at fair value are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Our remaining nonmarketable equity securities are accounted for using the equity method, cost method or measurement alternative and can be subject to nonrecurring fair value adjustments to record impairment. Additionally, the carrying value of equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative is also remeasured to fair value upon the occurrence of orderly observable transactions of the same or similar securities of the same issuer. We use quoted prices to determine the fair value of marketable equity securities, as the securities are publicly traded. Quoted prices are typically not available for nonmarketable equity securities. We therefore use other methods, generally market comparable pricing techniques, to determine fair value for such securities. We use all available information in making this determination, which includes observable transaction prices for the same or similar security, prices from third-party pricing services, broker quotes, trading multiples of comparable public companies, and discounted cash flow models. Where appropriate, we make adjustments to observed market data to reflect the comparative differences between the market data and the attributes of our equity security, such as differences with public companies and other investment-specific considerations like liquidity, marketability or differences in terms of the instruments. OTHER ASSETS. Other assets are generally recorded at amortized cost, with the exception of market risk benefit assets which are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and valued at the contract level using a discounted cash flow model. For the remaining other assets recorded at amortized cost, we also record nonrecurring fair value adjustments to reflect impairment or the impact of certain lease modifications. Other assets subject to nonrecurring fair value measurements include operating lease ROU assets, foreclosed assets and physical commodities inventory, and venture capital and private equity investments in consolidated portfolio companies. For these assets, fair value is generally based upon independent market prices or appraised values less costs to sell, or the use of a discounted cash flow model. Liabilities SHORT-SALE AND OTHER LIABILITIES. Short-sale trading liabilities in our trading business are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and are measured using quoted prices in active markets, where available. When quoted prices for the same instruments are not available or markets are not active, fair values are estimated using recent trades of similar securities. Other liabilities include market risk benefit liabilities, which are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and valued at the contract level using a discounted cash flow model. INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS AND LONG-TERM DEBT. Although interest-bearing deposits and long-term debt are generally recorded at amortized cost, we have elected the fair value option for certain structured debt liabilities issued by our trading business. Fair values for these instruments are estimated using a discounted cash flow model that includes both the embedded derivative and debt portions of the instruments. The discount rate used in these discounted cash flow models also incorporates the impact of our credit spread, which is generally based on observable spreads in the secondary bond market. Wells Fargo & Company 139 Level 3 Asset and Liability Valuation Processes We generally determine fair value of our Level 3 assets and liabilities by using internal models and, to a lesser extent, prices obtained from vendors. Our valuation processes vary depending on which approach is utilized. INTERNAL MODEL VALUATIONS. Certain Level 3 fair value estimates are based on internal models, such as discounted cash flow or market comparable pricing techniques. Some of the inputs used in these valuations are unobservable. Unobservable inputs are generally derived from or can be correlated to historic performance of similar portfolios or previous market trades in similar instruments where particular unobservable inputs may be implied. We attempt to correlate each unobservable input to historical experience and other third-party data where available. Internal models are subject to review prescribed within our model risk management policies and procedures, which include model validation. Model validation helps ensure our models are appropriate for their intended use and appropriate controls exist to help mitigate risk of invalid valuations. Model validation assesses the adequacy and appropriateness of our models, including reviewing its key components, such as inputs, processing components, logic or theory, output results and supporting model documentation. Validation also includes ensuring significant unobservable model inputs are appropriate given observable market transactions or other market data within the same or similar asset classes. We also have ongoing monitoring procedures in place for our Level 3 assets and liabilities that use internal valuation models. These procedures, which are designed to provide reasonable assurance that models continue to perform as expected, include: • ongoing analysis and benchmarking to market transactions and other independent market data (including pricing vendors, if available); • back-testing of modeled fair values to actual realized transactions; and • review of modeled valuation results against expectations, including review of significant or unusual fluctuations in value. We update model inputs and methodologies periodically to reflect these monitoring procedures. Additionally, existing models are subject to periodic reviews and we perform full model revalidations as necessary. Internal valuation models are subject to ongoing review by the appropriate principal line of business or enterprise function and monitoring oversight by Independent Risk Management. Independent Risk Management, through its Model Risk function, provides independent oversight of model risk management, and its responsibilities include governance, validation, periodic review, and monitoring of model risk across the Company and providing periodic reports to management and the Board’s Risk Committee. VENDOR-DEVELOPED VALUATIONS. We routinely obtain pricing from third-party vendors to value our assets or liabilities. In certain limited circumstances, this includes assets and liabilities that we classify as Level 3. We have processes in place to approve and periodically review third-party vendors to assess whether information obtained and valuation techniques used are appropriate. This review may consist of, among other things, obtaining and evaluating control reports issued and pricing methodology materials distributed. We monitor and review vendor prices on an ongoing basis to evaluate whether the fair values are reasonable and in line with market experience in similar asset classes. While the inputs used to determine fair value are not provided by the pricing vendors, and therefore unavailable for our review, we perform one or more of the following procedures to validate the pricing information and determine appropriate classification within the fair value hierarchy: • comparison to other pricing vendors (if available); • variance analysis of prices; • corroboration of pricing by reference to other independent market data, such as market transactions and relevant benchmark indices; • review of pricing by Company personnel familiar with market liquidity and other market-related conditions; and • investigation of prices on a specific instrument-by- instrument basis. Note 15: Fair Value Measurements (continued) 140 Wells Fargo & Company Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Table 15.1 presents the balances of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Table 15.1: Fair Value on a Recurring Basis December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 (in millions) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Trading debt securities: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies $ 38,320 3,829 — 42,149 32,178 3,027 — 35,205 Collateralized loan obligations — 847 80 927 — 762 64 826 Corporate debt securities — 17,341 45 17,386 — 12,859 82 12,941 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities — 52,908 — 52,908 — 42,944 — 42,944 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities — 1,702 1 1,703 — 1,477 10 1,487 Other debt securities — 6,132 — 6,132 — 3,898 1 3,899 Total trading debt securities 38,320 82,759 126 121,205 32,178 64,967 157 97,302 Available-for-sale debt securities: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies 23,285 — — 23,285 45,467 — — 45,467 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions — 12,018 17 12,035 — 20,009 57 20,066 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities — 123,029 — 123,029 — 59,578 — 59,578 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities — 1,804 2 1,806 — 2,748 1 2,749 Collateralized loan obligations — 2,202 — 2,202 — 1,533 — 1,533 Other debt securities — 424 197 621 — 892 163 1,055 Total available-for-sale debt securities 23,285 139,477 216 162,978 45,467 84,760 221 130,448 Loans held for sale — 4,533 180 4,713 — 2,444 448 2,892 Mortgage servicing rights (residential) — — 6,844 6,844 — — 7,468 7,468 Derivative assets (gross): Interest rate contracts 178 28,070 567 28,815 195 31,434 816 32,445 Commodity contracts — 2,602 39 2,641 — 2,723 18 2,741 Equity contracts 19 15,074 108 15,201 71 13,041 193 13,305 Foreign exchange contracts — 51,913 43 51,956 — 24,730 37 24,767 Credit contracts — 90 6 96 — 74 39 113 Total derivative assets (gross) 197 97,749 763 98,709 266 72,002 1,103 73,371 Equity securities 16,931 5,344 47 22,322 10,849 8,949 43 19,841 Other assets — — 168 168 — — 49 49 Total assets prior to derivative netting $ 78,733 329,862 8,344 416,939 88,760 233,122 9,489 331,371 Derivative netting (1) (78,697) (55,148) Total assets after derivative netting $ 338,242 276,223 Derivative liabilities (gross): Interest rate contracts $ (121) (26,844) (4,170) (31,135) (201) (32,298) (4,383) (36,882) Commodity contracts — (1,558) (75) (1,633) — (2,719) (27) (2,746) Equity contracts (4) (14,327) (1,275) (15,606) (35) (12,108) (1,667) (13,810) Foreign exchange contracts — (50,886) (39) (50,925) — (27,138) (19) (27,157) Credit contracts — (43) (7) (50) — (39) (5) (44) Total derivative liabilities (gross) (125) (93,658) (5,566) (99,349) (236) (74,302) (6,101) (80,639) Short-sale and other liabilities (21,835) (6,909) (52) (28,796) (19,695) (5,776) (83) (25,554) Interest-bearing deposits — (318) — (318) — (1,297) — (1,297) Long-term debt — (3,495) — (3,495) — (2,308) — (2,308) Total liabilities prior to derivative netting $ (21,960) $ (104,380) (5,618) (131,958) (19,931) (83,683) (6,184) (109,798) Derivative netting (1) 83,014 62,144 Total liabilities after derivative netting $ (48,944) (47,654) (1) Represents balance sheet netting of derivative asset and liability balances, related cash collateral, and portfolio level valuation adjustments. See Note 14 (Derivatives) for additional information. Wells Fargo & Company 141 Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Table 15.2 presents the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Table 15.2: Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Assets and Liabilities on a Recurring Basis (in millions) Balance, beginning of period Net gains/ (losses) (1) Purchases (2) Sales Settlements Transfers into Level 3 (3) Transfers out of Level 3 (4) Balance, end of period Net unrealized gains (losses) related to assets and liabilities held at period end (5) Year ended December 31, 2024 Trading debt securities $ 157 (7) 164 (200) (18) 66 (36) 126 (12) (6) Available-for-sale debt securities 221 18 24 — (18) 1 (30) 216 20 (6) Loans held for sale 448 (4) 119 (120) (91) 111 (283) 180 (5) (7) Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (8) 7,468 (406) 94 (312) — — — 6,844 492 (7) Net derivative assets and liabilities: Interest rate contracts (3,567) (2,820) — — 2,802 (9) (9) (3,603) (563) Equity contracts (1,474) (578) — — 857 (204) 232 (1,167) 90 Other derivative contracts 43 263 11 (4) (302) (47) 3 (33) (34) Total derivative contracts (4,998) (3,135) 11 (4) 3,357 (260) 226 (4,803) (507) (9) Equity securities 43 9 22 (27) — — — 47 4 (6) Other assets and liabilities (34) 150 — — — — — 116 150 (10) Year ended December 31, 2023 Trading debt securities $ 185 (14) 141 (167) (11) 104 (81) 157 (12) (6) Available-for-sale debt securities 276 (8) 113 (31) (19) 304 (414) 221 (32) (6) Loans held for sale 793 1 298 (373) (120) 126 (277) 448 (17) (7) Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (8) 9,310 (1,101) 161 (902) — — — 7,468 86 (7) Net derivative assets and liabilities: Interest rate contracts (2,582) (2,062) 3 (3) 2,548 (1,493) 22 (3,567) 93 Equity contracts (1,224) (801) — — 521 (108) 138 (1,474) (314) Other derivative contracts 9 (52) 14 (4) 81 (3) (2) 43 42 Total derivative contracts (3,797) (2,915) 17 (7) 3,150 (1,604) 158 (4,998) (179) (9) Equity securities 20 (2) 10 (8) — 23 — 43 (1) (6) Other assets and liabilities (167) 133 — — — — — (34) 133 (10) Year ended December 31, 2022 Trading debt securities $ 241 (72) 218 (186) (6) 22 (32) 185 (73) (6) Available-for-sale debt securities 186 (36) 327 (26) (25) 460 (610) 276 (10) (6) Loans held for sale 1,033 (252) 389 (391) (207) 237 (16) 793 (170) (7) Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (8) 6,920 2,001 1,003 (614) — — — 9,310 3,254 (7) Net derivative assets and liabilities: Interest rate contracts 127 (3,280) — — 994 (435) 12 (2,582) (2,073) Equity contracts (417) 35 — (9) 718 (584) (967) (1,224) 276 Other derivative contracts 5 (68) 19 (9) 118 (16) (40) 9 (16) Total derivative contracts (285) (3,313) 19 (18) 1,830 (1,035) (995) (3,797) (1,813) (9) Equity securities 8,910 4 1 (2) — 3 (8,896) 20 (2) (6) Other assets and liabilities (791) 624 — — — — — (167) 624 (10) (1) All amounts represent net gains (losses) included in net income except for AFS debt securities and other assets and liabilities which also included net gains (losses) in other comprehensive income. Net gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income for AFS debt securities were $21 million, $(27) million and $(37) million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Net gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income for other assets and liabilities were $(14) million, $(12) million and $71 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. (2) Includes originations of mortgage servicing rights and loans held for sale. (3) All assets and liabilities transferred into Level 3 were previously classified within Level 2. (4) All assets and liabilities transferred out of Level 3 are classified as Level 2. During first quarter 2022, we transferred $8.9 billion of equity securities and $1.4 billion of related economic hedging derivative assets (equity contracts) out of Level 3 due to our election to measure fair value of these instruments as a portfolio. Under this election, the unit of valuation is the portfolio-level, rather than each individual instrument. The unobservable inputs previously significant to the valuation of the instruments individually are no longer significant, as those unobservable inputs offset under the portfolio election. (5) All amounts represent net unrealized gains (losses) related to assets and liabilities held at period end included in net income except for AFS debt securities and other assets and liabilities which also included net unrealized gains (losses) related to assets and liabilities held at period end in other comprehensive income. Net unrealized gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income for AFS debt securities were $22 million, $(28) million and $(9) million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Net unrealized gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income for other assets and liabilities were $(14) million, $(12) million and $71 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. (6) Included in net gains from trading and securities on our consolidated statement of income. (7) Included in mortgage banking income on our consolidated statement of income. (8) For additional information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities). (9) Included in mortgage banking income, net gains from trading and securities, and other noninterest income on our consolidated statement of income. (10) Included in other noninterest income on our consolidated statement of income. Note 15: Fair Value Measurements (continued) 142 Wells Fargo & Company Table 15.3 provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of our Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Weighted averages of inputs are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balances of loans serviced for residential MSRs and notional amounts for derivative instruments. Table 15.3: Valuation Techniques – Recurring Basis ($ in millions, except cost to service amounts) Fair Value Level 3 Valuation Technique Significant Unobservable Input Range of Inputs Weighted Average December 31, 2024 Mortgage servicing rights (residential) $ 6,844 Discounted cash flow Cost to service per loan (1) $ 60 - 451 103 Discount rate 9.2 - 15.5 % 10.1 Prepayment rate (2) 6.8 - 19.4 8.1 Net derivative assets and (liabilities): Interest rate contracts (3,588) Discounted cash flow Discount rate 4.1 - 4.2 4.1 (15) Discounted cash flow Default rate 0.4 - 1.1 0.5 Loss severity 50.0 - 50.0 50.0 Equity contracts (758) Discounted cash flow Conversion factor (1.4) - 0.0 % (0.7) Weighted average life 1.0 - 4.0 yrs 2.0 (409) Option model Correlation factor (70.0) - 98.9 % 65.3 Volatility factor 6.5 - 138.0 41.1 December 31, 2023 Mortgage servicing rights (residential) $ 7,468 Discounted cash flow Cost to service per loan (1) $ 52 - 527 105 Discount rate 8.9 - 13.9 % 9.4 Prepayment rate (2) 7.3 - 24.3 8.9 Net derivative assets and (liabilities): Interest rate contracts (3,501) Discounted cash flow Discount rate 3.6 - 5.4 4.2 (36) Discounted cash flow Default rate 0.4 - 5.0 1.2 Loss severity 50.0 - 50.0 50.0 Prepayment rate 22.0 - 22.0 22.0 Interest rate contracts: derivative loan commitments (30) Discounted cash flow Fall-out factor 1.0 - 99.0 30.2 Initial-value servicing (5.5) - 141.0 bps 10.0 Equity contracts (1,020) Discounted cash flow Conversion factor (6.9) - 0.0 % (6.4) Weighted average life 0.5 - 2.0 yrs 1.1 (454) Option model Correlation factor (67.0) - 99.0 % 73.8 Volatility factor 6.5 - 147.0 38.6 (1) The high end of the range of inputs is for servicing modified loans. For non-modified loans, the range is $60 - $162 at December 31, 2024, and $52 - $167 at December 31, 2023. (2) Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior. The internal valuation techniques used for our Level 3 assets and liabilities, as presented in Table 15.3 and Table 15.6, are described as follows: • Discounted cash flow – Discounted cash flow valuation techniques generally consist of developing an estimate of future cash flows that are expected to occur over the life of an instrument and then discounting those cash flows at a rate of return that results in the fair value amount. • Market comparable pricing – Market comparable pricing valuation techniques are used to determine the fair value of certain instruments by incorporating known inputs, such as recent transaction prices, pending transactions, financial metrics of comparable companies, or prices of other similar investments that require significant adjustment to reflect differences in instrument characteristics. • Option model – Option model valuation techniques are generally used for instruments in which the holder has a contingent right or obligation based on the occurrence of a future event, such as the price of a referenced asset going above or below a predetermined strike price. Option models estimate the likelihood of the specified event occurring by incorporating assumptions such as volatility estimates, price of the underlying instrument and expected rate of return. The unobservable inputs presented in Table 15.3 and Table 15.6 are those we consider significant to the fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability. We consider unobservable inputs to be significant based on their quantitative impact to the fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability as well as qualitative factors, such as nature of the instrument, type of valuation technique used, and the significance of the unobservable inputs relative to other inputs used within the valuation. Following is a description of the significant unobservable inputs provided in these tables. • Comparability adjustment – is an adjustment made to observed market data, such as a transaction price to reflect dissimilarities in underlying collateral, issuer, rating, or other factors used within a market valuation approach, expressed as a percentage of an observed price. • Conversion factor – is the risk-adjusted rate in which a particular instrument may be exchanged for another instrument upon settlement, expressed as a percentage change from a specified rate. • Correlation factor – is the likelihood of one instrument changing in price relative to another based on an established relationship expressed as a percentage of relative change in price over a period over time. • Cost to service – is the expected cost per loan of servicing a portfolio of loans, which includes estimates for unreimbursed expenses (including delinquency and foreclosure costs) that may occur as a result of servicing such loan portfolios. • Default rate – is an estimate of the likelihood of not collecting contractual amounts owed expressed as a constant default rate (CDR). Wells Fargo & Company 143 • Discount rate – is a rate of return used to calculate the present value of the future expected cash flow to arrive at the fair value of an instrument. The discount rate consists of a benchmark rate component and a risk premium component. The benchmark rate component, for example, Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) or U.S. Treasury rates, is generally observable within the market and is necessary to appropriately reflect the time value of money. The risk premium component reflects the amount of compensation market participants require due to the uncertainty inherent in the instruments’ cash flows resulting from risks such as credit and liquidity. • Fall-out factor – is the expected percentage of loans associated with our interest rate lock commitment portfolio that are likely of not funding. • Initial-value servicing – is the estimated value of the underlying loan, including the value attributable to the embedded servicing right, expressed in basis points of outstanding unpaid principal balance. • Loss severity – is the estimated percentage of contractual cash flows lost in the event of a default. • Multiples – are financial ratios of comparable public companies, such as ratios of enterprise value or market value of equity to earnings before interest, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA), revenue, net income or book value, adjusted to reflect dissimilarities in operational, financial, or marketability to the comparable public company used in a market valuation approach. • Prepayment rate – is the estimated rate at which forecasted prepayments of principal of the related loan or debt instrument are expected to occur, expressed as a constant prepayment rate (CPR). • Volatility factor – is the extent of change in price an item is estimated to fluctuate over a specified period of time expressed as a percentage of relative change in price over a period over time. • Weighted average life – is the weighted average number of years an investment is expected to remain outstanding based on its expected cash flows reflecting the estimated date the issuer will call or extend the maturity of the instrument or otherwise reflecting an estimate of the timing of an instrument’s cash flows whose timing is not contractually fixed. Interrelationships and Uncertainty of Inputs Used in Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements Usage of the valuation techniques presented in Table 15.3 requires determination of relevant inputs and assumptions, some of which represent significant unobservable inputs. Accordingly, changes in these unobservable inputs may have a significant impact on fair value. Certain of these unobservable inputs will (in isolation) have a directionally consistent impact on the fair value of the instrument for a given change in that input. Alternatively, the fair value of the instrument may move in an opposite direction for a given change in another input. Where multiple inputs are used within the valuation technique of an asset or liability, a change in one input in a certain direction may be offset by an opposite change in another input having a potentially muted impact to the overall fair value of that particular instrument. Additionally, a change in one unobservable input may result in a change to another unobservable input (that is, changes in certain inputs are interrelated to one another), which may counteract or magnify the fair value impact. MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS. The discounted cash flow models used to determine fair value of Level 3 residential MSRs utilize certain significant unobservable inputs including prepayment rate, discount rate and costs to service. An increase in any of these unobservable inputs will reduce the fair value of the MSRs and alternatively, a decrease in any one of these inputs would result in the MSRs increasing in value. Generally, a decrease in discount rates increases the value of MSRs, unless accompanied by a related update to our prepayment rates. The cost to service assumption generally does not increase or decrease based on movements in the discount rate or the prepayment rate. The sensitivity to key assumptions of our residential MSRs is discussed further in Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities). DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS. Level 3 derivative instruments are valued using option pricing and discounted cash flow valuation techniques which use certain significant unobservable inputs to determine fair value. Such inputs consist of discount rate, prepayment rate, default rate, loss severity, initial-value servicing, fall-out factor, volatility factor, weighted average life, conversion factor, and correlation factor. Level 3 derivative assets (liabilities) where we are long the underlying would decrease (increase) in value upon an increase (decrease) in discount rate, default rate, fall-out factor, conversion factor, or loss severity inputs. Conversely, Level 3 derivative assets (liabilities) would generally increase (decrease) in value upon an increase (decrease) in prepayment rate, initial- value servicing, weighted average life or volatility factor inputs. The inverse of the above relationships would occur for instruments when we are short the underlying. The correlation factor input may have a positive or negative impact on the fair value of derivative instruments depending on the change in fair value of the item the correlation factor references. Generally, for derivative instruments for which we are subject to changes in the value of the underlying referenced instrument, a change in the assumption used for default rate is accompanied by directionally similar change in the risk premium component of the discount rate (specifically, the portion related to credit risk) and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates. Unobservable inputs for loss severity, initial-value servicing, fall-out factor, volatility factor, weighted average life, conversion factor, and correlation factor do not increase or decrease based on movements in other significant unobservable inputs for these Level 3 instruments. Note 15: Fair Value Measurements (continued) 144 Wells Fargo & Company Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from write- downs of individual assets or the application of an accounting method such as LOCOM and the measurement alternative. Table 15.4 provides the fair value hierarchy and fair value at the date of the nonrecurring fair value adjustment for all assets that were still held as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for which a nonrecurring fair value adjustment was recorded during the years then ended. Table 15.4: Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 (in millions) Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 2 Level 3 Total Loans held for sale (1) $ 841 287 1,128 326 297 623 Loans: Commercial 1,376 — 1,376 1,565 — 1,565 Consumer 91 — 91 97 — 97 Total loans 1,467 — 1,467 1,662 — 1,662 Equity securities 1,451 2,570 4,021 2,086 2,354 4,440 Other assets 4,959 9 4,968 2,451 58 2,509 Total assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis $ 8,718 2,866 11,584 6,525 2,709 9,234 (1) Consists of commercial mortgages and residential mortgage – first lien loans. Table 15.5 presents the gains (losses) on all assets held at the end of the reporting periods presented for which a nonrecurring fair value adjustment was recognized in earnings during the respective periods. Table 15.5: Gains (Losses) on Assets with Nonrecurring Fair Value Adjustments Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Loans held for sale $ 7 (9) (120) Loans: Commercial (1,139) (716) (96) Consumer (516) (706) (739) Total loans (1,655) (1,422) (835) Mortgage servicing rights (commercial) — — 4 Equity securities (1) 57 (718) (1,191) Other assets (2) 306 (122) (275) Total $ (1,285) (2,271) (2,417) (1) Includes impairment of equity securities and observable price changes related to equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative. (2) Includes impairment of operating lease ROU assets, valuation of physical commodities inventory, valuation losses on foreclosed real estate, and other collateral owned, and impairment of venture capital and private equity investments in consolidated portfolio companies. Table 15.6 provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of our Level 3 assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Weighted averages of inputs for equity securities are calculated using carrying value prior to the nonrecurring fair value measurement. Table 15.6: Valuation Techniques – Nonrecurring Basis ($ in millions) Fair Value Level 3 Valuation Technique (1) Significant Unobservable Input (1) Range of Inputs Positive (Negative) Weighted Average December 31, 2024 Equity securities $ 1,309 Market comparable pricing Comparability adjustment (100.0) - 2.3 % (36.1) 1,261 Market comparable pricing Multiples 0.9x - 8.9x 2.9x December 31, 2023 Equity securities $ 1,721 Market comparable pricing Multiples 0.7x - 27.1x 8.4x 591 Market comparable pricing Comparability adjustment (100.0) - (11.5) % (42.9) 42 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 5.0 - 5.0 5.0 (1) Refer to the narrative following Table 15.3 for a definition of the valuation technique(s) and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of these assets. Wells Fargo & Company 145 Fair Value Option The fair value option is an irrevocable election, generally only permitted upon initial recognition of financial assets or liabilities, to measure eligible financial instruments at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in earnings. We may elect the fair value option to align the measurement model with how the financial assets or liabilities are managed or to reduce complexity or accounting asymmetry. Following is a discussion of the portfolios for which we elected the fair value option. LOANS HELD FOR SALE (LHFS). LHFS measured at fair value include residential mortgage loan originations for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist to reliably support our valuations. We believe fair value measurement for LHFS reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in the value of these assets with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets. Loan origination fees on these loans are recorded when earned, and related direct loan origination costs are recognized when incurred. Interest income on these loans is calculated based upon the note rate of the loan and is recorded in interest income. Additionally, we purchase loans for market-making purposes to support the buying and selling demands of our customers in our trading business. These loans are generally held for a short period of time and managed within parameters of internally approved market risk limits. Fair value measurement best aligns with our risk management practices. Fair value for these loans is generally determined using readily available market data based on recent transaction prices for similar loans. INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS AND LONG-TERM DEBT. We have elected to account for certain structured debt liabilities under the fair value option. These exposures relate to our trading activities and fair value accounting better aligns with our risk management practices and reduces complexity. For interest-bearing deposits and long-term debt carried at fair value, the change in fair value attributable to instrument- specific credit risk is recorded in OCI and all other changes in fair value are recorded in earnings. Interest expense on these structured debt liabilities is calculated using the effective interest method and is recorded in interest expense. Table 15.7 reflects differences between the fair value carrying amount of the assets and liabilities for which we have elected the fair value option and the contractual aggregate unpaid principal amount at maturity. Table 15.7: Fair Value Option December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 (in millions) Fair value carrying amount Aggregate unpaid principal Fair value carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principal Fair value carrying amount Aggregate unpaid principal Fair value carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principal Loans held for sale (1) $ 4,713 4,864 (151) 2,892 3,119 (227) Interest-bearing deposits (318) (317) (1) (1,297) (1,298) 1 Long-term debt (2) (3,495) (4,118) 623 (2,308) (2,864) 556 (1) Nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing included in LHFS for which we have elected the fair value option were insignificant at December 31, 2024 and 2023. (2) Includes zero coupon notes for which the aggregate unpaid principal amount reflects the contractual principal due at maturity. Table 15.8 reflects amounts included in earnings related to initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value, by income statement line item, for assets and liabilities for which the fair value option was elected. Amounts recorded in net interest income are excluded from the table below. Table 15.8: Gains (Losses) on Changes in Fair Value Included in Earnings 2024 2023 2022 (in millions) Mortgage banking noninterest income Net gains from trading and securities Other noninterest income Mortgage banking noninterest income Net gains from trading and securities Other noninterest income Mortgage banking noninterest income Net gains from trading and securities Other noninterest income Loans held for sale $ 106 35 — 230 46 (26) (681) 6 — Interest-bearing deposits — (2) — — (22) — — — — Long-term debt — 86 — — (81) — — 52 — For performing loans, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses are derived principally by determining the change in fair value of the loans due to changes in the observable or implied credit spread. Credit spread is the market yield on the loans less the relevant risk-free benchmark interest rate. For nonperforming loans, we attribute all changes in fair value to instrument-specific credit risk. For LHFS accounted for under the fair value option, instrument-specific credit gains or losses were insignificant for the years ended 2024, 2023, and 2022. For interest-bearing deposits and long-term debt, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses represent the impact of changes in fair value due to changes in our credit spread and are generally derived using observable secondary bond market information. These impacts are recorded within the debit valuation adjustments (DVA) in OCI. See Note 25 (Other Comprehensive Income) for additional information. Note 15: Fair Value Measurements (continued) 146 Wells Fargo & Company Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments Table 15.9 presents a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments that are not carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Some financial instruments are excluded from the scope of this table, such as certain insurance contracts, certain nonmarketable equity securities, and leases. This table also excludes assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit, credit card and trust customers, MSRs, premises and equipment, goodwill and deferred taxes. Loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit are not included in Table 15.9. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the allowance for unfunded credit commitments, which totaled $546 million and $575 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying fair value of the Company. Table 15.9: Fair Value Estimates for Financial Instruments Estimated fair value (in millions) Carrying amount Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2024 Financial assets Cash and due from banks (1) $ 37,080 37,080 — — 37,080 Interest-earning deposits with banks (1) 166,281 165,903 378 — 166,281 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (1) 105,330 — 105,330 — 105,330 Held-to-maturity debt securities 234,948 2,015 188,756 3,008 193,779 Loans held for sale 1,547 — 1,216 384 1,600 Loans, net (2) 882,361 — 3,211 845,016 848,227 Equity securities (cost method) 3,782 — — 3,868 3,868 Total financial assets $ 1,431,329 204,998 298,891 852,276 1,356,165 Financial liabilities Deposits (3) $ 139,547 — 63,497 75,692 139,189 Short-term borrowings 108,540 — 108,547 — 108,547 Long-term debt (4) 169,567 — 171,747 2,334 174,081 Total financial liabilities $ 417,654 — 343,791 78,026 421,817 December 31, 2023 Financial assets Cash and due from banks (1) $ 33,026 33,026 — — 33,026 Interest-earning deposits with banks (1) 204,193 203,960 233 — 204,193 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (1) 80,456 — 80,456 — 80,456 Held-to-maturity debt securities 262,708 2,288 222,209 2,819 227,316 Loans held for sale 2,044 — 848 1,237 2,085 Loans, net (2) 905,764 — 52,127 818,358 870,485 Equity securities (cost method) 5,276 — — 5,344 5,344 Total financial assets $ 1,493,467 239,274 355,873 827,758 1,422,905 Financial liabilities Deposits (3) $ 190,970 — 127,738 62,372 190,110 Short-term borrowings 89,340 — 89,340 — 89,340 Long-term debt (4) 205,261 — 205,705 2,028 207,733 Total financial liabilities $ 485,571 — 422,783 64,400 487,183 (1) Amounts consist of financial instruments for which carrying value approximates fair value. (2) Excludes lease financing, net of allowance for credit losses, of $16.2 billion at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. (3) Excludes deposit liabilities with no defined or contractual maturity of $1.2 trillion at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. (4) Excludes obligations under finance leases of $16 million and $19 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Wells Fargo & Company 147 Note 16: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities Involvement with Variable Interest Entities (VIEs) In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts, limited liability companies or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. SPEs are often formed in connection with securitization transactions whereby financial assets are transferred to an SPE. SPEs formed in connection with securitization transactions are generally considered variable interest entities (VIEs). The VIE may alter the risk profile of the asset by entering into derivative transactions or obtaining credit support, and issues various forms of interests in those assets to investors. When we transfer financial assets from our consolidated balance sheet to a VIE in connection with a securitization, we typically receive cash and sometimes other interests in the VIE as proceeds for the assets we transfer. In certain transactions with VIEs, we may retain the right to service the transferred assets and repurchase the transferred assets if the outstanding balance of the assets falls below the level at which the cost to service the assets exceed the benefits. In addition, we may purchase the right to service loans transferred to a VIE by a third party. In connection with our securitization or other VIE activities, we have various forms of ongoing involvement with VIEs, which may include: • underwriting securities issued by VIEs and subsequently making markets in those securities; • providing credit enhancement on securities issued by VIEs through the use of letters of credit or financial guarantees; • entering into other derivative contracts with VIEs; • holding senior or subordinated interests in VIEs; • acting as servicer or investment manager for VIEs; • providing administrative or trustee services to VIEs; and • providing seller financing to VIEs. Loan Sales and Securitization Activity We periodically transfer consumer and commercial loans and other types of financial assets in securitization and whole loan sale transactions. MORTGAGE LOANS SOLD TO GOVERNMENT SPONSORED ENTERPRISES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH GINNIE MAE. In the normal course of business we sell residential and commercial mortgage loans to GSEs. These loans are generally transferred into securitizations sponsored by the GSEs, which provide certain credit guarantees to investors and servicers. We also transfer mortgage loans into securitization pools pursuant to Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) guidelines which are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Mortgage loans eligible for securitization with the GSEs or GNMA are considered conforming loans. The GSEs or GNMA design the structure of these securitizations, sponsor the involved VIEs, and have power over the activities most significant to the VIE. We account for loans transferred in conforming mortgage loan securitization transactions as sales and do not consolidate the VIEs as we are not the primary beneficiary. In exchange for the transfer of loans, we typically receive securities issued by the VIEs which we sell to third parties for cash or hold for investment purposes as HTM or AFS securities. We also retain servicing rights on the transferred loans. As a servicer, we retain the option to repurchase loans from certain loan securitizations, which becomes exercisable based on delinquency status such as when three scheduled loan payments are past due. When we have the unilateral option to repurchase a loan, we recognize the loan and a corresponding liability on our balance sheet regardless of our intent to repurchase the loan, and the loans remain pledged to the securitization. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, we recorded assets and related liabilities of $1.5 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, where we did not exercise our option to repurchase eligible loans. During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, we repurchased loans of $138 million, $293 million, and $2.2 billion, respectively. Upon transfers of loans, we also provide indemnification for losses incurred due to material breaches of contractual representations and warranties as well as other recourse arrangements. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, our liability for these repurchase and recourse arrangements was $188 million and $229 million, respectively, and the maximum exposure to loss was $13.7 billion and $13.6 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Substantially all residential servicing activity is related to assets transferred to GSE and GNMA securitizations. See Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for additional information about residential and commercial servicing rights, advances and servicing fees. NONCONFORMING MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS. In the normal course of business, we sell nonconforming mortgage loans in securitization transactions that we design and sponsor. Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations do not involve a government credit guarantee, and accordingly, beneficial interest holders are subject to credit risk of the underlying assets held by the securitization VIE. We typically originate the transferred loans and account for the transfers as sales. We also typically retain the right to service the loans and may hold other beneficial interests issued by the VIE, such as debt securities held for investment purposes. Our servicing role related to nonconforming commercial mortgage loan securitizations is limited to primary or master servicer. We do not consolidate the VIE because the most significant decisions impacting the performance of the VIE are generally made by the special servicer or the controlling class security holder. For our residential nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations accounted for as sales, we either do not hold variable interests that we consider potentially significant or are not the primary servicer for a majority of the VIE assets. WHOLE LOAN SALE TRANSACTIONS. We may also sell whole loans to VIEs where we have continuing involvement in the form of financing. We account for these transfers as sales, and do not consolidate the VIEs as we do not have the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIEs. Table 16.1 presents information about transfers of assets during the periods presented for which we recorded the transfers as sales and have continuing involvement with the transferred assets. In connection with these transfers, we received proceeds and recorded servicing assets and securities. Each of these interests are initially measured at fair value. Servicing rights are classified as Level 3 measurements, and generally securities are classified as Level 2. Transfers of residential mortgage loans are transactions with the GSEs or GNMA and generally result in no gain or loss because the loans are typically measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Transfers of commercial mortgage loans 148 Wells Fargo & Company include both transactions with the GSEs or GNMA and nonconforming transactions. These commercial mortgage loans are carried at the lower of cost or market, and we recognize gains on such transfers when the market value is greater than the carrying value of the loan when it is sold. Table 16.1: Transfers with Continuing Involvement Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 (in millions) Residential mortgages Commercial mortgages Residential mortgages Commercial mortgages Residential mortgages Commercial mortgages Assets sold $ 8,303 18,132 13,823 8,872 75,582 13,735 Proceeds from transfer (1) 8,303 18,321 13,823 9,017 75,634 13,963 Net gains (losses) on sale — 189 — 145 52 228 Continuing involvement (2): Servicing rights recognized $ 87 81 157 73 966 128 Securities recognized (3) — 167 — 94 2,062 189 (1) Represents cash proceeds and the fair value of non-cash beneficial interests recognized at securitization settlement. (2) Represents assets or liabilities recognized at securitization settlement date related to our continuing involvement in the transferred assets. (3) Represents debt securities obtained at securitization settlement held for investment purposes that are classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. Excludes trading debt securities held temporarily for market-marking purposes, which are sold to third parties at or shortly after securitization settlement, of $4.2 billion, $6.0 billion, and $19.0 billion, during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In the normal course of business, we purchase certain non-agency securities at initial securitization or subsequently in the secondary market, which we hold for investment. We also provide seller financing in the form of loans. During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, we received cash flows of $311 million, $263 million, and $456 million, respectively, related to principal and interest payments on these securities and loans, which exclude cash flows related to trading activities. Table 16.2 presents the key weighted-average assumptions we used to initially measure residential MSRs recognized during the periods presented. Table 16.2: Residential MSRs – Assumptions at Securitization Date Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 Prepayment rate (1) 16.5% 16.8 12.4 Discount rate 10.0 9.7 8.0 Cost to service ($ per loan) $ 148 178 110 (1) Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior. See Note 15 (Fair Value Measurements) and Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for additional information on key assumptions for residential MSRs. RESECURITIZATION ACTIVITIES. We enter into resecuritization transactions as part of our trading activities to accommodate the investment and risk management activities of our customers. In resecuritization transactions, we transfer trading debt securities to VIEs in exchange for new beneficial interests that are sold to third parties at or shortly after securitization settlement. This activity is performed for customers seeking a specific return or risk profile. Substantially all of our transactions involve the resecuritization of conforming mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs or guaranteed by GNMA. We do not consolidate the resecuritization VIEs as we share in the decision- making power with third parties and do not hold significant economic interests in the VIEs other than for market-making activities. During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, we transferred trading debt securities of $9.7 billion, $12.7 billion, and $17.0 billion, respectively, to resecuritization VIEs, and retained trading debt securities of $544 million, $239 million, and $428 million, respectively. These amounts are not included in Table 16.1. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, we held $819 million and $984 million of trading debt securities, respectively. Total resecuritization VIE assets, to which we sold assets and hold an interest, were $44.1 billion and $52.0 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Wells Fargo & Company 149 Sold or Securitized Loans Serviced for Others Table 16.3 presents information about loans that we have originated and sold or securitized in which we have ongoing involvement as servicer. For loans sold or securitized where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement, we generally experience a loss only if we were required to repurchase a delinquent loan or foreclosed asset due to a breach in representations and warranties associated with our loan sale or servicing contracts. Table 16.3 excludes mortgage loans sold to and held or securitized by GSEs or GNMA of $528.1 billion and $592.5 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Delinquent loans include loans 90 days or more past due and loans in bankruptcy, regardless of delinquency status. Delinquent loans and foreclosed assets related to loans sold to and held or securitized by GSEs and GNMA were $2.4 billion and $3.4 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Table 16.3: Sold or Securitized Loans Serviced for Others Net charge-offs Total loans Delinquent loans and foreclosed assets (1) Year ended December 31, (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 2024 2023 Commercial (2) $ 72,468 67,232 1,467 1,000 54 114 Residential 7,362 8,311 340 393 10 19 Total off-balance sheet sold or securitized loans $ 79,830 75,543 1,807 1,393 64 133 (1) Includes $258 million and $163 million of commercial foreclosed assets and $18 million and $22 million of residential foreclosed assets at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (2) In August 2024, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell the non-agency third-party servicing segment of our commercial mortgage servicing business, including the related mortgage servicing rights and servicer advances. At the closing of this transaction, we expect commercial loans serviced for others to be reduced. Transactions with Unconsolidated VIEs MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS. Table 16.4 includes nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations where we originate and transfer the loans to the unconsolidated securitization VIEs that we sponsor. For additional information about these VIEs, see the “Loan Sales and Securitization Activity” section within this Note. Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations also include commercial mortgage loan securitizations sponsored by third parties where we did not originate or transfer the loans but serve as master servicer and invest in securities that could be potentially significant to the VIE. Conforming loan securitization and resecuritization transactions involving the GSEs and GNMA are excluded from Table 16.4 because we are not the sponsor or we do not have power over the activities most significant to the VIEs. Additionally, due to the nature of the guarantees provided by the GSEs and the FHA and VA, our credit risk associated with these VIEs is limited. For additional information about conforming mortgage loan securitizations and resecuritizations, see the “Loan Sales and Securitization Activity” and “Resecuritization Activities” sections within this Note. COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS. We may transfer purchased industrial development bonds and GSE credit enhancements to VIEs in exchange for beneficial interests. We may also acquire such beneficial interests in transactions where we do not act as a transferor. We own all of the beneficial interests and may also service the underlying mortgages that serve as collateral to the bonds. The GSEs have the power to direct the servicing and workout activities of the VIE in the event of a default, therefore we do not have control over the key decisions of the VIEs. OTHER VIE STRUCTURES. We engage in various forms of structured finance arrangements with other VIEs, including asset-backed finance structures. Collateral may include rental properties and mortgage loans. We may participate in structuring or marketing the arrangements as well as provide financing, service one or more of the underlying assets, or enter into derivatives with the VIEs. We may also receive fees for those services. We are not the primary beneficiary of these structures because we do not have power to direct the most significant activities of the VIEs. Note 16: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued) 150 Wells Fargo & Company Table 16.4 provides a summary of our exposure to the unconsolidated VIEs described above, which includes investments in securities, loans, guarantees, liquidity agreements, commitments and certain derivatives. We exclude certain transactions with unconsolidated VIEs when our continuing involvement is temporary or administrative in nature or insignificant in size. In Table 16.4, “Total VIE assets” represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet related to our involvement with the unconsolidated VIEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” is determined as the carrying value of our investment in the VIEs excluding the unconditional repurchase options that have not been exercised, plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and generally the notional amount of, or stressed loss estimate for, other commitments and guarantees. Debt, guarantees and other commitments include amounts related to lending arrangements, liquidity agreements, and certain loss sharing obligations associated with loans originated, sold, and serviced under certain GSE programs. “Maximum exposure to loss” represents estimated loss that would be incurred under severe, hypothetical circumstances, for which we believe the possibility is extremely remote, such as where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. Table 16.4: Unconsolidated VIEs Carrying value – asset (liability) (in millions) Total VIE assets Loans Debt securities (1) Equity securities All other assets (2) Debt and other liabilities Net assets December 31, 2024 Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations (3) $ 165,218 — 2,203 — 512 (4) 2,711 Commercial real estate loans 5,289 5,275 — — 14 — 5,289 Other 1,186 67 — — 10 — 77 Total $ 171,693 5,342 2,203 — 536 (4) 8,077 Maximum exposure to loss Loans Debt securities (1) Equity securities All other assets (2) Debt, guarantees, and other commitments Total exposure Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations (3) $ — 2,203 — 512 4 2,719 Commercial real estate loans 5,275 — — 14 695 5,984 Other 67 — — 10 157 234 Total $ 5,342 2,203 — 536 856 8,937 Carrying value – asset (liability) (in millions) Total VIE assets Loans Debt securities (1) Equity securities All other assets (2) Debt and other liabilities Net assets December 31, 2023 Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations (3) $ 154,730 — 2,471 — 591 (8) 3,054 Commercial real estate loans 5,588 5,571 — — 17 — 5,588 Other 1,898 213 — 47 17 — 277 Total $ 162,216 5,784 2,471 47 625 (8) 8,919 Maximum exposure to loss Loans Debt securities (1) Equity securities All other assets (2) Debt, guarantees, and other commitments Total exposure Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations (3) $ — 2,471 — 591 8 3,070 Commercial real estate loans 5,571 — — 17 700 6,288 Other 213 — 47 17 158 435 Total $ 5,784 2,471 47 625 866 9,793 (1) Includes $298 million and $301 million of securities classified as trading at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (2) All other assets includes mortgage servicing rights, derivative assets, and other assets (predominantly servicing advances). (3) In August 2024, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell the non-agency third-party servicing segment of our commercial mortgage servicing business, including the related mortgage servicing rights and servicer advances. At the closing of this transaction, we expect nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations to be reduced as we will no longer have continuing involvementin the form of servicing. Wells Fargo & Company 151 INVOLVEMENT WITH TAX CREDIT VIES. In addition to the unconsolidated VIEs in Table 16.4, we may invest in or provide funding to affordable housing, renewable energy or similar projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of federal income tax credits and other income tax benefits. Our affordable housing investments generate low- income housing tax credits and our renewable energy investments generate either production tax credits, investment tax credits, or both. The projects are typically managed by third- party sponsors who have the power over the VIE’s assets; therefore, we do not consolidate the VIEs. The carrying value of our equity investments in tax credit VIEs was $21.7 billion and $19.7 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Additionally, we had loans to tax credit VIEs with a carrying value of $1.9 billion and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Our maximum exposure to loss for tax credit VIEs at December 31, 2024 and 2023, was $29.1 billion and $30.6 billion, respectively. Our maximum exposure to loss included total unfunded equity and lending commitments of $5.5 billion and $8.7 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Under these commitments, we are required to provide additional financial support during the investment period, at the discretion of project sponsors, or for certain renewable energy investments, on a contingent basis based on the amount of income tax credits earned. For equity investments accounted for using the proportional amortization method, a liability is recognized for unfunded commitments that are either legally binding or contingent but probable of funding. The liability recognized for these commitments at December 31, 2024 and 2023, was $6.4 billion and $4.9 billion, respectively. Substantially all of these commitments are expected to be funded within three years. See Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) for additional information on our adoption of ASU 2023-02 effective January 1, 2024, which impacted the accounting for our tax credit equity investments and related unfunded commitments. See also Note 17 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) for additional information about unrecognized commitments to purchase equity securities. Table 16.5 summarizes the impacts to our consolidated statement of income related to our affordable housing and renewable energy equity investments. Table 16.5: Income Statement Impacts for Affordable Housing and Renewable Energy Tax Credit Investments (1) Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Income (loss) before income tax expense (2) (A) $ (66) (634) (473) Income tax expense (benefit): Proportional amortization of investments 2,971 1,650 1,549 Income tax credits and other income tax benefits (3,990) (3,176) (2,854) Net expense (benefit) recognized within income tax expense (B) (1,019) (1,526) (1,305) Net income related to affordable housing and renewable energy tax credit investments (A)-(B) $ 953 892 832 (1) Includes the impacts for affordable housing and renewable energy tax credit investments, which are accounted for using either the proportional amortization method or the equity method. Prior period balances do not reflect accounting changes related to our adoption of ASU 2023-02, effective January 1, 2024. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). (2) The balance predominantly relates to equity method losses from renewable energy tax credit investments, which are recorded in other noninterest income on our consolidated statement of income. Note 16: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued) 152 Wells Fargo & Company Consolidated VIEs We consolidate VIEs where we are the primary beneficiary. We are the primary beneficiary of the following structure types: COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND LEASES. We previously securitized dealer floor plan loans in a revolving master trust entity. As servicer and holder of all beneficial interests, we control the key decisions of the trust and consolidate the VIE. In first quarter 2024, we removed the loans held by the master trust entity by transferring them to another subsidiary of Wells Fargo, which had no impact on our consolidated balance sheet. In a separate transaction structure, we may provide the majority of debt and equity financing to an SPE that engages in lending and leasing to specific vendors and we service the underlying collateral. CREDIT CARD SECURITIZATIONS. Beginning in first quarter 2024, we securitized a portion of our credit card loans to provide a source of funding. Credit card securitizations involve the transfer of credit card loans to a master trust that issues debt securities to third party investors that are collateralized by the transferred credit card loans. The underlying securitized credit card loans and other assets in the master trust are available only for payment of the debt securities issued by the master trust; they are not available to pay our other obligations. In addition, the investors in the debt securities do not have recourse to the general credit of Wells Fargo. We consolidate the master trust because, as the servicer of the credit card loans, we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance and hold variable interests potentially significant to the VIE. We hold a minimum of 5% seller’s interest in the transferred credit card loans and we retain subordinated securities issued by the master trust, which collectively could result in exposure to potentially significant losses or benefits from the master trust. As of December 31, 2024, we held seller’s interest of $6.5 billion in the transferred credit card loans and subordinated securities of $750 million (at par) issued by the master trust, which are both eliminated in our consolidated financial statements. The transferred credit card loans and debt securities issued to third parties are recognized on our consolidated balance sheet, and classified as loans and long-term debt, respectively. Table 16.6 presents a summary of financial assets and liabilities of our consolidated VIEs. The carrying value represents assets and liabilities recognized on our consolidated balance sheet. “Total VIE assets” includes affiliate balances that are eliminated upon consolidation, and therefore in some instances will differ from the carrying value of assets. On our consolidated balance sheet, we separately disclose (1) the consolidated assets of certain VIEs that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs, and (2) the consolidated liabilities of certain VIEs for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo. Table 16.6: Transactions with Consolidated VIEs Carrying value – asset (liability) (in millions) Total VIE assets Loans All other assets (1) Long-term debt Accrued expenses and other liabilities December 31, 2024 Commercial and industrial loans and leases $ 1,737 1,570 167 — (118) Credit card securitizations 9,803 9,615 25 (2,240) (5) Other 479 — 479 — (1) Total consolidated VIEs $ 12,019 11,185 671 (2,240) (124) December 31, 2023 Commercial and industrial loans and leases $ 7,579 4,880 203 — (115) Credit card securitizations — — — — — Other 232 — 232 — — Total consolidated VIEs $ 7,811 4,880 435 — (115) (1) All other assets includes loans held for sale and other assets. Other Transactions In addition to the transactions included in the previous tables, we have used wholly-owned trust preferred security VIEs to issue debt securities or preferred equity exclusively to third-party investors. As the sole assets of the VIEs are receivables from us, we do not consolidate the VIEs even though we own all of the voting equity shares of the VIEs, have fully guaranteed the obligations of the VIEs, and may have the right to redeem the third-party securities under certain circumstances. On our consolidated balance sheet, we reported the debt securities issued to the VIEs as long-term junior subordinated debt. See Note 10 (Long-Term Debt) for additional information about the trust preferred securities. Wells Fargo & Company 153 Note 17: Guarantees and Other Commitments Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Table 17.1 shows carrying value and maximum exposure to loss on our guarantees. Table 17.1: Guarantees – Carrying Value and Maximum Exposure to Loss Maximum exposure to loss (in millions) Carrying value of obligation Expires in one year or less Expires after one year through three years Expires after three years through five years Expires after five years Total Non- investment grade December 31, 2024 Standby letters of credit (1) $ 90 13,311 6,951 1,538 17 21,817 7,198 Direct pay letters of credit (1) 2 1,818 1,051 108 92 3,069 766 Loans and LHFS sold with recourse 82 593 3,089 3,969 6,223 13,874 10,660 Exchange and clearing house guarantees — 38,852 — — — 38,852 — Other guarantees and indemnifications 36 1,888 496 124 553 3,061 1,022 Total guarantees $ 210 56,462 11,587 5,739 6,885 80,673 19,646 December 31, 2023 Standby letters of credit (1) $ 90 14,211 5,209 2,931 105 22,456 7,711 Direct pay letters of credit (1) 8 1,446 2,268 247 5 3,966 957 Loans and LHFS sold with recourse 72 249 2,957 3,385 7,228 13,819 10,612 Exchange and clearing house guarantees — 13,550 — — — 13,550 — Other guarantees and indemnifications 22 687 854 116 463 2,120 634 Total guarantees $ 192 30,143 11,288 6,679 7,801 55,911 19,914 (1) Standby and direct pay letters of credit are reported net of syndications and participations. Maximum exposure to loss represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is a remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero. Maximum exposure to loss estimates in Table 17.1 do not reflect economic hedges or collateral we could use to offset or recover losses we may incur under our guarantee agreements. Accordingly, these amounts are not an indication of expected loss. We believe the carrying value is more representative of our current exposure to loss than maximum exposure to loss. The carrying value represents the fair value of the guarantee, if any, and also includes an ACL for guarantees, if applicable. In determining the ACL for guarantees, we consider the credit risk of the related contingent obligation. For our guarantees in Table 17.1, non-investment grade represents those guarantees on which we have a higher risk of performance under the terms of the guarantee, which is determined based on an external rating or an internal credit grade that is below investment grade, if applicable. STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT. We issue standby letters of credit, which include performance and financial guarantees, for customers in connection with contracts between our customers and third parties. Standby letters of credit are conditional lending commitments where we are obligated to make payment to a third party on behalf of a customer if the customer fails to meet their contractual obligations. Total maximum exposure to loss includes the portion of multipurpose lending facilities for which we have issued standby letters of credit under the commitments. DIRECT PAY LETTERS OF CREDIT. We issue direct pay letters of credit to serve as credit enhancements for certain bond issuances. Beneficiaries (bond trustees) may draw upon these instruments to make scheduled principal and interest payments, redeem all outstanding bonds because a default event has occurred, or for other reasons as permitted by the agreement. LOANS AND LHFS SOLD WITH RECOURSE. For certain sales and securitizations of loans, predominantly to GSEs, we provide recourse to the buyer for certain losses. Certain arrangements require that we share in the credit risk of the loans, substantially all of which are commercial real estate mortgage loans, where we provide recourse up to 33.33% of actual losses incurred on a pro- rata basis in the event of borrower default. The maximum exposure to loss represents the outstanding principal balance of the loans sold or securitized that are subject to recourse provisions or the maximum losses per the contractual agreements. However, we believe the likelihood of loss of the entire balance due to these recourse agreements is remote, and amounts paid can be recovered in whole or in part from the sale of collateral. EXCHANGE AND CLEARING HOUSE GUARANTEES. We are members of several securities and derivatives exchanges and clearing houses, both in the U.S. and in countries outside the U.S., that we use to clear our trades and those of our customers, including customers for whom we act as sponsoring member. It is common that all members in these organizations are required to collectively guarantee the performance of other members of the organization. Our obligations under the guarantees are generally a pro-rata share based on either a fixed amount or a multiple of the guarantee fund we are required to maintain with these organizations. Some membership rules require members to assume a pro-rata share of losses resulting from another member’s default or from non-member default losses after applying the guarantee fund. We have not recorded a liability for these arrangements as of the dates presented in Table 17.1 because we believe the likelihood of loss is remote. As part of 154 Wells Fargo & Company maintaining our memberships in certain clearing organizations, we are required to stand ready to provide liquidity to sustain market clearing activity in the event unforeseen events occur or are deemed likely to occur. Certain of these obligations are guarantees of other members’ performance and accordingly are included in Table 17.1 in Other guarantees and indemnifications. We may act as a sponsoring member under the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation’s (FICC) sponsored repo service, where we guarantee the performance of our clients’ obligations to the FICC. We minimize our liability under these guarantees by obtaining a secured interest in the collateral that our clients place with the FICC. OTHER GUARANTEES AND INDEMNIFICATIONS. We have contingent performance arrangements related to various customer relationships and lease transactions. We are required to pay the counterparties to these agreements if third parties default on certain obligations. Under certain factoring arrangements, we may be required to purchase trade receivables from third parties, if receivable debtors default on their payment obligations. We use certain third-party clearing agents to clear and settle transactions on behalf of some of our institutional brokerage customers. We indemnify the clearing agents against loss that could occur for non-performance by our customers on transactions that are not sufficiently collateralized. Transactions subject to the indemnifications may include customer obligations related to the settlement of margin accounts and short positions, such as written call options and securities borrowing transactions. We record a liability for mortgage loans that we expect to repurchase pursuant to various representations or warranties. See Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for further discussion and related amounts. Additionally, when we sell MSRs, we may provide indemnification for losses incurred due to material breaches of contractual representations or warranties as well as other recourse arrangements. When we sell renewable energy tax credits, we indemnify the buyers for potential future losses incurred due to the disallowance or recapture of the transferred tax credits or material breaches of representations and warranties. We also enter into other types of indemnification agreements in the ordinary course of business under which we agree to indemnify third parties against any damages, losses and expenses incurred in connection with legal and other proceedings arising from relationships or transactions with us. These relationships or transactions include those arising from service as a director or officer of the Company, underwriting agreements relating to our securities, acquisition agreements and various other business transactions or arrangements. Because the extent of our obligations under these agreements depends entirely upon the occurrence of future events, we are unable to determine our potential future liability under these agreements. WRITTEN OPTIONS. We enter into written foreign currency options and over-the-counter written equity put options that are derivative contracts that have the characteristics of a guarantee. Written put options give the counterparty the right to sell to us an underlying instrument held by the counterparty at a specified price by a specified date. While these derivative transactions expose us to risk if the option is exercised, we manage this risk by entering into offsetting trades or by taking short positions in the underlying instrument. We offset market risk related to options written to customers with cash securities or other offsetting derivative transactions. Additionally, for certain of these contracts, we require the counterparty to pledge the underlying instrument as collateral for the transaction. Our ultimate obligation under written options is based on future market conditions and is only quantifiable at settlement. The fair value of written options represents our view of the probability that we will be required to perform under the contract. The fair value of these written options was a liability of $88 million and an asset of $178 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The fair value may be an asset as a result of deferred premiums on certain option trades. The maximum exposure to loss represents the notional value of these derivative contracts. At December 31, 2024, the maximum exposure to loss was $34.3 billion, with $31.5 billion expiring in three years or less compared with $34.0 billion and $31.9 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2023. See Note 14 (Derivatives) for additional information regarding written derivative contracts. MERCHANT PROCESSING SERVICES. We provide debit and credit card transaction processing services through payment networks directly for merchants and as a sponsor for merchant processing servicers, including our joint venture with a third party that is accounted for as an equity method investment. In our role as the merchant acquiring bank, we have a potential obligation in connection with payment and delivery disputes between the merchant and the cardholder that are resolved in favor of the cardholder, referred to as a charge-back transaction. If we are unable to collect the amounts from the merchant, we incur a loss for the refund to the cardholder. We are secondarily obligated to make a refund for transactions involving sponsored merchant processing servicers. We generally have a low likelihood of loss in connection with our merchant processing services because most products and services are delivered when purchased and amounts are generally refunded when items are returned to the merchant. In addition, we may reduce our risk in connection with these transactions by withholding future payments and requiring cash or other collateral. We estimate our potential maximum exposure to be the total merchant transaction volume processed in the preceding four months, which is generally the lifecycle for a charge-back transaction. As of December 31, 2024, our potential maximum exposure was approximately $477.3 billion, and related losses, including those from our joint venture entity, were insignificant. GUARANTEES OF SUBSIDIARIES. In the normal course of business, the Parent may provide counterparties with guarantees related to its subsidiaries’ obligations. These obligations are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet or are reflected as off-balance sheet commitments, and therefore, the Parent has not recognized a separate liability for these guarantees. Additionally, the Parent fully and unconditionally guarantees the payment of principal, interest, and any other amounts that may be due on securities that its 100% owned finance subsidiary, Wells Fargo Finance LLC, may issue. These securities are not guaranteed by any other subsidiary of the Parent. The guaranteed liabilities were $1.3 billion and $834 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. These guarantees rank on parity with all of the Parent’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The assets of the Parent consist primarily of equity in its subsidiaries, and the Parent is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. As a result, the Parent’s ability to address claims of holders of these debt securities against the Parent under the guarantee depends on the Parent’s receipt of dividends, loan payments and other funds from its subsidiaries. If any of the Parent’s subsidiaries becomes insolvent, the direct Wells Fargo & Company 155 creditors of that subsidiary will have a prior claim on that subsidiary’s assets. The rights of the Parent and the rights of the Parent’s creditors will be subject to that prior claim unless the Parent is also a direct creditor of that subsidiary. For additional information regarding other restrictions on the Parent’s ability to receive dividends, loan payments and other funds from its subsidiaries, see Note 26 (Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions). OTHER COMMITMENTS. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had commitments to purchase equity securities of $6.6 billion and $9.2 billion, respectively, which predominantly included Federal Reserve Bank stock and tax credit investments accounted for using the equity method. We have commitments to enter into resale and securities borrowing agreements as well as repurchase and securities lending agreements with certain counterparties, including central clearing organizations. The amount of our unfunded contractual commitments for resale and securities borrowing agreements was $27.3 billion and $17.5 billion as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The amount of our unfunded contractual commitments for repurchase and securities lending agreements was $2.0 billion and $746 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Given the nature of these commitments, they are excluded from Table 5.4 (Unfunded Credit Commitments) in Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses). Note 17: Guarantees and Other Commitments (continued) 156 Wells Fargo & Company Note 18: Securities Financing Activities We enter into resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing and lending agreements (collectively, “securities financing activities”) typically to finance trading positions (including securities and derivatives), acquire securities to cover short trading positions, accommodate customers’ financing needs, and settle other securities obligations. These activities are conducted through our broker-dealer subsidiaries and, to a lesser extent, through other bank entities. Our securities financing activities predominantly involve high-quality, liquid securities such as U.S. Treasury securities and government agency securities and, to a lesser extent, less liquid securities, including equity securities, corporate bonds and asset-backed securities. We account for these transactions as collateralized financings in which we typically receive or pledge securities as collateral. We believe these financing transactions generally do not have material credit risk given the collateral provided and the related monitoring processes. OFFSETTING OF SECURITIES FINANCING ACTIVITIES. Table 18.1 presents resale and repurchase agreements subject to master repurchase agreements (MRA) and securities borrowing and lending agreements subject to master securities lending agreements (MSLA). Where legally enforceable, these master netting arrangements give the ability, in the event of default by the counterparty, to liquidate securities held as collateral and to offset receivables and payables with the same counterparty. Securities financings with the same counterparty are presented net on our consolidated balance sheet, provided certain criteria are met that permit balance sheet netting. The majority of transactions subject to these agreements do not meet those criteria and thus are not eligible for balance sheet netting. Securities collateral we pledge is not netted on our consolidated balance sheet against the related liability. Securities collateral we receive is not recognized on our consolidated balance sheet. Collateral pledged or received may be increased or decreased over time to maintain certain contractual thresholds, as the assets underlying each arrangement fluctuate in value. For additional information on collateral pledged and received, see Note 19 (Pledged Assets and Collateral). Generally, these agreements require collateral to exceed the asset or liability recognized on the balance sheet. The following table includes the amount of collateral pledged or received related to exposures subject to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs. While these agreements are typically over-collateralized, the disclosure in this table is limited to the reported amount of such collateral to the amount of the related recognized asset or liability for each counterparty. In addition to the amounts included in Table 18.1, we also have balance sheet netting related to derivatives that is disclosed in Note 14 (Derivatives). Table 18.1: Offsetting – Securities Financing Activities (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Assets: Resale and securities borrowing agreements Gross amounts recognized $ 159,538 108,785 Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1) (54,208) (28,402) Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (2) 105,330 80,383 Collateral received not recognized in consolidated balance sheet (3) (104,313) (79,473) Net amount (4) $ 1,017 910 Liabilities: Repurchase and securities lending agreements Gross amounts recognized $ 149,427 106,060 Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1) (54,208) (28,402) Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (5) 95,219 77,658 Collateral pledged but not netted in consolidated balance sheet (6) (95,170) (77,529) Net amount (4) $ 49 129 (1) Represents recognized amount of resale and repurchase agreements with counterparties subject to enforceable MRAs that have been offset within our consolidated balance sheet. (2) Included in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements on our consolidated balance sheet. Excludes $21.8 billion and $20.5 billion classified on our consolidated balance sheet in loans at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, which relates to resale agreements involving collateral other than securities as part of our commercial lending business activities. (3) Represents the fair value of collateral we have received under enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited in the table above to the amount of the recognized asset due from each counterparty. (4) Represents the amount of our exposure (assets) or obligation (liabilities) that is not collateralized and/or is not subject to an enforceable MRA or MSLA. (5) Included in short-term borrowings on our consolidated balance sheet. (6) Represents the fair value of collateral we have pledged, related to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited in the table above to the amount of the recognized liability owed to each counterparty. Wells Fargo & Company 157 REPURCHASE AND SECURITIES LENDING AGREEMENTS. Securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements are effectively short-term collateralized borrowings. In these transactions, we receive cash in exchange for transferring securities as collateral and recognize an obligation to reacquire the securities for cash at the transaction’s maturity. These types of transactions create risks, including (1) the counterparty may fail to return the securities at maturity, (2) the fair value of the securities transferred may decline below the amount of our obligation to reacquire the securities, and therefore create an obligation for us to pledge additional amounts, and (3) the counterparty may accelerate the maturity on demand, requiring us to reacquire the security prior to contractual maturity. We attempt to mitigate these risks in various ways. Our collateral predominantly consists of highly liquid securities. In addition, we underwrite and monitor the financial strength of our counterparties, monitor the fair value of collateral pledged relative to contractually required repurchase amounts, and monitor that our collateral is properly returned through the clearing and settlement process in advance of our cash repayment. Table 18.2 provides the gross amounts recognized on our consolidated balance sheet (before the effects of offsetting) of our liabilities for repurchase and securities lending agreements disaggregated by underlying collateral type. Table 18.2: Gross Obligations by Underlying Collateral Type (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Repurchase agreements: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies $ 70,362 38,742 Securities of U.S. States and political subdivisions 648 579 Federal agency mortgage-backed securities 54,107 48,019 Non-agency mortgage-backed securities 2,397 1,889 Corporate debt securities 10,008 7,925 Asset-backed securities 2,334 2,176 Equity securities 1,584 635 Other 740 541 Total repurchases 142,180 100,506 Securities lending arrangements: Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies 214 251 Corporate debt securities 1,925 293 Equity securities 5,101 4,965 Other 7 45 Total securities lending 7,247 5,554 Total repurchases and securities lending $ 149,427 106,060 Table 18.3 provides the contractual maturities of our gross obligations under repurchase and securities lending agreements. Securities lending is executed under agreements that allow either party to terminate the transaction without notice, while repurchase agreements have a term structure that matures at a point in time. The overnight agreements require an election by both parties to roll the trade, while continuous agreements require an election by either party to terminate the agreement. Table 18.3: Contractual Maturities of Gross Obligations (in millions) Repurchase agreements Securities lending agreements December 31, 2024 Overnight/continuous $ 79,560 4,096 Up to 30 days 40,318 — 30-90 days 8,909 300 >90 days 13,393 2,851 Total gross obligation $ 142,180 7,247 December 31, 2023 Overnight/continuous $ 54,810 4,903 Up to 30 days 13,704 — 30-90 days 23,264 200 >90 days 8,728 451 Total gross obligation $ 100,506 5,554 Note 18: (continued) Securities Financing Activities 158 Wells Fargo & Company Note 19: Pledged Assets and Collateral Pledged Assets We pledge financial assets that we own to counterparties for the collateralization of securities and other collateralized financing activities, to secure trust and public deposits, and to collateralize derivative contracts. See Note 18 (Securities Financing Activities) for additional information on securities financing activities. As part of our liquidity management strategy, we may also pledge assets to secure borrowings and letters of credit from Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs), to maintain potential borrowing capacity with FHLBs and at the discount window of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), and for other purposes as required or permitted by law or insurance statutory requirements. The collateral that we pledge may include our own collateral as well as collateral that we have received from third parties and have the right to repledge. Table 19.1 provides the carrying values of assets recognized on our consolidated balance sheet that we have pledged to third parties. Assets pledged in transactions where our counterparty has the right to sell or repledge those assets are presented parenthetically on our consolidated balance sheet. VIE RELATED. We also pledge assets in connection with various types of transactions entered into with VIEs, which are excluded from Table 19.1. These pledged assets can only be used to settle the liabilities of those entities. We also have loans recorded on our consolidated balance sheet which represent certain delinquent loans that are eligible for repurchase from GNMA loan securitizations. See Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for additional information on consolidated and unconsolidated VIE assets. Table 19.1: Pledged Assets (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Pledged to counterparties that had the right to sell or repledge: Debt securities: Trading $ 86,142 62,537 Available-for-sale 3,078 5,055 Equity securities 9,774 2,683 All other assets 461 495 Total assets pledged to counterparties that had the right to sell or repledge 99,455 70,770 Pledged to counterparties that did not have the right to sell or repledge: Debt securities: Trading 5,121 2,757 Available-for-sale 97,025 64,511 Held-to-maturity 213,829 246,218 Loans 485,701 445,092 Equity securities 2,150 1,502 All other assets 853 1,195 Total assets pledged to counterparties that did not have the right to sell or repledge 804,679 761,275 Total pledged assets $ 904,134 832,045 Collateral Accepted We receive financial assets as collateral that we are permitted to sell or repledge. This collateral is obtained in connection with securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowing transactions, customer margin loans, and derivative contracts. We may use this collateral in connection with securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions, derivative contracts, and short sales. At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the fair value of this collateral received that we have the right to sell or repledge was $288.7 billion and $216.6 billion, respectively, of which $142.2 billion and $103.3 billion, respectively, were sold or repledged. Wells Fargo & Company 159 Note 20: Operating Segments Our management reporting is organized into four reportable operating segments: Consumer Banking and Lending; Commercial Banking; Corporate and Investment Banking; and Wealth and Investment Management. All other business activities that are not included in the reportable operating segments have been included in Corporate. We define our reportable operating segments by type of product and customer segment, and their results are based on our management reporting process. The management reporting process measures the performance of the reportable operating segments based on the Company’s management structure, and the results are regularly reviewed with our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and relevant senior management. Our CEO is the chief operating decision maker (CODM) and reviews actual and forecasted operating segment net income for assessing performance and deciding how to allocate resources. The management reporting process is based on U.S. GAAP and includes specific adjustments, such as funds transfer pricing for asset/liability management, shared revenue and expenses, and taxable-equivalent adjustments to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax- exempt sources, which allows management to assess performance consistently across the operating segments. Consumer Banking and Lending offers diversified financial products and services for consumers and small businesses with annual sales generally up to $10 million. These financial products and services include checking and savings accounts, credit and debit cards as well as home, auto, personal, and small business lending. Commercial Banking provides financial solutions to private, family owned and certain public companies. Products and services include banking and credit products across multiple industry sectors and municipalities, secured lending and lease products, and treasury management. Corporate and Investment Banking delivers a suite of capital markets, banking, and financial products and services to corporate, commercial real estate, government and institutional clients globally. Products and services include corporate banking, investment banking, treasury management, commercial real estate lending and servicing, equity and fixed income solutions as well as sales, trading, and research capabilities. Wealth and Investment Management provides personalized wealth management, brokerage, financial planning, lending, private banking, trust and fiduciary products and services to affluent, high-net worth and ultra-high-net worth clients. We operate through financial advisors in our brokerage and wealth offices, consumer bank branches, independent offices, and digitally through WellsTrade® and Intuitive Investor®. Corporate includes corporate treasury and enterprise functions, net of expense allocations, in support of the reportable operating segments (including funds transfer pricing, capital, and liquidity), as well as our investment portfolio and venture capital and private equity investments. Corporate also includes certain lines of business that management has determined are no longer consistent with the long-term strategic goals of the Company as well as results for previously divested businesses. Basis of Presentation FUNDS TRANSFER PRICING. Corporate treasury manages a funds transfer pricing methodology that considers interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and other product characteristics. Operating segments pay a funding charge for their assets and receive a funding credit for their deposits, both of which are included in net interest income. The net impact of the funding charges or credits is recognized in corporate treasury. REVENUE SHARING AND EXPENSE ALLOCATIONS. When lines of business jointly serve customers, the line of business that is responsible for providing the product or service recognizes revenue or expense with a referral fee paid or an allocation of cost to the other line of business based on established internal revenue-sharing agreements. When a line of business uses a service provided by another line of business, expense is generally allocated based on the cost and use of the service provided. Enterprise functions, such as operations, technology, and risk management, are included in Corporate with an allocation of their applicable costs to the reportable operating segments based on the level of support provided by the enterprise function. We periodically assess and update our revenue sharing and expense allocation methodologies. Table 20.1 includes the allocated expenses from Corporate to the reportable operating segments within the relevant personnel and non-personnel expense lines. Personnel expense is a significant expense for our reportable operating segments. Non-personnel expense includes other expense categories that are consistent with those presented in our consolidated statement of income, such as technology, telecommunications and equipment expense, occupancy expense, and professional and outside services expense. TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT ADJUSTMENTS. Taxable-equivalent adjustments related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and debt securities are included in net interest income, while taxable- equivalent adjustments related to income tax credits for affordable housing and renewable energy investments are included in noninterest income, in each case with corresponding impacts to income tax expense (benefit). Adjustments are included in Corporate, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking and are eliminated to reconcile to the Company’s consolidated financial results. 160 Wells Fargo & Company Table 20.1 presents our results by operating segment. Table 20.1: Operating Segments (in millions) Consumer Banking and Lending Commercial Banking Corporate and Investment Banking Wealth and Investment Management Corporate Reconciling Items (1) Consolidated Company Year ended December 31, 2024 Net interest income (2) $ 28,303 9,096 7,935 3,473 (791) (340) 47,676 Noninterest income 7,898 3,682 11,409 11,963 1,129 (1,461) 34,620 Total revenue 36,201 12,778 19,344 15,436 338 (1,801) 82,296 Provision for credit losses 3,561 290 521 (22) (16) — 4,334 Personnel expense 13,864 4,090 6,067 10,424 1,284 — 35,729 Non-personnel expense 9,410 2,100 2,962 2,460 1,937 — 18,869 Noninterest expense 23,274 6,190 9,029 12,884 3,221 — 54,598 Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) 9,366 6,298 9,794 2,574 (2,867) (1,801) 23,364 Income tax expense (benefit) 2,357 1,599 2,456 672 (1,884) (1,801) 3,399 Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests 7,009 4,699 7,338 1,902 (983) — 19,965 Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests — 10 — — 233 — 243 Net income (loss) $ 7,009 4,689 7,338 1,902 (1,216) — 19,722 Year ended December 31, 2023 Net interest income (2) $ 30,185 10,034 9,498 3,966 (888) (420) 52,375 Noninterest income 7,734 3,415 9,693 10,725 431 (1,776) 30,222 Total revenue 37,919 13,449 19,191 14,691 (457) (2,196) 82,597 Provision for credit losses 3,299 75 2,007 6 12 — 5,399 Personnel expense 14,626 4,366 5,910 9,746 1,181 — 35,829 Non-personnel expense 9,398 2,189 2,708 2,318 3,120 — 19,733 Noninterest expense 24,024 6,555 8,618 12,064 4,301 — 55,562 Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) 10,596 6,819 8,566 2,621 (4,770) (2,196) 21,636 Income tax expense (benefit) 2,657 1,704 2,140 657 (2,355) (2,196) 2,607 Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests 7,939 5,115 6,426 1,964 (2,415) — 19,029 Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests — 11 — — (124) — (113) Net income (loss) $ 7,939 5,104 6,426 1,964 (2,291) — 19,142 Year ended December 31, 2022 Net interest income (2) $ 27,044 7,289 8,733 3,927 (1,607) (436) 44,950 Noninterest income 8,766 3,631 6,509 10,895 1,192 (1,575) 29,418 Total revenue 35,810 10,920 15,242 14,822 (415) (2,011) 74,368 Provision for credit losses 2,276 (534) (185) (25) 2 — 1,534 Personnel expense 15,052 3,972 5,225 9,362 729 — 34,340 Non-personnel expense 11,225 2,086 2,335 2,251 4,968 — 22,865 Noninterest expense 26,277 6,058 7,560 11,613 5,697 — 57,205 Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) 7,257 5,396 7,867 3,234 (6,114) (2,011) 15,629 Income tax expense (benefit) 1,816 1,366 1,989 812 (1,721) (2,011) 2,251 Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests 5,441 4,030 5,878 2,422 (4,393) — 13,378 Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests — 12 — — (311) — (299) Net income (loss) $ 5,441 4,018 5,878 2,422 (4,082) — 13,677 (continued on following page) Wells Fargo & Company 161 (continued from previous page) Consumer Banking and Lending Commercial Banking Corporate and Investment Banking Wealth and Investment Management Corporate Reconciling Items (1) Consolidated Company Year ended December 31, 2024 Loans (average) $ 325,163 223,057 277,039 83,005 7,112 — 915,376 Assets (average) 360,907 245,707 568,035 90,024 652,024 — 1,916,697 Deposits (average) 774,660 172,129 192,592 107,689 98,845 — 1,345,915 Loans (period-end) 321,430 223,318 278,680 84,340 4,977 — 912,745 Assets (period-end) 361,663 246,569 597,278 90,536 633,799 — 1,929,845 Deposits (period-end) 783,490 188,650 212,948 127,008 59,708 — 1,371,804 Year ended December 31, 2023 Loans (average) $ 335,920 224,102 291,975 82,755 9,164 — 943,916 Assets (average) 377,434 245,520 553,722 89,797 619,002 — 1,885,475 Deposits (average) 811,091 165,235 162,062 112,069 95,825 — 1,346,282 Loans (period-end) 332,867 224,774 287,432 82,555 9,054 — 936,682 Assets (period-end) 375,484 245,568 547,203 90,138 674,075 — 1,932,468 Deposits (period-end) 782,309 162,526 185,142 103,902 124,294 — 1,358,173 (1) Taxable-equivalent adjustments related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and debt securities are included in net interest income, while taxable-equivalent adjustments related to income tax credits for affordable housing and renewable energy investments are included in noninterest income, in each case with corresponding impacts to income tax expense (benefit). Adjustments are included in Corporate, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking and are eliminated to reconcile to the Company’s consolidated financial results. (2) Net interest income is interest earned on assets minus the interest paid on liabilities to fund those assets. Segment interest earned includes actual interest income on segment assets as well as a funding credit for their deposits. Segment interest paid on liabilities includes actual interest expense on segment liabilities as well as a funding charge for their assets. Note 20: Operating Segments (continued) 162 Wells Fargo & Company Note 21: Revenue and Expenses Revenue Our revenue includes net interest income on financial instruments and noninterest income. Table 21.1 presents our revenue by operating segment. For additional description of our operating segments, including additional financial information and the underlying management accounting process, see Note 20 (Operating Segments). Table 21.1: Revenue by Operating Segment (in millions) Consumer Banking and Lending Commercial Banking Corporate and Investment Banking Wealth and Investment Management Corporate Reconciling Items (1) Consolidated Company Year ended December 31, 2024 Net interest income (2) $ 28,303 9,096 7,935 3,473 (791) (340) 47,676 Noninterest income: Deposit-related fees 2,734 1,180 1,073 24 4 — 5,015 Lending-related fees (2) 92 555 842 11 — — 1,500 Investment advisory and other asset-based fees (3) — 84 157 9,534 — — 9,775 Commissions and brokerage services fees — — 368 2,153 — — 2,521 Investment banking fees (4) 84 2,675 — (90) — 2,665 Card fees: Card interchange and network revenue (4) 3,567 205 55 4 2 — 3,833 Other card fees (2) 509 — — — — — 509 Total card fees 4,076 205 55 4 2 — 4,342 Mortgage banking (2) 650 — 410 (13) — — 1,047 Net gains (losses) from trading activities (2) — (2) 5,091 155 40 — 5,284 Net losses from debt securities (2) — — — — (920) — (920) Net gains (losses) from equity securities (2) (2) 21 19 15 1,017 — 1,070 Lease income (2) — 532 122 — 577 — 1,231 Other (2) 352 1,023 597 80 499 (1,461) 1,090 Total noninterest income 7,898 3,682 11,409 11,963 1,129 (1,461) 34,620 Total revenue $ 36,201 12,778 19,344 15,436 338 (1,801) 82,296 Year ended December 31, 2023 Net interest income (2) $ 30,185 10,034 9,498 3,966 (888) (420) 52,375 Noninterest income: Deposit-related fees 2,702 998 976 22 (4) — 4,694 Lending-related fees (2) 117 531 790 8 — — 1,446 Investment advisory and other asset-based fees (3) — 74 150 8,446 — — 8,670 Commissions and brokerage services fees — — 317 2,058 — — 2,375 Investment banking fees (6) 61 1,738 — (144) — 1,649 Card fees: Card interchange and network revenue (4) 3,540 223 60 4 2 — 3,829 Other card fees (2) 427 — — — — — 427 Total card fees 3,967 223 60 4 2 — 4,256 Mortgage banking (2) 512 — 329 (12) — — 829 Net gains (losses) from trading activities (2) — (10) 4,553 162 94 — 4,799 Net gains (losses) from debt securities (2) — 25 — — (15) — 10 Net losses from equity securities (2) — (58) (4) (2) (377) — (441) Lease income (2) — 644 57 — 536 — 1,237 Other (2) 442 927 727 39 339 (1,776) 698 Total noninterest income 7,734 3,415 9,693 10,725 431 (1,776) 30,222 Total revenue $ 37,919 13,449 19,191 14,691 (457) (2,196) 82,597 (continued on following page) Wells Fargo & Company 163 (continued from previous page) (in millions) Consumer Banking and Lending Commercial Banking Corporate and Investment Banking Wealth and Investment Management Corporate Reconciling Items (1) Consolidated Company Year ended December 31, 2022 Net interest income (2) $ 27,044 7,289 8,733 3,927 (1,607) (436) 44,950 Noninterest income: Deposit-related fees 3,093 1,131 1,068 24 — — 5,316 Lending-related fees (2) 129 491 769 8 — — 1,397 Investment advisory and other asset-based fees (3) — 42 107 8,847 8 — 9,004 Commissions and brokerage services fees — — 311 1,931 — — 2,242 Investment banking fees (3) 60 1,492 — (110) — 1,439 Card fees: Card interchange and network revenue (4) 3,590 224 60 4 — — 3,878 Other card fees (2) 477 — — — — — 477 Total card fees 4,067 224 60 4 — — 4,355 Mortgage banking (2) 1,100 — 296 (12) (1) — 1,383 Net gains (losses) from trading activities (2) — (6) 1,886 58 178 — 2,116 Net gains from debt securities (2) — 5 — — 146 — 151 Net gains (losses) from equity securities (2) (5) 64 (5) (2) (858) — (806) Lease income (2) — 710 15 — 544 — 1,269 Other (2) 385 910 510 37 1,285 (1,575) 1,552 Total noninterest income 8,766 3,631 6,509 10,895 1,192 (1,575) 29,418 Total revenue $ 35,810 10,920 15,242 14,822 (415) (2,011) 74,368 (1) Taxable-equivalent adjustments related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and debt securities are included in net interest income, while taxable-equivalent adjustments related to income tax credits for affordable housing and renewable energy investments are included in noninterest income, in each case with corresponding impacts to income tax expense (benefit). Adjustments are included in Corporate, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking and are eliminated to reconcile to the Company’s consolidated financial results. (2) These revenue types are related to financial assets and liabilities, including loans, leases, securities and derivatives, with additional details included in other footnotes to our financial statements. (3) We earned trailing commissions of $943 million, $904 million, and $989 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. (4) The cost of credit card rewards and rebates of $2.7 billion, $2.6 billion and $2.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, are presented net against the related revenue. We provide services to customers which have related performance obligations that we complete to recognize revenue. Our revenue is generally recognized either immediately upon the completion of our service or over time as we perform services. Any services performed over time generally require that we render services each period and therefore we measure our progress in completing these services based upon the passage of time. DEPOSIT-RELATED FEES are earned in connection with depository accounts for commercial and consumer customers and include fees for account charges, overdraft services, cash network fees, wire transfer and other remittance fees, and safe deposit box fees. Account charges include fees for periodic account maintenance activities and event-driven services such as stop payment fees. Our obligation for event-driven services is satisfied at the time of the event when the service is delivered, while our obligation for maintenance services is satisfied over the course of each month. Our obligation for overdraft services is satisfied at the time of the overdraft. Cash network fees are earned for processing ATM transactions, and our obligation is completed upon settlement of ATM transactions. Wire transfer and other remittance fees consist of fees earned for providing funds transfer services and issuing cashier’s checks and money orders. Our obligation is satisfied at the time of the performance of the funds transfer service or upon issuance of the cashier’s check or money order. Safe deposit box fees are generally recognized over time as we provide the services. INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER ASSET-BASED FEES are earned for providing brokerage advisory, asset management and trust services. Fees from advisory account relationships with brokerage customers are charged based on a percentage of the market value of the client’s assets. Services and obligations related to providing investment advice, active management of client assets, and assistance with selecting and engaging a third-party advisory manager are generally satisfied over a month or quarter. Trailing commissions are earned for selling shares to investors and our obligation is satisfied at the time shares are sold. However, these fees are received and recognized over time during the period the customer owns the shares and we remain the broker of record. The amount of trailing commissions is variable based on the length of time the customer holds the shares and on changes in the value of the underlying assets. Asset management services include managing and administering assets, including mutual funds, and institutional separate accounts. Fees for these services are generally determined based on a tiered scale relative to the market value of assets under management (AUM). In addition to AUM, we have client assets under administration (AUA) that earn various administrative fees which are generally based on the extent of the services provided to administer the account. Services with AUM and AUA-based fees are generally satisfied over time. Trust services include acting as a trustee or agent for personal trust and agency assets. Obligations for trust services are generally satisfied over time; however, obligations for activities that are transitional in nature are satisfied at the time of the transaction. Note 21: Revenue and Expenses (continued) 164 Wells Fargo & Company COMMISSIONS AND BROKERAGE SERVICES FEES are earned for providing brokerage services. Commissions from transactional accounts with brokerage customers are earned for executing transactions at the client’s direction. Our obligation is generally satisfied upon the execution of the transaction and the fees are based on the size and number of transactions executed. Fees earned from other brokerage services include securities clearance, omnibus and networking fees received from mutual fund companies in return for providing record keeping and other administrative services, and annual account maintenance fees charged to customers. Our obligation is satisfied at the time we provide the service which is generally at the time of the transaction. INVESTMENT BANKING FEES are earned for underwriting debt and equity securities, arranging syndicated loan transactions and performing other advisory services. Our obligation for these services is generally satisfied at closing of the transaction. CARD FEES include credit and debit card interchange and network revenue and various card-related fees. Credit and debit card interchange and network revenue is earned on credit and debit card transactions conducted through payment networks such as Visa, MasterCard, and American Express. Our obligation is satisfied concurrently with the delivery of services on a daily basis. Other card fees represent late fees, cash advance fees, balance transfer fees, and annual fees. Expenses PERSONNEL EXPENSE. Personnel expense included severance expense of $666 million, $1.5 billion, and $397 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. OPERATING LOSSES. Operating losses consist of expenses related to: • Legal actions such as litigation and regulatory matters. For additional information on legal actions, see Note 13 (Legal Actions); • Customer remediation activities, which are associated with our efforts to identify areas or instances where customers may have experienced financial harm and provide remediation as appropriate. We have accrued for the probable and estimable costs related to our customer remediation activities, which amounts may change based on additional facts and information, as well as ongoing reviews and communications with our regulators; and • Other business activities such as deposit overdraft losses, fraud losses, and isolated instances of customer redress. Table 21.2 provides the components of our operating losses included in our consolidated statement of income. Table 21.2: Operating Losses Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Legal actions $ 290 179 3,308 Customer remediation 722 207 2,691 Other 745 797 985 Total operating losses $ 1,757 1,183 6,984 Operating losses may have significant variability given the inherent and unpredictable nature of legal actions and customer remediation activities. The timing and determination of the amount of any associated losses for these matters depends on a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control. OTHER EXPENSES. Regulatory Charges and Assessments expense, which is included in other noninterest expense, was $1.4 billion, $3.1 billion, and $860 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, and predominantly consisted of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit assessment expense. In November 2023, the FDIC finalized a rule to recover losses to the FDIC deposit insurance fund as a result of bank failures in the first half of 2023. Under the rule, the FDIC will collect a special assessment based on an insured depository institution’s estimated amount of uninsured deposits. Upon the FDIC’s finalization of the rule, we expensed an estimated amount of our special assessment of $1.9 billion (pre-tax) in fourth quarter 2023. During 2024, the FDIC provided updates on losses to the deposit insurance fund, which resulted in an additional expense of $243 million (pre-tax) in 2024 for the estimated amount of the special assessment. We expect the ultimate amount of the special assessment may continue to change as the FDIC determines the actual net losses to the deposit insurance fund. 165 Wells Fargo & Company Note 22: Employee Benefits Pension and Postretirement Plans We sponsor a frozen noncontributory qualified defined benefit retirement plan, the Wells Fargo & Company Cash Balance Plan (Cash Balance Plan), which covers eligible employees of Wells Fargo. The Cash Balance Plan was frozen on July 1, 2009, and no new benefits accrue after that date. Prior to July 1, 2009, eligible employees’ Cash Balance Plan accounts were allocated a compensation credit based on a percentage of their certified compensation; the freeze discontinued the allocation of compensation credits after June 30, 2009. Investment credits continue to be allocated to participants’ accounts based on their accumulated balances. We did not make a contribution to our Cash Balance Plan in 2024. We do not expect that we will be required to make a contribution to the Cash Balance Plan in 2025. For the nonqualified pension plans and postretirement benefit plans, there is no minimum required contribution beyond the amount needed to fund benefit payments. We recognize settlement losses for our Cash Balance Plan based on an assessment of whether lump sum benefit payments will, in aggregate for the year, exceed the sum of its annual service and interest cost (threshold). Lump sum payments (included in the “Benefits paid” line in Table 22.1) did not exceed this threshold in either 2024 or 2023. Our nonqualified defined benefit plans are unfunded and provide supplemental defined benefit pension benefits to certain eligible employees. The benefits under these plans were frozen in prior years. Other benefits include health care and life insurance benefits provided to certain retired employees. We reserve the right to amend, modify or terminate any of these benefits at any time. The information set forth in the following tables is based on current actuarial reports using the measurement date of December 31 for our pension and postretirement benefit plans. Table 22.1 presents the changes in the benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets, the funded status, and the amounts recognized on our consolidated balance sheet. Changes in the benefit obligation for the qualified plans were driven by the amounts of benefits paid and changes in the actuarial loss (gain) amounts, which are driven by changes in the discount rates at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Table 22.1: Changes in Benefit Obligation and Fair Value of Plan Assets December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 Pension benefits Pension benefits (in millions) Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Change in benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning of period $ 8,126 375 287 8,141 391 309 Service cost 29 — — 25 — — Interest cost 387 17 13 403 18 15 Plan participants’ contributions — — 33 — — 37 Actuarial loss (gain) (379) (27) (1) 191 8 (8) Benefits paid (679) (40) (66) (634) (42) (66) Settlements, Curtailments, and Amendments (3) — 4 — — — Foreign exchange impact (5) — (1) — — — Benefit obligation at end of period 7,476 325 269 8,126 375 287 Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period 8,634 — 497 8,600 — 476 Actual return on plan assets 167 — 26 653 — 44 Employer contribution 16 40 6 15 42 6 Plan participants’ contributions — — 33 — — 37 Benefits paid (679) (40) (66) (634) (42) (66) Foreign exchange impact (2) — — — — — Fair value of plan assets at end of period 8,136 — 496 8,634 — 497 Funded status at end of period $ 660 (325) 227 508 (375) 210 Amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at end of period: Assets $ 751 — 240 585 — 224 Liabilities (91) (325) (13) (77) (375) (14) 166 Wells Fargo & Company Table 22.2 provides information for pension and postretirement plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets. Table 22.2: Plans with Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 (in millions) Pension Benefits Other Benefits Pension Benefits Other Benefits Projected benefit obligation $ 473 N/A 549 N/A Accumulated benefit obligation 424 13 511 14 Fair value of plan assets 56 — 97 — Table 22.3 presents the components of net periodic benefit cost and OCI. Service cost is reported in personnel expense and all other components of net periodic benefit cost are reported in other noninterest expense on our consolidated statement of income. Table 22.3: Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Comprehensive Income December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Pension benefits Pension benefits Pension benefits (in millions) Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Service cost $ 29 — — 25 — — 19 — — Interest cost 387 17 13 403 18 15 348 12 9 Expected return on plan assets (472) — (25) (503) — (25) (511) — (22) Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain) 138 5 (24) 139 5 (25) 136 11 (22) Amortization of prior service cost (credit) — — (10) — — (10) 1 — (10) Settlement loss — — — — — — 226 1 — Curtailment gain (3) — — — — — — — — Net periodic benefit cost 79 22 (46) 64 23 (45) 219 24 (45) Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income: Net actuarial loss (gain) (74) (27) (2) 41 8 (27) 253 (76) (36) Amortization of net actuarial gain (loss) (138) (5) 24 (139) (5) 25 (136) (11) 22 Prior service cost — — 4 — — — — — — Amortization of prior service credit (cost) — — 10 — — 10 (1) — 10 Settlement (loss) — — — — — — (226) (1) — Total recognized in other comprehensive income (212) (32) 36 (98) 3 8 (110) (88) (4) Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income $ (133) (10) (10) (34) 26 (37) 109 (64) (49) Table 22.4 provides the amounts recognized in AOCI (pre-tax). Table 22.4: Benefits Recognized in Accumulated OCI December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 Pension benefits Pension benefits (in millions) Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Net actuarial loss (gain) $ 2,630 42 (384) 2,842 74 (406) Net prior service credit — — (92) — — (106) Total $ 2,630 42 (476) 2,842 74 (512) Wells Fargo & Company 167 Plan Assumptions For additional information on our pension accounting assumptions, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). Table 22.5 presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the projected benefit obligation. Table 22.5: Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Estimate Projected Benefit Obligation December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 Pension benefits Pension benefits Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Discount rate 5.62 % 5.48 5.49 4.99 4.87 4.90 Interest crediting rate 4.55 4.07 N/A 3.91 3.39 N/A Table 22.6 presents the weighted-average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost, including the impact of interim re-measurements as applicable. Table 22.6: Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Pension benefits Pension benefits Pension benefits Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Discount rate 4.93 % 4.85 4.86 5.12 5.04 5.06 3.93 2.34 2.11 Interest crediting rate 3.91 3.39 N/A 4.10 3.58 N/A 3.37 1.51 N/A Expected return on plan assets 5.71 N/A 5.16 6.09 N/A 5.34 5.35 N/A 4.00 To account for postretirement health care plans, we used health care cost trend rates to recognize the effect of expected changes in future health care costs due to medical inflation, utilization changes, new technology, regulatory requirements and Medicare cost shifting. In determining the end of year benefit obligation, we assumed an average annual increase of approximately 14.50% for health care costs in 2025. This rate is assumed to trend down 1.00%-1.25% per year until the trend rate reaches an ultimate rate of 4.50% in 2034. The 2024 periodic benefit cost was determined using an initial annual trend rate of 16.50%. This rate was assumed to decrease 0.30%-3.20% per year until the trend rate reached an ultimate rate of 4.50% in 2033. Investment Strategy and Asset Allocation We seek to achieve the expected long-term rate of return with a prudent level of risk, given the benefit obligations of the pension plans and their funded status. Our overall investment strategy is designed to provide our Cash Balance Plan with a moderate amount of long-term growth opportunities while ensuring that risk is mitigated through diversification across numerous asset classes and various investment strategies, coupled with an investment strategy for the fixed income assets that is generally designed to match the interest rate sensitivity of the Cash Balance Plan’s benefit obligations. The Cash Balance Plan currently has a target asset allocation mix of the following ranges: 75%-85% fixed income, 10%-20% equities, and 0%-10% in real estate, private equity and other investments. The Employee Benefit Review Committee (EBRC), which includes several members of senior management, formally reviews the investment risk and performance of our Cash Balance Plan on a quarterly basis. Annual Plan liability analysis and periodic asset/ liability evaluations are also conducted. Other benefit plan assets include (1) assets held in a 401(h) trust, which are invested with a target mix of 50%-60% equities and 40%-50% fixed income, and (2) assets held in the Retiree Medical Plan Voluntary Employees’ Beneficiary Association (VEBA) trust, which are substantially all invested in fixed income securities and cash. Members of the EBRC formally review the investment risk and performance of these assets on a quarterly basis. Projected Benefit Payments Future benefits that we expect to pay under the pension and other benefit plans are presented in Table 22.7. Table 22.7: Projected Benefit Payments Pension benefits (in millions) Qualified Non- qualified Other benefits Period ended December 31, 2025 $ 714 38 34 2026 670 37 29 2027 648 36 28 2028 631 33 26 2029 627 32 25 2030-2034 2,915 133 105 Note 22: Employee Benefits (continued) 168 Wells Fargo & Company Fair Value of Plan Assets Table 22.8 presents the classification of the fair value of the combined pension plan and other benefit plan assets in the fair value hierarchy. See Note 15 (Fair Value Measurements) for a description of the fair value hierarchy, including a summary of valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value. Level 3 assets were insignificant. Table 22.8: Pension and Other Benefit Plan Assets (in millions) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2024 Debt securities (1) $ 1,581 4,561 — 6,142 Equity securities and mutual funds 983 — — 983 Collective investment funds — 1,062 — 1,062 Other 2 112 34 148 Total plan investments – excluding investments at NAV $ 2,566 5,735 34 8,335 Investments at NAV as a practical expedient (2) 246 Net receivables 51 Total plan assets $ 8,632 December 31, 2023 Debt securities (1) $ 1,507 4,932 — 6,439 Equity securities and mutual funds 922 — — 922 Collective investment funds — 1,110 — 1,110 Other 3 128 34 165 Total plan investments – excluding investments at NAV $ 2,432 6,170 34 8,636 Investments at NAV as a practical expedient (2) 264 Net receivables 231 Total plan assets $ 9,131 (1) Level 1 includes securities of the U.S. Treasury and Level 2 includes corporate debt securities. (2) Investments that are measured using the non-published net asset value (NAV) per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient are excluded from the fair value hierarchy. Defined Contribution Retirement Plans We sponsor a qualified defined contribution retirement plan, the Wells Fargo & Company 401(k) Plan (401(k) Plan). The 401(k) Plan allows eligible employees to contribute up to 50% of their certified compensation, subject to statutory limits, and to receive matching contributions from the Company, up to 6% of their certified compensation. The Company also provides a non- discretionary base contribution to the 401(k) Plan of 1% of certified compensation for eligible employees with annual compensation of less than $75,000. Eligible employees are 100% vested in their matching contributions and base contributions after three years of service. Matching and base contributions are made annually at year end. Total defined contribution retirement plan expenses were $1.0 billion in 2024, 2023, and 2022. The 401(k) Plan includes an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) fund as an investment option. We have previously loaned money to the 401(k) Plan to purchase the Company's ESOP Preferred Stock that was convertible into common stock over time as the loans were repaid. The Company’s annual contribution to the 401(k) Plan, as well as dividends received on unreleased shares, were used to make payments on the loans. As the loans were repaid, shares were released from the unallocated reserve of the 401(k) Plan. Unreleased shares were reflected as unearned ESOP shares in our stockholders’ equity. Also, dividends on unreleased common stock or ESOP Preferred Stock did not reduce retained earnings, and the unreleased shares were not considered to be common stock equivalents for computing earnings per share. In October 2022, we redeemed all outstanding shares of our ESOP Preferred Stock in exchange for shares of the Company’s common stock. At December 31, 2022, there were 10 million unreleased shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of $427 million. In October 2023, the 401(k) Plan fully repaid all loans to the Company, which resulted in the release of the shares from the unallocated reserve of the 401(k) Plan and allocated to the 401(k) Plan participants. Dividends on these allocated common shares reduced retained earnings, and the shares are considered outstanding for computing earnings per share. 169 Wells Fargo & Company Note 23: Income Taxes Table 23.1 presents the components of income tax expense (benefit). Table 23.1: Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Current: U.S. Federal (1) $ 3,697 2,883 888 U.S. State and local 268 (453) (45) Non-U.S. 345 227 169 Total current 4,310 2,657 1,012 Deferred: U.S. Federal (737) (662) 767 U.S. State and local (131) 586 481 Non-U.S. (43) 26 (9) Total deferred (911) (50) 1,239 Total $ 3,399 2,607 2,251 (1) Prior period balances do not reflect accounting changes related to our adoption of ASU 2023-02, effective January 1, 2024. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities). Table 23.2 reconciles the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rate. Our effective tax rate is calculated by dividing income tax expense (benefit) by income before income tax expense (benefit) less the net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests. Table 23.2: Effective Income Tax Expense (Benefit) and Rate December 31, 2024 2023 2022 (in millions) Amount Rate Amount Rate Amount Rate Statutory federal income tax expense and rate $ 4,855 21.0 % $ 4,567 21.0 % $ 3,345 21.0 % Change in tax rate resulting from: State and local taxes on income, net of federal income tax benefit 549 2.4 855 3.9 581 3.7 Tax-exempt interest (294) (1.3) (308) (1.4) (321) (2.0) Tax credits, net of amortization (1) (964) (4.2) (1,546) (7.1) (1,264) (8.0) Nondeductible expenses (2) 239 1.0 214 1.0 560 3.5 Changes in prior year unrecognized tax benefits, inclusive of interest (819) (3.5) (1,009) (4.6) (503) (3.2) Other (167) (0.7) (166) (0.8) (147) (0.9) Effective income tax expense and rate $ 3,399 14.7 % $ 2,607 12.0 % $ 2,251 14.1 % (1) Includes impacts of affordable housing and renewable energy tax credit investments. Prior period balances do not reflect accounting changes related to our adoption of ASU 2023-02, effective January 1, 2024. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities). (2) Includes amounts related to nondeductible litigation and regulatory accruals in all years presented. Wells Fargo & Company 170 The tax effects of our temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented in Table 23.3. Table 23.3: Net Deferred Taxes (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Deferred tax assets Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards $ 4,721 4,369 Allowance for credit losses 3,580 3,648 Deferred compensation and employee benefits 3,194 3,201 Net unrealized losses on debt securities 2,881 2,784 Capitalized research expenses 1,653 1,389 Accrued expenses 1,187 1,416 Lease liabilities 1,104 1,011 Basis difference in investments 720 — Other 1,070 962 Total deferred tax assets 20,110 18,780 Deferred tax assets valuation allowance (162) (222) Deferred tax liabilities Mark to market, net (12,235) (12,571) Leasing and fixed assets (2,818) (2,794) Mortgage servicing rights (1,264) (1,552) Right-of-use assets (930) (818) Intangible assets (899) (874) Basis difference in investments — (60) Other (683) (520) Total deferred tax liabilities (18,829) (19,189) Net deferred tax asset (liability) (1) $ 1,119 (631) (1) The net deferred tax asset (liability) is included in other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively. Deferred taxes related to net unrealized gains (losses) on debt securities, net unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives, foreign currency translation, and employee benefit plan adjustments are recorded in accumulated OCI. See Note 25 (Other Comprehensive Income) for additional information. We have determined that a valuation allowance is required for 2024 in the amount of $162 million, attributable to deferred tax assets in various state and non-U.S. jurisdictions where we believe it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will not be realized due to lack of sources of taxable income, limitations on carryback of losses or credits and the inability to implement tax planning to realize these deferred tax assets. We have concluded that it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized based on our history of earnings, sources of taxable income in carryback periods, and our ability to implement tax planning strategies. Table 23.4 presents the components of the deferred tax assets related to net operating loss (NOL) and tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2024. If not utilized, carryforwards mostly expire in varying amounts through December 31, 2044, with the exception of U.S. Federal corporate alternative minimum tax credits that do not expire. Table 23.4: Deferred Tax Assets Related To Net Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carryforwards (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 U.S. Federal tax credits $ 4,415 U.S. State NOLs and credits 237 Non-U.S. NOLs and credits 69 Total net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards $ 4,721 Wells Fargo has determined that it will continue to indefinitely reinvest outside the U.S. all or a portion of the unremitted earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries. We do not intend to distribute these earnings in a manner that would be taxable in the U.S. and intend to limit distributions to non-U.S. earnings previously taxed in the U.S. or, that would qualify for the 100% dividends received deduction. Where we intend to distribute a portion of the unremitted earnings, we have accrued the applicable tax impacts. All other undistributed non-U.S. earnings will continue to be permanently reinvested outside the U.S. and the related tax liability on these earnings is insignificant. Table 23.5 presents the change in unrecognized tax benefits. Table 23.5: Change in Unrecognized Tax Benefits Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 Balance, beginning of period $ 4,114 5,437 Additions: For tax positions related to the current year 292 246 For tax positions related to prior years 140 352 Reductions: For tax positions related to prior years (1,354) (765) Lapse of statute of limitations (44) (389) Settlements with tax authorities (43) (767) Balance, end of period $ 3,105 4,114 Of the $3.1 billion of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2024, approximately $2.0 billion would, if recognized, affect the effective tax rate. The remaining $1.1 billion of unrecognized tax benefits relates to income tax positions on temporary differences. We account for interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, we have accrued receivables of approximately $53 million and $29 million, respectively, for interest and penalties. In 2024 and 2023, we recognized income tax benefit, net of tax, of $199 million and $325 million, respectively, related to interest and penalties. We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in numerous state and non-U.S. jurisdictions. We are routinely examined by tax authorities in these various jurisdictions. With few exceptions, Wells Fargo and its subsidiaries are not subject to federal, state, local and non-U.S. income tax examinations for taxable years prior to 2015. It is reasonably possible that one or more of the examinations or appeals may be resolved within the next twelve months resulting in a decrease of up to $1.2 billion of our gross unrecognized tax benefits. Table 23.6 summarizes our major tax jurisdiction examination status as of December 31, 2024. Table 23.6: Tax Examination Status United States 2015-2016 Administrative appeals United States 2017-2022 Field examination California 2015-2020 Field examination New York State 2017-2019 Field examination New York City 2017-2019 Field examination Jurisdiction Tax Year(s) Status Wells Fargo & Company 171 Note 24: Earnings and Dividends Per Common Share Table 24.1 shows earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share and reconciles the numerator and denominator of both earnings per common share calculations. See the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Note 12 (Common Stock and Stock Plans) for information about stock and options activity. Table 24.1: Earnings Per Common Share Calculations Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share amounts) 2024 2023 2022 Wells Fargo net income $ 19,722 19,142 13,677 Less: Preferred stock dividends and other (1) 1,116 1,160 1,115 Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock (numerator) $ 18,606 17,982 12,562 Earnings per common share Average common shares outstanding (denominator) 3,426.1 3,688.3 3,805.2 Per share $ 5.43 4.88 3.30 Diluted earnings per common share Average common shares outstanding 3,426.1 3,688.3 3,805.2 Add: Restricted share rights (2) 41.5 32.1 31.8 Diluted average common shares outstanding (denominator) 3,467.6 3,720.4 3,837.0 Per share $ 5.37 4.83 3.27 (1) Includes costs associated with any preferred stock redemption. (2) Calculated using the treasury stock method. Table 24.2 presents the outstanding securities that were anti-dilutive and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share. Table 24.2: Outstanding Anti-Dilutive Securities Weighted-average shares Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series L (1) 25.3 25.3 25.3 Restricted share rights (2) 0.1 0.1 0.2 (1) Calculated using the if-converted method. (2) Calculated using the treasury stock method. Table 24.3 presents dividends declared per common share. Table 24.3: Dividends Declared Per Common Share Year ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 Per common share $ 1.50 1.30 1.10 172 Wells Fargo & Company Note 25: Other Comprehensive Income Table 25.1 provides the components of other comprehensive income (OCI), reclassifications to net income by income statement line item, and the related tax effects. Income tax effects are reclassified from accumulated OCI to net income in the same period as the related pre-tax amount. Table 25.1: Summary of Other Comprehensive Income Twelve months ended December 31, 2024 2023 2022 (in millions) Before tax Tax effect Net of tax Before tax Tax effect Net of tax Before tax Tax effect Net of tax Debt securities: Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period $ (1,824) 449 (1,375) 1,136 (278) 858 (14,320) 3,526 (10,794) Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income 1,437 (354) 1,083 549 (136) 413 391 (97) 294 Net change (387) 95 (292) 1,685 (414) 1,271 (13,929) 3,429 (10,500) Derivatives and hedging activities: Fair Value Hedges: Change in fair value of excluded components on fair value hedges (1) 20 (5) 15 22 (6) 16 87 (21) 66 Cash Flow Hedges: Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period on cash flow hedges (1,223) 302 (921) (201) 50 (151) (1,541) 381 (1,160) Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income 847 (209) 638 724 (178) 546 6 (2) 4 Net change (356) 88 (268) 545 (134) 411 (1,448) 358 (1,090) Defined benefit plans adjustments: Net actuarial and prior service gains (losses) arising during the period 99 (24) 75 (22) 5 (17) (141) 35 (106) Reclassification of amounts to noninterest expense (2) 109 (24) 85 109 (24) 85 343 (83) 260 Net change 208 (48) 160 87 (19) 68 202 (48) 154 Debit valuation adjustments (DVA) and other: Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period (40) 9 (31) (38) 9 (29) 73 (15) 58 Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income — — — — — — — — — Net change (40) 9 (31) (38) 9 (29) 73 (15) 58 Foreign currency translation adjustments: Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period (163) (2) (165) 65 (2) 63 (233) (3) (236) Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income — — — — — — — — — Net change (163) (2) (165) 65 (2) 63 (233) (3) (236) Other comprehensive income (loss) $ (738) 142 (596) 2,344 (560) 1,784 (15,335) 3,721 (11,614) Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests, net of tax — 2 2 Wells Fargo other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax $ (596) 1,782 (11,616) (1) Represents changes in fair value of cross-currency swaps attributable to changes in cross-currency basis spreads, which are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and recorded in other comprehensive income. (2) These items are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost. See Note 22 (Employee Benefits) for additional information. Wells Fargo & Company 173 Table 25.2 provides the accumulated OCI balance activity on an after-tax basis. Table 25.2: Accumulated OCI Balances (in millions) Debt securities (1) Fair value hedges (2) Cash flow hedges (3) Defined benefit plans adjustments Debit valuation adjustments (DVA) and other Foreign currency translation adjustments Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) Balance, December 31, 2021 $ 665 (143) (27) (2,055) — (142) (1,702) Transition adjustment — — — — (44) — (44) Balance, January 1, 2022 665 (143) (27) (2,055) (44) (142) (1,746) Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period (10,794) 66 (1,160) (106) 58 (236) (12,172) Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income 294 — 4 260 — — 558 Net change (10,500) 66 (1,156) 154 58 (236) (11,614) Less: Other comprehensive loss from noncontrolling interests — — — — — 2 2 Balance, December 31, 2022 (9,835) (77) (1,183) (1,901) 14 (380) (13,362) Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period 858 16 (151) (17) (29) 63 740 Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income 413 — 546 85 — — 1,044 Net change 1,271 16 395 68 (29) 63 1,784 Less: Other comprehensive loss from noncontrolling interests — — — — — 2 2 Balance, December 31, 2023 (8,564) (61) (788) (1,833) (15) (319) (11,580) Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period (1,375) 15 (921) 75 (31) (165) (2,402) Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income 1,083 — 638 85 — — 1,806 Net change (292) 15 (283) 160 (31) (165) (596) Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests — — — — — — — Balance, December 31, 2024 $ (8,856) (46) (1,071) (1,673) (46) (484) (12,176) (1) At December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, accumulated other comprehensive loss includes unamortized after-tax unrealized losses of $3.1 billion, $3.5 billion, and $3.7 billion, respectively, associated with the transfer of securities from AFS to HTM. These amounts are subsequently amortized into earnings over the same period as the related unamortized premiums and discounts. (2) Substantially all of the amounts for fair value hedges are foreign exchange contracts. (3) Substantially all of the amounts for cash flow hedges are interest rate contracts. Note 25: Other Comprehensive Income (continued) 174 Wells Fargo & Company Note 26: Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions Regulatory Capital Requirements The Company and each of its subsidiary banks are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal banking regulators. The FRB establishes capital requirements for the consolidated financial holding company, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) has similar requirements for the Company’s national banks, including Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the Bank). Table 26.1 presents regulatory capital information for the Company and the Bank in accordance with Basel III capital requirements. We must calculate our risk-based capital ratios under both the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. The Standardized Approach applies assigned risk weights to broad risk categories, while the calculation of risk-weighted assets (RWAs) under the Advanced Approach differs by requiring applicable banks to utilize a risk-sensitive methodology, which relies upon the use of internal credit models, and includes an operational risk component. Table 26.1: Regulatory Capital Information Wells Fargo & Company Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Standardized Approach Advanced Approach Standardized Approach Advanced Approach (in millions, except ratios) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Regulatory capital: Common Equity Tier 1 $ 134,588 140,783 134,588 140,783 145,651 142,108 145,651 142,108 Tier 1 152,866 159,823 152,866 159,823 145,651 142,108 145,651 142,108 Total 184,638 193,061 174,446 182,726 167,936 165,634 158,021 155,560 Assets: Risk-weighted assets 1,216,146 1,231,668 1,085,017 1,114,281 1,113,190 1,137,605 916,135 956,545 Adjusted average assets (1) 1,891,333 1,880,981 1,891,333 1,880,981 1,669,946 1,682,199 1,669,946 1,682,199 Regulatory capital ratios: Common Equity Tier 1 capital 11.07% * 11.43 12.40 12.63 13.08 * 12.49 15.90 14.86 Tier 1 capital 12.57 * 12.98 14.09 14.34 13.08 * 12.49 15.90 14.86 Total capital 15.18 * 15.67 16.08 16.40 15.09 * 14.56 17.25 16.26 Required minimum capital ratios: Common Equity Tier 1 capital 9.80 8.90 8.50 8.50 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 Tier 1 capital 11.30 10.40 10.00 10.00 8.50 8.50 8.50 8.50 Total capital 13.30 12.40 12.00 12.00 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 Wells Fargo & Company Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 Regulatory leverage: Total leverage exposure (2) $ 2,267,641 2,253,933 2,033,458 2,048,633 Supplementary leverage ratio (2) 6.74% 7.09 7.16 6.94 Tier 1 leverage ratio (1) 8.08 8.50 8.72 8.45 Required minimum leverage: Supplementary leverage ratio 5.00 5.00 6.00 6.00 Tier 1 leverage ratio 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 * Denotes the binding ratio under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches at December 31, 2024. (1) Adjusted average assets consists of total quarterly average assets less goodwill and other permitted Tier 1 capital deductions. The Tier 1 leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by total quarterly average assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items as determined under capital rule requirements. (2) The supplementary leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by total leverage exposure. Total leverage exposure consists of total consolidated assets adjusted for certain off-balance sheet exposures, goodwill, and other permitted Tier 1 capital deductions. At December 31, 2024, the Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and Total capital ratio requirements for the Company included a global systemically important bank (G-SIB) surcharge of 1.50% and a countercyclical buffer of 0.00%. In addition, these ratios included a stress capital buffer of 3.80% under the Standardized Approach and a capital conservation buffer of 2.50% under the Advanced Approach. The Company is required to maintain these risk-based capital ratios and to maintain a supplementary leverage ratio (SLR) that included a supplementary leverage buffer of 2.00% to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratio requirements for the Bank included a capital conservation buffer of 2.50% under both the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. The G-SIB surcharge and countercyclical buffer are not applicable to the Bank. At December 31, 2024, the Bank and our other insured depository institutions were considered well-capitalized under the requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Capital Planning Requirements The FRB’s capital plan rule establishes capital planning and other requirements that govern capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, by certain large bank holding companies (BHCs), including Wells Fargo. The FRB conducts an annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review exercise and has also published guidance regarding its supervisory expectations for capital planning, including capital policies regarding the process relating to common stock dividend and Wells Fargo & Company 175 repurchase decisions in the FRB’s SR Letter 15-18. The Parent’s ability to make certain capital distributions is subject to the requirements of the capital plan rule and is also subject to the Parent meeting or exceeding certain regulatory capital minimums. Loan and Dividend Restrictions Federal law restricts the amount and the terms of both credit and non-credit transactions between a bank and its nonbank affiliates. These covered transactions may not exceed 10% of the bank’s capital and surplus (which for this purpose represents Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital, as calculated under the risk-based capital rules, plus the balance of the ACL excluded from Tier 2 capital) with any single nonbank affiliate and 20% of the bank’s capital and surplus with all its nonbank affiliates. Covered transactions that are extensions of credit may require collateral to be pledged to provide added security to the bank. Additionally, federal laws and regulations limit, and regulators can impose additional limitations on, the dividends that a national bank may pay. Dividends that may be paid by a national bank without the express approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) are generally limited to that bank’s retained net income for the preceding two calendar years plus net income up to the date of any dividend declaration in the current calendar year. Retained net income, as defined by the OCC, consists of net income less dividends declared during the period. Our national bank subsidiaries could have declared additional dividends of $5.8 billion in aggregate at December 31, 2024, without obtaining prior regulatory approval. We have elected to retain higher capital at our national bank subsidiaries to meet internal capital targets and regulatory requirements. Our nonbank subsidiaries are also limited by certain federal and state statutory provisions and regulations covering the amount of dividends that may be paid in any given year. In addition, we have entered into a Support Agreement dated June 28, 2017, as amended and restated on June 26, 2019, among Wells Fargo & Company, the parent holding company (Parent), WFC Holdings, LLC, an intermediate holding company and subsidiary of the Parent (IHC), the Bank, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC, and certain other subsidiaries of the Parent designated from time to time as material entities for resolution planning purposes or identified from time to time as related support entities in our resolution plan, pursuant to which the IHC may be restricted from making dividend payments to the Parent if certain liquidity and/or capital metrics fall below defined triggers or if the Parent’s board of directors authorizes it to file a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Based on retained earnings at December 31, 2024, our nonbank subsidiaries could have declared additional dividends of $23.9 billion in aggregate at December 31, 2024, without obtaining prior regulatory approval. Cash Restrictions Cash and cash equivalents may be restricted as to usage or withdrawal. Table 26.2 provides a summary of restrictions on cash and cash equivalents. Table 26.2: Nature of Restrictions on Cash and Cash Equivalents (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Reserve balance for non-U.S. central banks $ 188 230 Segregated for benefit of brokerage customers under federal and other brokerage regulations 1,035 986 Note 26: Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions (continued) 176 Wells Fargo & Company Note 27: Parent-Only Financial Statements The following tables present Parent-only condensed financial statements. Table 27.1: Parent-Only Statement of Income Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Income Dividends from subsidiaries $ 18,600 22,300 14,590 Interest income from subsidiaries 11,199 10,845 4,759 Other income 527 217 (51) Total income 30,326 33,362 19,298 Expense Interest expense: Indebtedness to nonbank subsidiaries 2,291 2,567 1,124 Long-term debt 11,033 9,909 4,994 Noninterest expense 1,151 504 2,043 Total expense 14,475 12,980 8,161 Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries 15,851 20,382 11,137 Income tax benefit (1,747) (1,076) (1,497) Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries 2,124 (2,316) 1,043 Net income $ 19,722 19,142 13,677 Other comprehensive income (loss) (1) (596) 1,782 (11,616) Total comprehensive income $ 19,126 20,924 2,061 (1) Includes other comprehensive income (loss) of subsidiaries, particularly related to debt securities. Table 27.2: Parent-Only Balance Sheet (in millions) Dec 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Assets Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash due from subsidiary banks $ 20,991 15,856 Loans to nonbank subsidiaries 185,269 187,306 Investments in subsidiaries (1) 162,913 161,698 Other 10,331 11,327 Total assets $ 379,504 376,187 Liabilities and equity Accrued expenses and other liabilities $ 8,380 8,933 Long-term debt 146,851 148,053 Indebtedness to nonbank subsidiaries 45,153 33,466 Total liabilities 200,384 190,452 Stockholders’ equity 179,120 185,735 Total liabilities and equity $ 379,504 376,187 (1) Includes indirect ownership of bank subsidiaries with equity of $169.6 billion and $166.3 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Wells Fargo & Company 177 Table 27.3: Parent-Only Statement of Cash Flows Year ended December 31, (in millions) 2024 2023 2022 Cash flows from operating activities: Net cash provided (used) by operating activities $ 18,308 25,972 (4,575) Cash flows from investing activities: Loans: Capital notes and term loans made to subsidiaries (3,904) (5,420) (3,567) Principal collected on notes/loans made to subsidiaries 4,510 1,730 4,062 Other, net 1 40 (268) Net cash provided (used) by investing activities 607 (3,650) 227 Cash flows from financing activities: Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings and indebtedness to subsidiaries 11,687 (14,238) 8,153 Long-term debt: Proceeds from issuance 17,518 19,070 26,520 Repayment (15,684) (9,311) (17,618) Preferred stock: Proceeds from issuance 1,997 1,722 — Redeemed (2,840) (1,725) — Cash dividends paid (1,099) (1,141) (1,115) Common stock: Repurchased (19,448) (11,851) (6,033) Cash dividends paid (5,133) (4,789) (4,178) Other, net (778) (374) (344) Net cash provided (used) by financing activities (13,780) (22,637) 5,385 Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 5,135 (315) 1,037 Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period 15,856 16,171 15,134 Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period $ 20,991 15,856 16,171 Note 27: Parent-Only Financial Statements (continued) 178 Wells Fargo & Company Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and Board of Directors Wells Fargo & Company: Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Wells Fargo & Company and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statement of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 25, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Basis for Opinion These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Assessment of the allowance for credit losses for loans (ACL) As discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s ACL as of December 31, 2024 was $14.6 billion. As discussed in Note 1, the Company estimates its current expected life-time credit losses. The ACL includes the measurement of expected credit losses on a collective basis for those loans that share similar risk characteristics and on an individual basis for those loans that do not share similar risk characteristics. The Company estimated the ACL for collectively evaluated commercial loans by applying probability of default and severity of loss estimates to an expected exposure at default. The probability of default and severity of loss estimates are statistically derived utilizing credit loss models based on historical observations of default and losses after default for each credit risk rating. The Company estimated the ACL for collectively evaluated consumer loans utilizing credit loss models which estimate expected credit losses in the portfolio based on historical experience of probability of default and severity of loss estimates to an expected exposure at default. The Company’s credit loss models utilize economic variables, including economic assumptions forecast over a reasonable and supportable forecast period. The Company forecasts multiple economic scenarios and applies weighting to the scenarios that are used to estimate expected credit losses. After the reasonable and supportable forecast period, the Company reverts over the reversion period to the long-term average for the forecasted economic variables based on historical observations over multiple economic cycles. The Company estimated the ACL for individually evaluated commercial loans using discounted cash flow (DCF) or fair value of collateral methods. A portion of the ACL is comprised of adjustments for qualitative factors which may not be adequately captured in the loss models. We identified the assessment of the ACL as a critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort, including specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex auditor judgment was involved in the assessment of the ACL. Specifically, the assessment encompassed the evaluation of the ACL methodology for collectively evaluated loans, including the methods and models used to estimate (1) probability of default and severity of loss estimates, significant economic assumptions, the reasonable and supportable forecast period, the historical observation period, and credit risk ratings for commercial loans, and (2) the adjustments for Wells Fargo & Company 179 qualitative factors that may not be adequately captured in the loss models. The assessment included an evaluation of the conceptual soundness and performance of certain credit loss and economic forecasting models. The assessment also encompassed the evaluation of the DCF, and fair value of collateral methods and assumptions used to estimate the ACL for individually evaluated commercial real estate (CRE) loans. In addition, auditor judgment was required to evaluate the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained. The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the measurement of the ACL estimate, including controls over the: • development of certain credit loss models • continued use and appropriateness of changes made to certain credit loss and economic forecasting models • performance monitoring of certain credit loss and economic forecasting models • identification and determination of the significant assumptions used in certain credit loss and economic forecasting models • development of the qualitative factors, including significant assumptions used in the measurement of certain qualitative factors • evaluation of the DCF and fair value of collateral assessments used to determine the expected credit losses for individually evaluated CRE loans • analysis of the ACL results, trends, and ratios. We evaluated the Company’s process to develop the estimate by testing certain sources of data and assumptions that the Company used and considered the relevance and reliability of such data and assumptions. In addition, we involved credit risk professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in: • evaluating the Company’s ACL methodology for compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles • evaluating judgments made by the Company relative to the development, assessment and performance testing of certain credit loss models by comparing them to relevant Company-specific metrics and trends and the applicable industry and regulatory practices • assessing the conceptual soundness of the credit loss models, including the selection of certain assumptions, by inspecting the model documentation to determine whether the models are suitable for their intended use • evaluating the methodology used to develop the forecasted economic scenarios, the selection of underlying assumptions and the weighting of scenarios by comparing them to the Company’s business environment • assessing the forecasted economic scenarios through comparison to publicly available forecasts • testing the historical observation period and reasonable and supportable forecast periods to evaluate the length of each period • testing individual credit risk ratings for a selection of commercial loans by evaluating the financial performance of the borrower, sources of repayment, and any relevant guarantees or underlying collateral • evaluating the methods and assumptions used to develop certain qualitative factors and the effect of those factors on the ACL compared with relevant credit risk factors and consistency with credit trends and identified limitations of the underlying quantitative models • evaluating the methods and assumptions used by the Company in the DCF and fair value of collateral assessments for individually evaluated CRE loans by evaluating the financial performance of the borrower, sources of repayment, and any relevant guarantees or underlying collateral. We also assessed the sufficiency of the audit evidence obtained related to the ACL estimate by evaluating the: • cumulative results of the audit procedures • qualitative aspects of the Company’s accounting practices • potential bias in the accounting estimates. 180 Wells Fargo & Company Assessment of the valuation of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) As discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s residential MSR asset as of December 31, 2024 was $6.8 billion on an underlying loan servicing portfolio of $488 billion. As discussed in Notes 1, 6, and 15, the Company carries its residential MSRs at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company recognizes MSRs when it retains servicing rights in connection with the sale or securitization of loans it originates and has elected to carry its residential MSRs at fair value with periodic changes reflected in earnings. The Company uses a valuation model for determining fair value that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income, which incorporates inputs and assumptions that market participants use in estimating a fair value. These inputs and assumptions include discount rates, prepayment rates (blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults), estimated costs to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income and late fees. The estimated fair value of MSRs is periodically benchmarked to independent appraisals. We identified the assessment of the valuation of residential MSRs as a critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort, including specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex auditor judgment was involved in the assessment of the MSRs. Specifically, there was a high degree of subjectivity used to evaluate the valuation model and the following assumptions because they are unobservable and the sensitivity of changes to those assumptions had a significant effect on the valuation: (1) prepayment rates, (2) discount rates, and (3) costs to service. There was also a high degree of subjectivity and potential for management bias related to updates made to significant assumptions due to changes in market conditions, mortgage interest rates, or servicing standards. The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the assessment of the valuation of residential MSRs, including controls over the: • assessment of the valuation model • evaluation of the significant assumptions (prepayment rates, discount rates, and costs to service) used in determining the MSR fair value • comparison of the MSR fair value to independent appraisals and market events. We evaluated the Company’s process to develop the MSR fair value by testing certain sources of data and assumptions that the Company used and considered the relevance and reliability of such data and assumptions. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in: • evaluating the design of the valuation model used to estimate the MSR fair value in accordance with relevant U.S. generally accepted accounting principles • evaluating significant assumptions based on an analysis of backtesting results and a comparison of significant assumptions to available data for comparable entities and independent appraisal • assessing significant assumption updates made during the year by considering backtesting results, market events, independent appraisal, and other circumstances that a market participant would have expected to be incorporated in the valuation. Assessment of goodwill impairment As discussed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s goodwill balance as of December 31, 2024 was $25.2 billion. As discussed in Note 1, the Company tests goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of goodwill may be impaired, by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. Management estimates the fair value of its reporting units using both an income approach and a market approach. The income approach is a discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis that incorporates assumptions including financial forecasts, a terminal value based on an assumed long-term growth rate, and a discount rate. The financial forecasts include future expectations of economic conditions and balance sheet changes, and considerations related to future business activities. The forecasted cash flows are discounted using a rate derived from a capital asset pricing model which produces an estimated cost of equity to the reporting unit. The market approach utilizes observable market data from comparable publicly traded companies and incorporates assumptions including the selection of comparable companies and a control premium representative of management’s expectation of a hypothetical acquisition of the reporting unit. We identified the assessment of goodwill impairment for the Consumer Lending reporting unit, which had $7.1 billion of allocated goodwill as of December 31, 2024, as a critical audit matter.A high degree of audit effort, including specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex auditor judgment was involved in the assessment. Specifically, the assessment encompassed the evaluation of certain assumptions used in the DCF analysis to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit, including (1) the future expectations of balance sheet changes and business activities used in the financial forecast and (2) the discount rate. Wells Fargo & Company 181 The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s determination of the estimated fair value of the Consumer Lending reporting unit, including controls related to the: • evaluation of the future expectations of balance sheet changes and business activities used in the financial forecast assumption • evaluation of the discount rate assumption. We evaluated the reasonableness of the financial forecast assumption for the reporting unit by evaluating historical performance and economic trends. We also evaluated the consistency of the financial forecast assumption by comparing the forecast to other analyses used by the Company and inquiries performed of senior management regarding the strategic plans for the reporting unit, including future expectations of balance sheet changes and business activities. We compared historical financial forecasts to actual results to assess the Company’s ability to accurately forecast. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in: • evaluating the reasonableness of the financial forecast assumption for the reporting unit by comparing certain growth trends for the reporting unit to publicly available data for comparable entities • evaluating the discount rate assumption used in the fair value determination by comparing the inputs to the discount rate to publicly available data for comparable entities and assessing the resulting discount rate • evaluating the reasonableness of the total fair value through comparison to the Company’s market capitalization and analysis of the resulting premium to applicable market transactions. We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1931. Charlotte, North Carolina February 25, 2025 Wells Fargo & Company 182 Quarterly Financial Data Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income – Quarterly (Unaudited) 2024 Quarter ended 2023 Quarter ended (in millions, except per share amounts) Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Interest income $ 22,055 22,998 22,884 22,840 22,839 22,093 20,830 19,356 Interest expense 10,219 11,308 10,961 10,613 10,068 8,988 7,667 6,020 Net interest income 11,836 11,690 11,923 12,227 12,771 13,105 13,163 13,336 Noninterest income Deposit and lending-related fees 1,625 1,675 1,618 1,597 1,568 1,551 1,517 1,504 Investment advisory and other asset-based fees 2,566 2,463 2,415 2,331 2,169 2,224 2,163 2,114 Commissions and brokerage services fees 635 646 614 626 619 567 570 619 Investment banking fees 725 672 641 627 455 492 376 326 Card fees 1,084 1,096 1,101 1,061 1,027 1,098 1,098 1,033 Mortgage banking 294 280 243 230 202 193 202 232 Net gains from trading and securities 1,217 1,248 1,522 1,447 1,105 1,246 1,032 985 Other 396 596 612 717 562 381 412 580 Total noninterest income 8,542 8,676 8,766 8,636 7,707 7,752 7,370 7,393 Total revenue 20,378 20,366 20,689 20,863 20,478 20,857 20,533 20,729 Provision for credit losses 1,095 1,065 1,236 938 1,282 1,197 1,713 1,207 Noninterest expense Personnel 9,071 8,591 8,575 9,492 9,181 8,627 8,606 9,415 Technology, telecommunications and equipment 1,282 1,142 1,106 1,053 1,076 975 947 922 Occupancy 789 786 763 714 740 724 707 713 Operating losses 338 293 493 633 355 329 232 267 Professional and outside services 1,237 1,130 1,139 1,101 1,242 1,310 1,304 1,229 Advertising and promotion 243 205 224 197 259 215 184 154 Other 940 920 993 1,148 2,933 933 1,007 976 Total noninterest expense 13,900 13,067 13,293 14,338 15,786 13,113 12,987 13,676 Income before income tax expense (benefit) 5,383 6,234 6,160 5,587 3,410 6,547 5,833 5,846 Income tax expense (benefit) 120 1,064 1,251 964 (100) 811 930 966 Net income before noncontrolling interests 5,263 5,170 4,909 4,623 3,510 5,736 4,903 4,880 Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests 184 56 (1) 4 64 (31) (35) (111) Wells Fargo net income $ 5,079 5,114 4,910 4,619 3,446 5,767 4,938 4,991 Less: Preferred stock dividends and other 278 262 270 306 286 317 279 278 Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock $ 4,801 4,852 4,640 4,313 3,160 5,450 4,659 4,713 Per share information Earnings per common share $ 1.45 1.43 1.35 1.21 0.87 1.49 1.26 1.24 Diluted earnings per common share 1.43 1.42 1.33 1.20 0.86 1.48 1.25 1.23 Average common shares outstanding 3,312.8 3,384.8 3,448.3 3,560.1 3,620.9 3,648.8 3,699.9 3,785.6 Diluted average common shares outstanding 3,360.7 3,425.1 3,486.2 3,600.1 3,657.0 3,680.6 3,724.9 3,818.7 Wells Fargo & Company 183 Glossary of Acronyms ACL Allowance for credit losses AFS Available-for-sale AOCI Accumulated other comprehensive income ARM Adjustable-rate mortgage ASU Accounting Standards Update AVM Automated valuation model BCBS Basel Committee on Banking Supervision BHC Bank holding company CCAR Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review CD Certificate of deposit CECL Current expected credit loss CET1 Common Equity Tier 1 CFPB Consumer Financial Protection Bureau CLO Collateralized loan obligation CRE Commercial real estate CVA Credit valuation adjustment DPD Days past due DVA Debit valuation adjustment ESOP Employee Stock Ownership Plan FASB Financial Accounting Standards Board FDIC Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation FHA Federal Housing Administration FHLB Federal Home Loan Bank FHLMC Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation FICO Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating) FNMA Federal National Mortgage Association FRB Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System FVA Funding valuation adjustment GAAP Generally accepted accounting principles GNMA Government National Mortgage Association GSE Government-sponsored enterprise G-SIB Global systemically important bank HQLA High-quality liquid assets HTM Held-to-maturity LCR Liquidity coverage ratio LHFS Loans held for sale LOCOM Lower of cost or fair value LTV Loan-to-value MBS Mortgage-backed securities MSR Mortgage servicing right NAV Net asset value NPA Nonperforming asset NSFR Net stable funding ratio OCC Office of the Comptroller of the Currency OCI Other comprehensive income OTC Over-the-counter ROA Return on average assets ROE Return on average equity ROTCE Return on average tangible common equity RWAs Risk-weighted assets SEC Securities and Exchange Commission S&P Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings SLR Supplementary leverage ratio SOFR Secured Overnight Financing Rate SPE Special purpose entity TLAC Total Loss Absorbing Capacity VA Department of Veterans Affairs VaR Value-at-Risk VIE Variable interest entity WIM Wealth and Investment Management Wells Fargo & Company 184 ____________________ _____________________ Operating Committee Bridget Engle Senior EVP Head of Technology Kristy Fercho Senior EVP Head of Diverse Segments, Representation and Inclusion Derek A. Flowers Senior EVP Chief Risk Officer Kyle G. Hranicky Senior EVP CEO of Commercial Banking Bei Ling Senior EVP Head of Human Resources Ellen R. Patterson Senior EVP General Counsel Scott E. Powell Senior EVP Chief Operating Officer Paul Ricci Senior EVP Chief Auditor, Internal Audit Fernando S. Rivas Senior EVP CEO of Corporate and Investment Banking Jason Rosenberg Senior EVP Head of Public Affairs Michael P. Santomassimo Senior EVP Chief Financial Officer Kleber R. Santos Senior EVP CEO of Consumer Lending Charles W. Scharf Chief Executive Officer and President Barry Sommers Senior EVP CEO of Wealth and Investment Management Saul Van Beurden Senior EVP CEO of Consumer, Small and Business Banking Ather Williams III Senior EVP Head of Strategy, Digital, and Innovation As of March 3, 2025 Except for Paul Ricci, all members of the Operating Committee are executive officers according to Securities and Exchange Commission rules. Muneera S. Carr, EVP, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller, also is an executive officer. Board of Directors Steven D. Black (Chair) Former Co-CEO Bregal Investments, Inc., an international private equity firm Mark A. Chancy Former Vice Chair SunTrust Banks, Inc., a bank holding company Celeste A. Clark Principal Abraham Clark Consulting, LLC, a health and regulatory policy consulting firm Theodore F. Craver, Jr. Former Chair, President and CEO Edison International, an electric utility holding company Richard K. Davis Former President and CEO Make-A-Wish America, a non-profit organization / Former CEO and Executive Chair, U.S. Bancorp, a U.S. bank holding company Fabian T. Garcia Global President, Personal Care Unilever PLC, a British multinational goods company Wayne M. Hewett Senior Advisor Permira, a global private equity firm CeCelia G. Morken Former CEO Headspace, an online wellness company Maria R. Morris Former EVP and Head, Global Employee Benefits business MetLife, a global financial services company Felicia F. Norwood EVP and President, Government Health Benefits Elevance Health, Inc., a health company Ronald L. Sargent Former CEO and Chair Staples, Inc., a workplace products retailer / Interim CEO and Chair The Kroger Co., a supermarket and multi-department store retailer (since March 2025) Charles W. Scharf Chief Executive Officer and President Wells Fargo & Company Suzanne M. Vautrinot President Kilovolt Consulting, Inc., a cybersecurity strategy and technology consulting firm As of March 3, 2025 Stock Performance This graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return and total compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for our common stock (NYSE: WFC) for the five-year period ended December 31, 2024, with the cumulative total stockholder return for the same period for the Keefe, Bruyette and Woods (KBW) Total Return Bank Index (KBW Nasdaq Bank Index (BKX)) and the S&P 500 Index. The cumulative total stockholder returns (including reinvested dividends) in the graph assume the investment of $100 in Wells Fargo’s common stock, the KBW Nasdaq Bank Index, and the S&P 500 Index. Five Year Performance Graph $220 $200 $180 $160 $140 $120 $100 $80 $60 $40 $20 $ Wells Fargo (WFC) S&P 500 KBW Nasdaq Bank Index 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 5-year CAGR 100 $ 58 $ 94 $ 83 $ 102 $ 149 8% Wells Fargo (WFC) 100 118 152 125 158 197 15% S&P 500 100 90 124 98 97 133 6% KBW Nasdaq Bank Index General Information Common Stock Wells Fargo & Company is listed and trades on the New York Stock Exchange: WFC. At February 14, 2025, there were 197,936 holders of record of the Company’s common stock and the closing price reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the common stock was $79.98 per share. 3,288,943,829 common shares outstanding (12/31/24) Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment You can buy Wells Fargo stock directly from Wells Fargo, even if you’re not a Wells Fargo shareholder, through optional cash payments or automatic monthly deductions from a bank account. You can also have your dividends reinvested automatically. It’s a convenient, economical way to increase your Wells Fargo investment. Call 1-877-840-0492 for an enrollment kit, which includes a plan prospectus. Form 10-K We will send Wells Fargo’s 2024 Annual Report on Form 10-K (including the financial statements filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission) free to any shareholder who asks for a copy in writing. Shareholders also can ask for copies of any exhibit to the Form 10-K. We will charge a fee to cover expenses to prepare and send any exhibits. Please send requests to: Corporate Secretary, Wells Fargo & Company, MAC J0193-610, 30 Hudson Yards, New York, NY 10001 SEC Filings Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10- Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports are available free of charge on our website (www.wellsfargo.com) as soon as practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Those reports and amendments are also available free of charge on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov¹. Forward-Looking Statements This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements about our future financial performance and business. Because forward- looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding the future, they are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements, as actual results could differ materially from expectations. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made, and we do not undertake to update them to reflect changes or events that occur after that date. For information about factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, refer to the discussion under “Forward- Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in the Financial Review portion of this Annual Report. Investor Relations 1-415-371-2921 investorrelations@wellsfargo.com Shareowner Services and Transfer Agent Computershare Trust Company, N.A. P.O. Box 43078 Providence, RI 02940-3078 1-877-840-0492 www-us.computershare.com/ investor ¹ Annual Shareholders’ Meeting 10:00 a.m. Eastern Daylight Time Tuesday, April 29, 2025 - See Wells Fargo’s 2025 Proxy Statement for more information about the annual shareholders’ meeting. 1. We do not control this website. Wells Fargo has provided this link for your convenience, but does not endorse and is not responsible for the content, links, privacy policy, or security policy of this website. Wells Fargo & Company 420 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 wellsfargo.com ©2025 Wells Fargo & Company. Deposit products offered through Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Member FDIC. CCM3 866 (Rev 00, 1/each)